Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2011
Securities Act File No. [            ]
Investment Company Act File No. 811-09243
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM N-2
 
(Check Appropriate Box or Boxes)

þ Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
o Pre-Effective Amendment No. ____
o Post-Effective Amendment No. _____

and/or

þ Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
þ Amendment No. 16
 
THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)
One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (800) 422-3554
Bruce N. Alpert
The Gabelli Utility Trust
One Corporate Center
Rye, New York 10580-1422
(914) 921-5100

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 

Copies to:
     
Christopher J. Michailoff, Esq.   Rose F. DiMartino, Esq.
The Gabelli Utility Trust   Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
One Corporate Center   787 Seventh Avenue
Rye, New York 10580-1422   New York, New York 10019-6099
(914) 921-5100   (212) 728-8000
Approximate date of proposed public offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
     If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. þ
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
      þ When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
         If appropriate, check the following box:
      o This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
      o This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is                 .
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             
 
        Amount Being     Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum     Amount of  
  Title of Securities     Registered     Offering Price Per Share     Aggregate Offering Price (1)     Registration Fee  
 
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest (2)
    o Shares     $ o     $ o     $ o  
 
Preferred Shares of Beneficial Interest (2)
    o Shares     $ o     $ o     $ o  
 
Notes
                $ o     $ o  
 
Total
    o Shares     $ o     $100,000,000(3)     $11,610(4)  
 
 
(1)   Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
 
(2)   Subject to Note 3 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of common shares, preferred shares or notes as may be sold, from time to time, including subscription rights to purchase common shares or preferred shares.
 
(3)   In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities offered from time to time pursuant to this Registration  Statement exceed $100 million.
 
(4)   Includes a payment of $2,100 and unused registration fees of $3,930 and $5,580 that were previously paid in connection with the filing of a registration statement for the Registrant on February 27, 2008 and March 20, 2009, respectively.
 
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion,
Preliminary Base Prospectus dated May 19, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
$100,000,000
The Gabelli Utility Trust
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
Preferred Shares of Beneficial Interest
Notes
      Investment Objective. The Gabelli Utility Trust (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets, under normal market conditions, in common stocks and other securities of foreign and domestic companies involved in providing products, services, or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas, and water and (ii) telecommunications services or infrastructure operations (collectively, the “Utility Industry”). A company will be considered to be in the Utility Industry if it derives at least 50% of its revenues or earnings from, or devotes at least 50% of its assets to, the indicated activities or utility-related activities. Gabelli Funds, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Fund. The Fund was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 25, 1999. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.
     We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, our common shares, par value $0.001 per share, our preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share or our promissory notes. Shares may be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully before you invest in our shares.
     Our shares may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters, or among our underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any sale of preferred shares will set forth the liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call protection or non-call period and other matters. We may not sell any of our shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of our shares. Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GUT.” Our 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GUTPrA”. On [____ __ ], 2011, the last reported sale price of our common shares on the NYSE was $[____]. The net asset value of the Fund’s common shares at the close of business on [____ __], 2011 was $[______] per share.
      Shares of closed-end funds often trade at a discount from net asset value. This creates a risk of loss for an investor purchasing shares in a public offering.
      Investing in the Fund’s shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” on page 19 for factors that should be considered before investing in shares of the Fund.
      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
     This Prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of shares by us through agents, underwriters or dealers unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.

- 1 -


Table of Contents

     This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information about the Fund that a prospective investor should know before investing. You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated [                            ], 2011, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of our annual and semi-annual reports, request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 50 of this Prospectus, request other information about us and make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) GABELLI (422-3554), by accessing our web site (http://www.gabelli.com) or by writing to the Fund, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).
     Our shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus.

- 2 -


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    1  
    9  
    11  
    14  
    14  
    14  
    19  
    28  
    31  
    31  
    31  
    32  
    33  
    42  
    43  
    43  
    43  
    44  
    44  
    45  
    47  
    47  
    48  
    48  
    48  
    49  
    50  
  EX-99.A.1
  EX-99.B.1
  EX-99.K.1
  EX-99.K.2
  EX-99.R.1
  EX-99.R.2

- 3 -


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
      This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, dated [____________], 2011 (the “SAI”).
The Fund
     The Gabelli Utility Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 25, 1999. Throughout this Prospectus, we refer to The Gabelli Utility Trust as the “Fund” or as “we.” See “The Fund.”
     The Fund’s outstanding common shares, par value $0.001 per share, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading or “ticker” symbol “GUT,” and any newly issued common shares issued will trade under the same symbol. As of March 31, 2011, the net assets of the Fund attributable to its common shares were $177,092,734. As of March 31, 2011, the Fund had outstanding 31,546,632 common shares; 1,153,288 shares of 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares, liquidation preference $25 per share (the “Series A Preferred”); and 900 shares of Series B Auction Market Preferred Shares, liquidation preference $25,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred”). The Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred have the same seniority with respect to distributions and liquidation preference. On [                      ___], 2011, the last reported sale price of our common shares on the NYSE was $[___]. The net asset value of the Fund’s common shares at the close of business on [                      ___], 2011 was $              per share.
The Offering
     We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, our common shares, $0.001 par value per share, our preferred shares, $0.001 par value per share, or our promissory notes. The preferred shares may either be fixed rate preferred shares or variable rate preferred shares. The shares or notes may be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). The offering price of our common shares will not be less than the net asset value of our common shares at the time we make the offering, exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts. You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully before you invest in our shares. Our shares may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the sale of our shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters, or among our underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any sale of preferred shares will set forth the liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call protection or non-call period and other matters. We may not sell any of our shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of our shares.
Investment Objective and Policies
     The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets, under normal market conditions, in common stocks and other securities of foreign and domestic companies involved in providing products, services, or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas, and water and (ii) telecommunications services or infrastructure operations (collectively, the “Utility Industry”). A company will be considered to be in the Utility Industry if it derives at least 50% of its revenues or earnings from, or devotes at least 50% of its assets to, the indicated activities or utility-related activities.
     No assurance can be given that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved. See “Investment Objective and Policies.”

- 1 -


Table of Contents

Common Shares
     The Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share, in multiple classes and series thereof as determined from time to time by the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”). The Board has authorized issuance of an unlimited number of shares of two classes, the common shares and preferred shares. Each share within a particular class or series thereof has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights. The common shares are not redeemable and have no preemptive, conversion or cumulative voting rights. In the event of liquidation, each common share is entitled to its proportion of the Fund’s assets after payment of debts and expenses and the amounts payable to holders of the Fund’s preferred shares ranking senior to the common shares of the Fund as described below.
Preferred Shares
     Currently, an unlimited number of the Fund’s shares have been classified by the Board as preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share. The terms of each series of preferred shares may be fixed by the Board and may materially limit and/or qualify the rights of holders of the Fund’s common shares. If the Board determines that it may be advantageous to the holders of the Fund’s common shares for the Fund to utilize additional leverage, the Fund may issue additional series of fixed rate preferred shares (“Fixed Rate Preferred Shares”) or additional series of variable rate preferred shares (“Auction Rate Preferred Shares”). Any Fixed Rate Preferred Shares or Auction Rate Preferred Shares issued by the Fund will pay, as applicable, distributions at a fixed rate or at rates that will be reset frequently based on short-term interest rates. (As of March 31, 2011, 1,153,288 shares of Series A Preferred and 900 shares of Series B Preferred were outstanding.) Leverage creates a greater risk of loss as well as a potential for more gains for the common shares than if leverage were not used. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Leverage Risk” and “Certain Investment Practices—Leveraging.” The Fund may also engage in investment management techniques, which will not be considered senior securities if the Fund establishes in a segregated account cash or other liquid securities equal to the Fund’s obligations in respect of such techniques. The Fund may borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law in accordance with its investment restrictions.
Dividends and Distributions
      Preferred Share Distributions . In accordance with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust as amended and supplemented (including the Statements of Preferences thereto) (the “Charter”), all preferred shares of the Fund must have the same seniority with respect to distributions. Accordingly, no full distribution will be declared or paid on any series of preferred shares of the Fund for any dividend period, or part thereof, unless full cumulative dividends and distributions due through the most recent dividend payment dates for all series of outstanding preferred shares of the Fund are declared and paid. If full cumulative distributions due have not been declared and made on all outstanding preferred shares of the Fund, any distributions on such preferred shares will be made as nearly pro rata as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of distributions accumulated but unmade on each such series of preferred shares on the relevant dividend payment date.
     In the event that for any calendar year the total distributions on the Fund’s preferred shares exceed the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits allocable to such shares, the excess distributions will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital (to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares). The amount treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the preferred shares, thereby increasing the shareholder’s potential gain or reducing the potential loss on the sale of the shares.
     The distributions to the Fund’s preferred shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, were comprised of net investment income.
      Common Share Distributions . In order to allow its common shareholders to realize a predictable, but not assured, level of cash flow and some liquidity periodically on their investment without having to sell shares, the Fund has adopted a managed distribution policy, which may be modified at any time by the Board. As of January 2011, the Fund pays to its common shareholders a distribution of $0.05 per share each month and, if necessary, an adjusting distribution in December which includes any additional income and net realized capital gains in excess of the monthly distributions for that year to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In the event the Fund does not generate a total return from dividends and interest received and net realized capital gains in an amount equal to or in excess of its stated distribution in a given year, the Fund may return capital as part of such distribution, which may have the effect of decreasing the asset coverage per share with respect to the Fund’s preferred shares. Any return of capital that is a

- 2 -


Table of Contents

component of a distribution is not sourced from realized or unrealized profits of the Fund and that portion should not be considered by investors as yield or total return on their investment in the Fund. Shareholders should not assume that a distribution from the Fund is comprised exclusively of net profits.
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Fund made distributions of $0.72 per common share, of which $0.64212 per share is deemed a return of capital. The Fund has made monthly distributions with respect to its common shares since October 1999. The composition of each distribution is estimated based on the earnings of the Fund as of the record date for each distribution. The actual composition of each distribution may change based on the Fund’s investment activity through the end of the calendar year. The Board monitors and reviews the Fund’s common share distribution policy on a regular basis.
      Limitations on Distributions. If at any time the Fund has borrowings outstanding, the Fund will be prohibited from paying any distributions on any of its common shares (other than in additional shares), and from repurchasing any of its common shares or preferred shares, unless the value of its total assets, less certain ordinary course liabilities, exceed 300% of the amount of the debt outstanding and exceed 200% of the sum of the amount of the debt and preferred shares outstanding. In addition, in such circumstances the Fund will be prohibited from paying any distributions on its preferred shares unless the value of its total assets, less certain ordinary course liabilities, exceed 200% of the amount of the debt outstanding. See “Dividends and Distributions.”
Payment on Notes
Under applicable state law and our Charter, we may borrow money without prior approval of holders of common and preferred shares. We may issue debt securities, including notes, or other evidence of indebtedness and may secure any such notes or borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security our assets to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or rating agency guidelines. Any borrowings, including without limitation the notes, will rank senior to the preferred shares and the common shares. The prospectus supplement will describe the interest payment provisions relating to notes. Interest on notes will be payable when due as described in the related prospectus supplement. If we do not pay interest when due, it will trigger an event of default and we will be restricted from declaring dividends and making other distributions with respect to our common shares and preferred shares.
Use of Proceeds
     The Fund will use the net proceeds from an offering to purchase portfolio securities in accordance with its investment objective and policies. See “Use of Proceeds.” Proceeds will be invested as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is anticipated to be substantially completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in the Fund’s anticipated investment period extending as long as six months.
Exchange Listing
     The Fund’s outstanding common shares are listed on the NYSE, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “GUT.” Currently, the Series A Preferred is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GUT PrA.” See “Description of the Shares.” Any additional series of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares issued by the Fund would also likely be listed on the NYSE.
Market Price of Shares
     Common shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at prices lower than their net asset value. Common shares of closed-end investment companies may trade during some periods at prices higher than their net asset value and during other periods at prices lower than their net asset value. The Fund cannot assure you that its common shares will continue to trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value. The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of the offering expenses paid by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.”
     In addition to net asset value, the market price of the Fund’s common shares may be affected by such factors as the Fund’s dividend and distribution levels (which are affected by expenses) and stability, market liquidity, market supply and demand, unrealized gains, general market and economic conditions and other factors. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations,” “Description of the Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares.”

- 3 -


Table of Contents

     The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not purchase common shares of the Fund if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
     Fixed rate preferred shares may also trade at premiums to or discounts from their liquidation preference for a variety of reasons, including changes in interest rates.
Risk Factors and Special Considerations
     Risk is inherent in all investing. Therefore, before investing in shares of the Fund, you should consider the following risks carefully. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations.”
      Industry Concentration Risk . The Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in foreign and domestic companies in the Utility Industry (as defined under “Investment Objective and Policies”) and, as a result, the value of the Fund’s shares will be more susceptible to the factors affecting those particular types of companies, including government regulation, inflation cost increases in fuel and other operating expenses, technological innovations that may render existing products and equipment obsolete, and increasing interest rates resulting in high interest costs on borrowings needed for capital construction programs, including costs associated with compliance with environmental and other regulations. As a consequence of its concentration policy, the Fund’s investments may be subject to greater risk and market fluctuation than a fund that has securities representing a broader range of alternatives. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Industry Concentration Risk.”
      Non-Diversified Status . As a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in a more limited number of issuers than may a diversified fund, and accordingly, an investment in the Fund may, under certain circumstances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in a diversified company. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Non-Diversified Status.”
      Lower Grade Securities. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in fixed-income securities rated in the lower rating categories of recognized statistical rating agencies, such as securities rated “CCC” or lower by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or “Caa” or lower by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or non-rated securities of comparable quality. These debt securities are predominantly speculative and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt securities that are not rated or rated lower than “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s are often referred to in the financial press as “junk bonds.” See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Lower Grade Securities.”
      Foreign Securities . There is no limitation on the amount of foreign securities in which the Fund may invest. Investing in securities of foreign companies (or foreign governments), which are generally denominated in foreign currencies, may involve certain risks and opportunities not typically associated with investing in domestic companies and could cause the Fund to be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and revaluation of currencies. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Foreign Securities.”
      Dependence on Key Personnel . The Investment Adviser is dependent upon the expertise of Mr. Mario J. Gabelli in providing advisory services with respect to the Fund’s investments. If the Investment Adviser were to lose the services of Mr. Gabelli, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that a suitable replacement could be found for Mr. Gabelli in the event of his death, resignation, retirement or inability to act on behalf of the Investment Adviser. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Dependence on Key Personnel.”
      Leverage Risk . The Fund currently uses, and intends to continue to use, financial leverage for investment purposes by issuing preferred shares. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of leverage represented approximately 23% of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund’s leveraged capital structure creates special risks not associated with unleveraged funds having a similar investment objective and policies. These include the possibility of greater loss and the likelihood of higher volatility of the net asset value of the Fund and the asset coverage for preferred shares. Such volatility may increase the likelihood of the Fund having to sell investments in order to meet its obligations to make distributions on the preferred shares, or to redeem preferred shares when it may be disadvantageous to do so. Also, if the Fund is utilizing leverage, a decline in net asset value could affect the ability of the Fund to make distributions and such a failure to pay dividends or make distributions could result in the Fund ceasing to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code. See “Taxation.”

- 4 -


Table of Contents

      Special Risks to Holders of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares . Prior to any offering, there will be no public market for Fixed Rate Preferred Shares. In the event any additional series of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares are issued, prior application will have been made to list such shares on a national securities exchange, which will likely be the NYSE. However, during an initial period, which is not expected to exceed 30 days after the date of its initial issuance, such shares may not be listed on any securities exchange. During such period, the underwriters may make a market in such shares, although they will have no obligation to do so. Consequently, an investment in such shares may be illiquid during such period. Fixed Rate Preferred Shares may trade at a premium to or discount from liquidation value for various reasons, including changes in interest rates.
      Special Risks for Holders of Auction Rate Preferred Shares.
    Auction Risk . You may not be able to sell your Auction Rate Preferred Shares at an auction if the auction fails, i.e. , if more Auction Rate Preferred Shares are offered for sale than there are buyers for those shares. Also, if you place an order (a hold order) at an auction to retain Auction Rate Preferred Shares only at a specified rate that exceeds the rate set at the auction, you will not retain your Auction Rate Preferred Shares. Additionally, if you place a hold order without specifying a rate below which you would not wish to continue to hold your shares and the auction sets a below-market rate, you will receive a lower rate of return on your shares than the market rate. Finally, the dividend period may be changed, subject to certain conditions and with notice to the holders of the Auction Rate Preferred Shares, which could also affect the liquidity of your investment. Due to recent market disruption most auction-rate preferred shares, including our Series B Auction Rate Preferred, have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity.
 
    Secondary Market Risk . If you try to sell your Auction Rate Preferred Shares between auctions, you may not be able to sell them for their liquidation preference per share or such amount per share plus accumulated dividends. If the Fund has designated a special dividend period of more than seven days, changes in interest rates could affect the price you would receive if you sold your shares in the secondary market. Broker-dealers that maintain a secondary trading market for the Auction Rate Preferred Shares are not required to maintain this market, and the Fund is not required to redeem Auction Rate Preferred Shares if either an auction or an attempted secondary market sale fails because of a lack of buyers. The Auction Rate Preferred Shares will not be registered on a stock exchange. If you sell your Auction Rate Preferred Shares to a broker-dealer between auctions, you may receive less than the price you paid for them, especially when market interest rates have risen since the last auction or during a special dividend period. Due to recent market disruption most auction-rate preferred shares, including our Series B Auction Rate Preferred, have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity, including the inability to sell such shares in a secondary market.
      Common Share Distribution Policy Risk . The Fund has adopted a policy, which may be changed at any time by the Board, of paying distributions on its common shares of $0.05 per share per month. In the event the Fund does not generate a total return from dividends and interest received and net realized capital gains in an amount equal to or in excess of its stated distribution in a given year, the Fund may return capital as part of such distribution, which may have the effect of decreasing the asset coverage per share with respect to the Fund’s preferred shares. Any return of capital should not be considered by investors as yield or total return on their investment in the Fund. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Fund made distributions of $0.72 per common share, of which $0.64212 per share is deemed a return of capital. The Fund has made monthly distributions with respect to its common shares since October 1999. A portion of the distributions to holders of common shares during seven of the twelve fiscal years since the Fund’s inception has constituted a return of capital. The composition of each distribution is estimated based on the earnings of the Fund as of the record date for each distribution. The actual composition of each of the current year’s distributions will be based on the Fund’s investment activity through the end of the calendar year.
      Interest Rate Transactions . The Fund may enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with respect to all or a portion of any series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares. Through these transactions, the Fund seeks to obtain the equivalent of a fixed rate for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares that is lower than the rate the Fund would have to pay if it issued Fixed Rate Preferred Shares. The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves certain risks to the Fund including, among others, counterparty risk and early termination risk. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Interest Rate Transactions.”
      Market Discount Risk. Common shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of shares of a closed-end fund is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value

- 5 -


Table of Contents

may decrease. The Investment Adviser cannot predict whether the Fund’s shares will trade at, below or above net asset value. The risk of holding shares of a closed-end fund that might trade at a discount is more pronounced for shareholders who wish to sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after acquiring them because, for those investors, realization of a gain or loss on their investments is likely to be more dependent upon the existence of a premium or discount than upon portfolio performance. The Fund’s common shares are not subject to redemption. Shareholders desiring liquidity may, subject to applicable securities laws, trade their shares in the Fund on the NYSE or other markets on which such shares may trade at the then current market value, which may differ from the then current net asset value.
      Equity Risk. Investing in the Fund involves equity risk, which is the risk that the securities held by the Fund will fall in market value due to adverse market and economic conditions, perceptions regarding the industries in which the issuers of securities held by the Fund participate and the particular circumstances and performance of particular companies whose securities the Fund holds. An investment in the Fund represents an indirect economic stake in the securities owned by the Fund, which are for the most part traded on securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter markets. The market value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The net asset value of the Fund may at any point in time be worth less than the amount at the time the shareholder invested in the Fund, even after taking into account any reinvestment of distributions.
      Our Notes . An investment in our notes is subject to special risks. There may not be an established market for our notes. To the extent that our notes trade, they may trade at a price either higher or lower than their principal amount depending on interest rates, the rating (if any) on such notes and other factors. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations — Special Risks to Holders of Notes.”
      Note Risk . If the interest rate on the notes approaches the net rate of return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund’s investments would be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. The Fund might be in danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the notes. Holders of notes may have different interests than holders of common shares and at times may have disproportionate influence over the Fund’s affairs. In the event the Fund fails to maintain the specified level of asset coverage of any notes outstanding, the holders of the notes will have the right to elect a majority of the Fund’s trustees. See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations — Note Risk.”
      Geopolitical Events. As a result of the terrorist attacks on domestic U.S. targets on September 11, 2001, some of the U.S. securities markets were closed for a four-day period. These terrorists attacks, the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and their aftermath and other geopolitical events have led to, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets. The nature, scope and duration of the war and occupation cannot be predicted with any certainty. Similar events in the future or other disruptions of financial markets could affect interest rates, securities exchanges, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, energy prices, and other factors relating to the common shares.
      Status as a Regulated Investment Company . The Fund has qualified, and intends to remain qualified, for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification requires, among other things, compliance by the Fund with certain distribution requirements. Statutory limitations on distributions on the common shares if the Fund fails to satisfy the 1940 Act’s asset coverage requirements could jeopardize the Fund’s ability to meet such distribution requirements. The Fund presently intends, however, to purchase or redeem preferred shares to the extent necessary in order to maintain compliance with such asset coverage requirements. See “Taxation” for a more complete discussion of these and other federal income tax considerations.
      Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Amended Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund (together, its “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund.
      Temporary Investments. During temporary defensive periods and during inopportune periods to be fully invested, the Fund may invest in U.S. government securities and in money market mutual funds that invest in those securities. Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, are

- 6 -


Table of Contents

supported by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. government; others, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so by law.
Management and Fees
     Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser’s fee is computed weekly and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to 1.00% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets including the liquidation value of preferred shares. The fee paid by the Fund may be higher when leverage in the form of preferred shares are utilized, giving the Investment Adviser an incentive to utilize such leverage. However, the Investment Adviser has agreed to reduce the management fee on the incremental assets attributable to the preferred shares during the fiscal year if the total return of the net asset value of the common shares of the Fund, including distributions and advisory fees subject to reduction for that year, does not exceed the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate of each particular series of preferred shares for the period. In other words, if the effective cost of the leverage for any series of preferred shares exceeds the total return (based on net asset value) on the Fund’s common shares, the Investment Adviser will waive that portion of its management fee on the incremental assets attributable to the leverage for that series of preferred shares to mitigate the negative impact of the leverage on the common shareholder’s total return. This fee waiver is voluntary and, except in connection with the waiver applicable to the portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, may be discontinued at any time. For Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the waiver will remain in effect as long as any shares in a series are outstanding. The Fund’s total return on the net asset value of the common shares is monitored on a monthly basis to assess whether the total return on the net asset value of the common shares exceeds the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate of each particular series of preferred shares for the period. The test to confirm the accrual of the management fee on the assets attributable to each particular series of preferred shares is annual. The Fund will accrue for the management fee on these assets during the fiscal year if it appears probable that the Fund will incur the management fee on those additional assets. See “Management of the Fund.”
     For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Fund’s total return on the net asset value of the common shares exceeded the stated dividend rate or net swap expense on all of the outstanding preferred shares. Thus, management fees were accrued on these assets.
     A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the continuation of the investment advisory contract of the Fund is available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders dated June 30, 2010.
Repurchase of Shares
     The Fund is authorized, subject to maintaining required asset coverage on its preferred shares, to repurchase its common shares in the open market when the common shares are trading at a discount of 10% or more (or such other percentage as the Board may determine from time to time) from net asset value. Although the Board has authorized such repurchases, the Fund is not required to repurchase its common shares. The Board has not established a limit on the amount of common shares that could be repurchased. Through December 31, 2010, the Fund had not repurchased any common shares in the open market. Such repurchases are subject to certain notice and other requirements under the 1940 Act. See “Repurchase of Common Shares.” Through December 31, 2010 the Fund has repurchased and retired 46,712 shares of the Series A Preferred and redeemed 100 shares of the Series B Preferred.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
     Certain provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents, may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. Pursuant to these provisions, only one of the three classes of trustees is elected each year, and the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund (together with a separate class vote by the holders of any preferred shares outstanding) is necessary to authorize amendments to the Fund’s Declaration of Trust that would be necessary to convert the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the outstanding voting shares of each class of the Fund, voting as a class, is generally required to authorize certain business transactions with the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. In addition, the holders of the preferred shares

- 7 -


Table of Contents

have the authority to elect two trustees at all times and would have separate class voting rights on specified matters including conversion of the Fund to open-end status and certain reorganizations of the Fund. The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger with, or the assumption of control by, a principal shareholder, or the conversion of the Fund to open-end status. These provisions may have the effect of depriving Fund shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium above the prevailing market price. See “Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents.”
Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent
     The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, located at 135 Santilli Highway, Everett, Massachusetts 02149, serves as the custodian (the “Custodian”) of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the Custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the Custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon the average weekly value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
     Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”), located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, as agent under the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment and voluntary cash purchase plan (the “Plan”), and as transfer agent and registrar with respect to the common shares of the Fund.
     Computershare also serves as the transfer agent, registrar, dividend paying agent and redemption agent with respect to the Series A Preferred.
     The Bank of New York, located at 100 Church Street, New York, New York 10286, serves as the auction agent, transfer agent, registrar, dividend paying agent and redemption agent with respect to the Series B Preferred. See “Custodian, Transfer Agent, Auction Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent.”

- 8 -


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
     The following tables are intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in our common shares as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. Amounts are for the current fiscal year after giving effect to anticipated net proceeds of the offering, assuming that we incur the estimated offering expenses, including preferred share offering expenses.
         
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
       
Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)
    1.75 %(1)
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (excluding Preferred Share Offering Expenses) (as a percentage of offering price)
    0.09 %(1)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees
  None    (2)
Preferred Share Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares)
    0.08 %(3)
         
    Percentage of Net  
    Assets Attributable  
    to Common Shares  
Annual Expenses
       
Management Fees
    1.35 %(4)
Interest on Borrowed Funds
  None  
Other Expenses
    0.50 %(4)
Dividends on Preferred Shares
    1.63 %(5)
Total annual fund operating expenses and dividends on preferred shares
    2.13 %(4)
 
     
Total Annual Expenses
    3.48 %
 
     
 
(1)   Estimated maximum amount based on offering of $65 million in common shares and $35 million in preferred shares. The actual amounts in connection with any offering will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
 
(2)   Shareholders participating in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plans would pay $0.75 plus their pro rata share of brokerage commissions per transaction to purchase shares and $2.50 plus their pro rata share of brokerage commissions per transaction to sell shares. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plans.”
 
(3)   Assumes issuance of $35 million in liquidation preference of fixed rate preferred shares and net assets attributable to common shares of $248 million (which includes issuance of $65 million in common shares). The actual amounts in connection with any offering will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
 
(4)   The Investment Adviser’s fee is 1.00% annually of the Fund’s average weekly net assets, plus assets attributable to any outstanding senior securities, with no deduction for the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Consequently, if the Fund has preferred shares outstanding, the investment management fees and other expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares will be higher than if the Fund does not utilize a leveraged capital structure. “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current year assuming completion of the proposed issuances.
 
(5)   The Dividends on Preferred Shares represent distributions on the existing preferred shares outstanding and the proposed $35 million of preferred shares at 6.00%.
     The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly.

- 9 -


Table of Contents

     The following example illustrates the expenses (including the maximum estimated sales load of $10 and estimated offering expenses of $6.60 from the issuance of $65 million in common shares) you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming a 5% annual portfolio total return.* The actual amounts in connection with any offering will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
                                 
    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     10 Years  
Total Expenses Incurred
  $ 39     $ 91     $ 145     $ 293  
 
*   The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the amounts set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

- 10 -


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
     The selected data below sets forth the per share operating performance and ratios for the periods presented. The financial information was derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements of the Fund and Notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and the SAI. The financial information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and for each of the preceding fiscal periods presented since inception, has been audited by [ ], the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose unqualified report on such Financial Statements is incorporated by reference into the SAI.
     Selected data for a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each period:
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,                    
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Operating Performance:
                                       
 
Net asset value, beginning of period
  $ 5.20     $ 5.09     $ 8.18     $ 8.19     $ 6.98  
 
                             
 
Net investment income
    0.15       0.17       0.18       0.19       0.17  
 
                                       
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments, swap contracts, and foreign currency transactions
    0.73       0.69       (2.48 )     0.61       1.84  
 
                             
 
Total from investment operations
    0.88       0.86       (2.30 )     0.80       2.01  
 
                             
 
                                       
Distributions to Preferred Shareholders: (a)
                                       
 
                                       
Net investment income
    (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.03 )     (0.02 )
 
                                       
Net realized gain
                (0.03 )     (0.07 )     (0.08 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Total distributions to preferred shareholders
    (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.09 )     (0.10 )     (0.10 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Net Increase/(Decrease) in Net Assets Attributable to Common Shareholders Resulting from Operations
    0.82       0.80       (2.39 )     0.70       1.91  
 
                             
 
                                       
Distributions to Common Shareholders:
                                       
 
                                       
Net investment income
    (0.08 )     (0.08 )     (0.10 )     (0.16 )     (0.16 )
 
                                       
Net realized gain
                (0.04 )     (0.33 )     (0.56 )
 
                                       
Paid-in capital
    (0.64 )     (0.64 )     (0.58 )     (0.23 )      
 
                             
 
                                       
Total distributions to common shareholders
    (0.72 )     (0.72 )     (0.72 )     (0.72 )     (0.72 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Fund Share Transactions:
                                       
 
                                       
Increase in net asset value from common share transactions
    0.03       0.03       0.02       0.01       0.02  
 
                                       
Increase in net asset value from repurchase of preferred shares
          0.00 (g)     0.00 (g)     0.00 (g)      

- 11 -


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,                    
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Offering costs for issuance of rights charged to paid-in capital
                (0.00 )(g)           0.00 (g)
 
                             
 
Total fund share transactions
    0.03       0.03       0.02       0.01       0.02  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net Asset Value Attributable to Common Shareholders, End of Period
  $ 5.33     $ 5.20     $ 5.09     $ 8.18     $ 8.19  
 
                             
 
                                       
NAV total return †
    13.76 %     14.19 %     (31.68 )%     8.08 %     27.46 %
 
                             
 
Market value, end of period
  $ 6.39     $ 9.02     $ 5.90     $ 9.50     $ 9.94  
 
                             
 
Investment total return ††
    (21.38 )%     70.88 %     (31.81 )%     3.42 %     16.47 %
 
                             
 
                                       
Ratios to Average Net Assets and Supplemental Data:
                                       
 
                                       
Net assets including liquidation value of preferred shares, end of period (in 000’s)
  $ 218,843     $ 212,179     $ 206,724     $ 300,210     $ 297,511  
 
                                       
Net assets attributable to common shares, end of period (in 000’s)
  $ 167,511     $ 160,847     $ 154,898     $ 245,617     $ 242,906  
 
                                       
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets attributable to common shares before preferred share distributions
    3.01 %     3.68 %     2.68 %     2.03 %     2.24 %
 
                                       
Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets attributable to common shares before fee waived
    1.93 %     2.04 %     1.77 %            
 
                                       
Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets attributable to common shares net of advisory fee reduction, if any (b)(c)
    1.91 %     2.04 %     1.50 %     1.63 %     1.75 %
 
                                       
Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets including liquidation value of preferred shares before fee waived
    1.45 %     1.50 %     1.39 %            
 
                                       
Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets including liquidation value of preferred shares net of advisory fee reduction, if any (b)(c)
    1.44 %     1.50 %     1.18 %     1.34 %     1.40 %
 
                                       
Portfolio turnover rate †††
    1 %     4 %     14 %     13 %     33 %
 
                                       
Preferred Shares:
                                       
 
                                       
5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares
                                       
 
                                       
Liquidation value, end of period (in 000’s)
  $ 28,832     $ 28,832     $ 29,326     $ 29,593     $ 29,605  
 
                                       
Total shares outstanding (in 000’s)
    1,153       1,153       1,173       1,184       1,184  
 
                                       
Liquidation preference per share
  $ 25.00     $ 25.00     $ 25.00     $ 25.00     $ 25.00  

- 12 -


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,                    
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Average market value (d)
  $ 25.15     $ 23.86     $ 22.76     $ 23.36     $ 23.80  
 
                                       
Asset coverage per share
  $ 106.58     $ 103.34     $ 99.72     $ 137.48     $ 136.21  
 
                                       
Series B Auction Market Cumulative Preferred Shares
                                       
 
                                       
Liquidation value, end of period (in 000’s)
  $ 22,500     $ 22,500     $ 22,500     $ 25,000     $ 25,000  
 
                                       
Total shares outstanding (in 000’s)
    1       1       1       1       1  
 
                                       
Liquidation preference per share
  $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000  
 
                                       
Average market value (e)
  $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 25,000  
 
                                       
Asset coverage per share
  $ 106,582     $ 103,336     $ 99,721     $ 137,478     $ 136,210  
 
                                       
Asset Coverage (f)
    426 %     413 %     399 %     550 %     545 %
 
  Based on net asset value per share, adjusted for reinvestment of distributions at prices determined under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan.
 
††   Based on market value per share, adjusted for reinvestment of distributions at prices determined under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan.
 
†††   Effective in 2008, a change in accounting policy was adopted with regard to the calculation of the portfolio turnover rate to include cash proceeds due to mergers. Had this policy been adopted retroactively, the portfolio turnover rate for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, would have been 29% and 34%, respectively.
 
(a)   Calculated based upon average common shares outstanding on the record dates throughout the period.
 
(b)   The ratios do not include a reduction for custodian fee credits on cash balances maintained with the custodian (“Custodian Fee Credits”). Including such Custodian Fee Credits for the year ended December 31, 2007, the ratio of operating expenses to average net assets attributable to common shares net of advisory fee reduction would have been 1.63% and the ratio of operating expenses to average net assets including liquidation value of preferred shares net of fee reduction would have been 1.33%. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2006, the effect of Custodian Fee Credits was minimal. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there were no Custodian Fee Credits.
 
(c)   The Fund incurred interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2007. If interest expense had not been incurred, the ratio of operating expenses to average net assets attributable to common shares would have been 1.62% and the ratio of operating expenses to average net assets including liquidation value of preferred shares would have been 1.33%. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the effect of interest expense was minimal.
 
(d)   Based on weekly prices.
 
(e)   Based on weekly auction prices. Since February 2008, the weekly auctions have failed. Holders that have submitted orders have not been able to sell any or all of their shares in the auctions.
 
(f)   Asset coverage is calculated by combining all series of preferred shares.
 
(g)   Amount represents less than $0.005 per share.

- 13 -


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
     The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to substantially be completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in the Fund’s anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
THE FUND
     The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 25, 1999. The Fund had no operations prior to July 9, 1999, other than the sale of 7,579,739 common shares to The Gabelli Equity Trust Inc. in exchange for approximately $75 million of cash and short-term fixed income instruments. The Fund’s principal office is located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 and its telephone number is (800) 422-3554.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
Investment Objectives
     The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets, under normal market conditions, in common stocks and other securities of foreign and domestic companies involved in providing products, services, or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas, and water and (ii) telecommunications services or infrastructure operations (collectively, the “Utility Industry”). A company will be considered to be in the Utility Industry if it derives at least 50% of its revenues or earnings from, or devotes at least 50% of its assets to, the indicated activities or utility-related activities. The remaining 20% of its assets may be invested in other securities including stocks, equity securities, debt obligations and money market instruments, as well as certain derivative instruments in the Utility Industry or other industries. Moreover, should extraordinary conditions affecting such sectors or securities markets as a whole warrant, the Fund may temporarily be primarily invested in money market instruments. When the Fund is invested in these instruments for temporary or defensive purposes it may not achieve its investment objective.
     The investment policy of the Fund relating to the type of securities in which at least 80% of the Fund’s total assets must be invested may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Shareholders will, however, receive at least 60 days prior notice of any change in this policy.
     Although many companies in the Utility Industry traditionally pay above average dividends, the Fund intends to focus on those companies whose securities have the potential to increase in value. The Fund’s performance is expected to reflect conditions affecting public utility industries. These industries are sensitive to factors such as interest rates, local and national government regulations, the price and availability of fuel, environmental protection or energy conservation regulations, weather, the level of demand for services, and the risks associated with constructing and operating nuclear power facilities. These factors may change rapidly. The Fund emphasizes quality in selecting utility investments, and generally looks for companies that have proven dividend records and sound financial structures. Believing that the industry is under consolidation due to changes in regulation, the Fund intends to position itself to take advantage of trends in consolidation.
     Under normal circumstances the Fund will invest in securities of issuers located in countries other than the United States and may invest in such foreign securities without limitation. Investing in securities of foreign issuers, which generally are denominated in foreign currencies, may involve certain risk and opportunity considerations not typically associated with investing in domestic companies and could cause the Fund to be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and revaluations of currencies.
     No assurance can be given that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.
Investment Methodology of the Fund
     In selecting securities for the Fund, the Investment Adviser normally will consider the following factors, among others:
  the Investment Adviser’s own evaluations of the private market value (as defined below), cash flow, earnings per share and other fundamental aspects of the underlying assets and business of the company;

- 14 -


Table of Contents

  the potential for capital appreciation of the securities;
 
  the interest or dividend income generated by the securities;
 
  the prices of the securities relative to other comparable securities;
 
  whether the securities are entitled to the benefits of call protection or other protective covenants;
 
  the existence of any anti-dilution protections or guarantees of the security; and
 
  the diversification of the portfolio of the Fund as to issuers.
     The Investment Adviser’s investment philosophy with respect to equity securities is to identify assets that are selling in the public market at a discount to their private market value. The Investment Adviser defines private market value as the value informed purchasers are willing to pay to acquire assets with similar characteristics. The Investment Adviser also normally evaluates an issuer’s free cash flow and long-term earnings trends. Finally, the Investment Adviser looks for a catalyst, something indigenous to the company, its industry or country that will surface additional value.
Certain Investment Practices
      Corporate Reorganizations . The Fund may invest without limit in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or similar reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation significantly greater than the added portfolio turnover expenses inherent in the short term nature of such transactions. The principal risk is that such offers or proposals may not be consummated within the time and under the terms contemplated at the time of the investment, in which case, unless such offers or proposals are replaced by equivalent or increased offers or proposals that are consummated, the Fund may sustain a loss.
      Temporary Defensive Investments . Subject to the Fund’s investment restrictions, when a temporary defensive period is believed by the Investment Adviser to be warranted (“temporary defensive periods”), the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in securities of United States government sponsored instrumentalities, in repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments, and in certain high-grade commercial paper instruments. During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may also invest in money market mutual funds that invest primarily in securities of United States government sponsored instrumentalities and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the United States government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, are supported by the “full faith and credit” of the United States government; others, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury; others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the United States government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. No assurance can be given that the United States government would provide financial support to United States government sponsored instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so by law. During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective.
      Lower Grade Securities . The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in fixed income securities rated below investment grade by recognized statistical rating agencies or unrated securities of comparable quality. These securities, which may be preferred stock or debt, are predominantly speculative and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt securities that are not rated or that are rated lower than “BBB” by S&P or lower than “Baa” by Moody’s are referred to in the financial press as “junk bonds.”
     Generally, such lower grade securities and unrated securities of comparable quality offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality securities. In addition, such securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because such lower grade securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. In light of these risks, the Investment Adviser, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated, will take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the

- 15 -


Table of Contents

issuer’s operating history, financial resources and its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the market support for the facility financed by the issue, the perceived ability and integrity of the issuer’s management and regulatory matters.
     In addition, the market value of securities in lower grade securities is more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which such lower grade or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value in response to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
     Lower grade securities also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption (often a feature of fixed income securities), the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, as the principal value of nonconvertible bonds and preferred stocks moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates, the value of the securities held by the Fund may decline proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates than bonds that pay regular income streams.
     As part of its investment in lower grade securities, the Fund may invest in securities of issuers in default. The Fund will make an investment in securities of issuers in default only when the Investment Adviser believes that such issuers will honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection under a plan pursuant to which the securities received by the Fund in exchange for its defaulted securities will have a value in excess of the Fund’s investment. By investing in securities of issuers in default, the Fund bears the risk that these issuers will not continue to honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection or that the value of the securities will not otherwise appreciate.
     In addition to using recognized rating agencies and other sources, the Investment Adviser also performs its own analysis of issues in seeking investments that it believes to be underrated (and thus higher yielding) in light of the financial condition of the issuer. Its analysis of issuers may include, among other things, current and anticipated cash flow and borrowing requirements, value of assets in relation to historical cost, strength of management, responsiveness to business conditions, credit standing, and current anticipated results of operations. In selecting investments for the Fund, the Investment Adviser may also consider general business conditions, anticipated changes in interest rates, and the outlook for specific industries.
     Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. In addition, it is possible that statistical rating agencies may change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. Moreover, such ratings do not assess the risk of a decline in market value. None of these events will require the sale of the securities by the Fund, although the Investment Adviser will consider these events in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.
     The market for lower grade and comparable unrated securities has experienced several periods of significantly adverse price and liquidity, particularly at or around times of economic recessions. Past market recessions have adversely affected the value of such securities as well as the ability of certain issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon or to refinance such securities. The market for those securities may react in a similar fashion in the future.
      Options. On behalf of the Fund, the Investment Adviser may, subject to the guidelines of the Board, purchase or sell (i.e., write) options on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies which are listed on a national securities exchange or in the U.S. over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund may write covered call options on common stocks that it owns or has an immediate right to acquire through conversion or exchange of other securities in an amount not to exceed 25% of total assets or invest up to 10% of its total assets in the purchase of put options on common stocks that the Fund owns or may acquire through the conversion or exchange of other securities that it owns.
     A call option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to buy from the writer (seller) of the call option, in return for a premium paid, the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price during the option period.
     A put option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to sell to the writer (seller), in return for the premium, the underlying security at a specified price during the term of the option. The writer of the put, who receives the premium, has the obligation to buy the underlying security upon exercise, at the exercise price during the option period.

- 16 -


Table of Contents

     If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
     An exchange-traded option may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option.
      Futures Contracts and Options on Futures . On behalf of the Fund, the Investment Adviser may, subject to the Fund’s investment restrictions and guidelines of the Board, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon which are traded on a commodities exchange or board of trade for certain hedging, yield enhancement and risk management purposes. These futures contracts and related options may be on debt securities, financial indices, securities indices, United States government securities and foreign currencies. A financial futures contract is an agreement to purchase or sell an agreed amount of securities or currencies at a set price for delivery in the future.
     The Investment Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to the registration requirements under the Commodity Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments are not limited by or subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act or otherwise regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Nevertheless, the Fund’s investment restrictions place certain limitations and prohibitions on its ability to purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts. In addition, investment in futures contracts and related options generally will be limited by the rating agency guidelines applicable to any of the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares.
      Forward Currency Exchange Contracts . Subject to guidelines of the Board, the Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to protect the value of its portfolio against future changes in the level of currency exchange rates. The Fund may enter into such contracts on a “spot” (i.e., cash) basis at the rate then prevailing in the currency exchange market or on a forward basis, by entering into a forward contract to purchase or sell currency. A forward contract on foreign currency is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days agreed upon by the parties from the date of the contract at a price set on the date of the contract. The Fund’s dealings in forward contracts generally will be limited to hedging involving either specific transactions or portfolio positions. The Fund does not have an independent limitation on its investments in foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currency futures contracts.
      When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments . The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring, i.e., a when, as and if issued security. When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable.
     Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
      Short Sales Against the Box . The Fund may from time to time make short sales of securities. The market value for the securities sold short by any one issuer will not exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities. The Fund may not make short sales or maintain a short position if it would cause more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value, to be held as collateral for such sales. The Fund may also make short sales “against the box.” A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Fund contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain at no added cost securities identical to those sold short. In a short sale, the Fund does not immediately deliver the securities sold or receive the proceeds from the sale.
     To secure its obligations to deliver the securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with its custodian an equal amount to the securities sold short or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund may close out a short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund may want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

- 17 -


Table of Contents

     The Fund may make a short sale in order to hedge against market risks when it believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into, or exchangeable for, such security, or when the Fund does not want to sell the security it owns. Such short sale transactions may be subject to special tax rules, one of the effects of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund. Additionally, the Fund may use short sales in conjunction with the purchase of a convertible security when it is determined that a convertible security can be bought at a small conversion premium and has a yield advantage relative to the underlying common stock sold short.
      Repurchase Agreements . The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks and non-bank dealers of United States government securities which are listed as reporting dealers of the Federal Reserve Bank and which furnish collateral at least equal in value or market price to the amount of their repurchase obligation. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund purchases a debt security from a seller who undertakes to repurchase the security at a specified resale price on an agreed future date. Repurchase agreements are generally for one business day and generally will not have a duration of longer than one week. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has taken the position that, in economic reality, a repurchase agreement is a loan by a fund to the other party to the transaction secured by securities transferred to the fund. The resale price generally exceeds the purchase price by an amount which reflects an agreed upon market interest rate for the term of the repurchase agreement. The Fund’s risk is primarily that, if the seller defaults, the proceeds from the disposition of the underlying securities and other collateral for the seller’s obligation may be less than the repurchase price. If the seller becomes insolvent, the Fund might be delayed in or prevented from selling the collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a seller, the Fund will promptly seek to liquidate the collateral. To the extent that the proceeds from any sale of the collateral upon a default in the obligation to repurchase is less than the repurchase price, the Fund will experience a loss. If the financial institution that is a party to the repurchase agreement petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund could suffer a loss.
      Leveraging . As provided in the 1940 Act, and subject to compliance with the Fund’s investment limitations, the Fund may issue senior securities representing stock, such as preferred stock, so long as immediately following such issuance of stock, its total assets exceed 200% of the amount of such stock. The use of leverage magnifies the impact of changes in net asset value. For example, a fund that uses 33% leverage will show a 1.5% increase or decline in net asset value for each 1% increase or decline in the value of its total assets. In addition, if the cost of leverage exceeds the return on the securities acquired with the proceeds of leverage, the use of leverage will diminish, rather than enhance, the return to the Fund. The use of leverage generally increases the volatility of returns to the Fund.
      Investment Restrictions . The Fund has adopted certain investment restrictions as fundamental policies of the Fund. Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed without the vote of a majority, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (voting together as a single class). The Fund’s investment restrictions are more fully discussed under “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.
      Portfolio Turnover . The Fund will buy and sell securities to accomplish its investment objective. The investment policies of the Fund may lead to frequent changes in investments, particularly in periods of rapidly fluctuating interest or currency exchange rates. The portfolio turnover may be higher than that of other investment companies.
     Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of substantial net short-term capital gains and any distributions resulting from such gains will be taxable at ordinary income rates for United States federal income tax purposes. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 were 4% and 1%, respectively.
      Long-Term Objective . The Fund is intended for investors seeking long-term capital growth and income. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to benefit from short-term swings in the stock market. An investment in shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each shareholder should take into account the shareholder’s investment objectives as well as the shareholder’s other investments when considering investing in the Fund.
      Loans of Portfolio Securities . To increase income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 20% of the value of its total assets.
     If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value

- 18 -


Table of Contents

of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. While these loans of portfolio securities will be made in accordance with guidelines approved by the Board, there can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund, and any gain or loss in the market price during the loan would inure to the Fund. If the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the Fund’s rights is unsettled. As a result, under these circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and it would suffer a loss.
      Borrowing . The Fund may borrow money in accordance with its investment restrictions, including as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes. It may not borrow for investment purposes.
     See “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Practices” in the SAI.
RISK FACTORS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
     Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Fund:
Industry Risks
     Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its total assets in foreign and domestic companies involved in the Utility Industry and, as a result, the value of the common shares will be more susceptible to factors affecting those particular types of companies, including governmental regulation, inflation, cost increases in fuel and other operating expenses, technological innovations that may render existing products and equipment obsolete and increasing interest rates resulting in high interest costs on borrowings needed for capital construction programs, including costs associated with compliance with environmental and other regulations.
      Sector Risk . The Fund concentrates its investments in the Utility Industry. As a result, the Fund’s investments may be subject to greater risk and market fluctuation than a fund that had securities representing a broader range of investment alternatives. The prices of securities issued by traditional utility companies may change in response to interest rate changes. There is no guarantee that this relationship will continue.
      Government Regulation . There are substantial differences between the regulatory practices and policies in various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, permit rate increases or that such increases will be adequate to permit the payment of dividends on common shares by companies subject to such regulatory provisions. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for these utilities to obtain adequate relief.
     Various regulatory regimes also impose limitations on the percentage of the stock of a public utility held by a fund as an investment. These limitations may unfavorably restrict the ability of the Fund to make certain investments.
      Deregulation . Changing regulation constitutes one of the industry-specific risks for the Fund, especially with respect to its investments in traditionally regulated public utilities and partially regulated utility companies. Domestic and foreign regulators monitor and control utility revenues and costs, and therefore may limit utility profits and dividends paid to investors, which could result in reduced income to the Fund. Regulatory authorities also may restrict a company’s access to new markets, thereby diminishing the company’s long-term prospects. The deregulation of certain utility companies may eliminate restrictions on profits and dividends, but may also subject these companies to greater risks of loss. Deregulation of the utility industry could have a positive or negative impact on the Fund. The Investment Adviser believes that certain utility companies’ fundamentals should continue to improve as the industry undergoes deregulation. Companies may seek to strengthen their competitive positions through mergers and takeovers. The loosening of the government regulation of utilities should encourage convergence within the industry. Improving earnings prospects, strong cash flows, share repurchases and takeovers from industry consolidation may tend to boost share prices. However, as has occurred in California and elsewhere, certain companies may be less able to meet the challenge of deregulation as competition increases and investments in these companies would not be likely to perform well. Individual sectors of the utility market are subject to additional risks. These risks can apply to all utility companies — regulated or fully or partially deregulated and unregulated. For example, telecommunications companies have been affected by technological developments leading to increased competition, as well as changing regulation of local and long-distance telephone services and other telecommunications businesses. Certain telecommunications companies have been adversely affected by the new competitive climate.
      Financing . Currently, companies in the Utility Industry have encountered difficulties in obtaining financing for construction programs during inflationary periods. Issuers experiencing difficulties in financing construction programs may

- 19 -


Table of Contents

also experience lower profitability, which can result in reduced income to the Fund. Historically, companies in the Utility Industry have also encountered such financing difficulties during inflationary periods.
      Equipment and Supplies . Traditional utility companies face the risk of lengthy delays and increased costs associated with the design, construction, licensing and operation of their facilities. Moreover, technological innovations may render existing plants, equipment or products obsolete. Increased costs and a reduction in the availability of fuel (such as oil, coal, nuclear or natural gas) also may adversely affect the profitability of utility companies.
     Electric utilities may be burdened by unexpected increases in operating costs. They may also be negatively affected when long-term interest rates rise. Long-term borrowings are used to finance most utility investments, and rising interest rates lead to higher financing costs and reduced earnings. There are also the considerable costs associated with environmental compliance, nuclear waste clean-up, cap and trade or other programs designed to reduce carbon dioxide and other greenhouse emissions, and safety regulation. Increasingly, regulators are calling upon electric utilities to bear these added costs, and there is a risk that these costs will not be fully recovered through an increase in revenues.
     Among gas companies, there has been a move to diversify into oil and gas exploration and development, making investment returns more sensitive to energy prices. In the case of the water utility sector, the industry is highly fragmented, and most water supply companies find themselves in mature markets, although upgrading of fresh water and waste water systems is an expanding business.
Long-Term Objective: Not a Complete Investment Program
     The Fund is intended for investors seeking long-term capital growth and income. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to exploit short-term swings in the stock market. An investment in shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective as well as the shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
Non-Diversified Status
     The Fund is classified as a “non-diversified” investment company under the 1940 Act, which means it is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. As a non-diversified investment company, the Fund may invest in the securities of individual issuers to a greater degree than a diversified investment company. As a result, the Fund may be more vulnerable to events affecting a single issuer and therefore subject to greater volatility than a fund that is more broadly diversified. Accordingly, an investment in the Fund may present greater risk to an investor than an investment in a diversified company. To qualify as a “regulated investment company,” or “RIC,” for purposes of the Code, the Fund has in the past conducted and intends to conduct its operations in a manner that will relieve it of any liability for federal income tax to the extent its earnings are distributed to shareholders. To so qualify as a “regulated investment company,” among other requirements, the Fund will limit its investments so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year:
    not more than 25% of the market value of its total assets will be invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or the securities of other RICs) of a single issuer, any two or more issuers in which the fund owns 20% or more of the voting securities and which are determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined in the Code); and
 
    at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets will be represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, United States government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the its assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.
Market Value and Net Asset Value
     The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. Shares of closed-end funds are bought and sold in the securities markets and may trade at either a premium to or discount from net asset value. Listed shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at discounts from net asset value. This characteristic of shares of a closed-end fund is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that its net asset value may decrease. The Fund cannot predict whether its listed shares will trade at, below or above net asset value. Shortly after the inception of the Fund, the market price of the Fund exceeded the net asset value (the “NAV”) and the premium continues today. Shareholders desiring liquidity may, subject to applicable securities laws, trade their Fund shares on the NYSE or other markets on which such shares may trade at the then-current

- 20 -


Table of Contents

market value, which may differ from the then-current NAV. Shareholders will incur brokerage or other transaction costs to sell shares.
Lower Grade Securities
     The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in fixed income securities rated below investment grade by recognized statistical rating agencies or unrated securities of comparable quality. These securities, which may be preferred stock or debt, are predominantly speculative and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt securities that are not rated or that are rated lower than “BBB” by S&P or lower than “Baa” by Moody’s are referred to in the financial press as “junk bonds.” Such securities are subject to greater risks than investment grade securities, which reflect their speculative character, including the following:
    greater volatility;
 
    greater credit risk;
 
    potentially greater sensitivity to general economic or industry conditions;
 
    potential lack of attractive resale opportunities (illiquidity); and
 
    additional expenses to seek recovery from issuers who default.
     Fixed income securities purchased by the Fund may be rated as low as C by Moody’s or D by S&P or may be unrated securities considered to be of equivalent quality. Securities that are rated C by Moody’s are the lowest rated class and can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever obtaining investment-grade standing. Debt rated D by S&P is in default or is expected to default upon maturity of payment date.
     The market value of lower rated securities may be more volatile than the market value of higher rated securities and generally tends to reflect the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and short-term market developments to a greater extent than more highly rated securities, which primarily reflect fluctuations in general levels of interest rates.
     Ratings are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality. Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition.
     As part of its investment in lower grade securities, the Fund may invest in securities of issuers in default. The Fund will make an investment in securities of issuers in default only when the Investment Adviser believes that such issuers will honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection under a plan pursuant to which the securities received by the Fund in exchange for its defaulted securities will have a value in excess of the Fund’s investment. By investing in securities of issuers in default, the Fund bears the risk that these issuers will not continue to honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection or that the value of the securities will not otherwise appreciate.
Foreign Securities
     Investments in the securities of foreign issuers involve certain considerations and risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. Foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards and requirements comparable to those applicable to United States companies. Foreign securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies may be subject to less government supervision and regulation than exists in the United States. Dividend and interest income may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes, which may adversely affect the net return on such investments. There may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment abroad. In addition, it may be difficult to effect repatriation of capital invested in certain countries. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there are risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could affect assets of the Fund held in foreign countries. Dividend income that the Fund receives from foreign securities may not be eligible for the special tax treatment applicable to qualified dividend income.
     There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than a United States company. Foreign securities markets may have substantially less volume than United States securities markets and some foreign company securities are less liquid than securities of otherwise comparable United States companies. A portfolio of foreign securities may also be adversely affected by fluctuations in the rates of exchange between the currencies of different nations and by exchange control regulations. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures that could cause the Fund to encounter difficulties in purchasing and selling securities on such markets and may result in the Fund missing attractive investment opportunities or experiencing loss. In addition, a portfolio that includes foreign securities can expect to

- 21 -


Table of Contents

have a higher expense ratio because of the increased transaction costs on non-United States securities markets and the increased costs of maintaining the custody of foreign securities.
     The Fund also may purchase sponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) or United States dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers. ADRs are receipts issued by United States banks or trust companies in respect of securities of foreign issuers held on deposit for use in the United States securities markets. While ADRs may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted, many of the risks associated with foreign securities may also apply to ADRs. In addition, the underlying issuers of certain depositary receipts, particularly unsponsored or unregistered depositary receipts, are under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications to the holders of such receipts, or to pass through to them any voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.
Special Risks of Derivative Transactions
     Participation in the options or futures markets and in currency exchange transactions involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of these strategies. If the Investment Adviser’s prediction of movements in the direction of the securities, foreign currency and interest rate markets are inaccurate, the consequences to the Fund may leave the Fund in a worse position than if such strategies were not used. Risks inherent in the use of options, foreign currency, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, securities indices and foreign currencies include:
    dependence on the Investment Adviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates, securities prices and currency markets;
 
    imperfect correlation between the price of options and futures contracts and options thereon and movements in the prices of the securities or currencies being hedged;
 
    the fact that skills needed to use these strategies are different from those needed to select portfolio securities;
 
    the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at any time;
 
    the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences; and
 
    the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a security at a time that otherwise would be favorable for it to do so, or the possible need for the Fund to sell a security at a disadvantageous time due to a need for the Fund to maintain “cover” or to segregate securities in connection with the hedging techniques.
See “Risk Factors and Special Considerations—Futures Transactions.”
Futures Transactions
     Futures and options on futures entail certain risks, including but not limited to the following:
    no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices;
 
    possible reduction of the yield of the Fund due to the use of hedging;
 
    possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument;
 
    possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits or price fluctuations;
 
    imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged; and
 
    losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited and the segregation requirements for such transactions.
     For a further description, see “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Practices” in the SAI.
Forward Currency Exchange Contracts
     The use of forward currency exchange contracts may involve certain risks, including the failure of the counterparty to perform its obligations under the contract and that the use of forward contracts may not serve as a complete hedge because of an imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the contracts and the prices of the currencies hedged or used for cover. For a further description of such investments, see “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Practices” in the SAI.

- 22 -


Table of Contents

Dependence on Key Personnel
     The Investment Adviser is dependent upon the expertise of Mr. Mario J. Gabelli in providing advisory services with respect to the Fund’s investments. If the Investment Adviser were to lose the services of Mr. Gabelli, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that a suitable replacement could be found for Mr. Gabelli in the event of his death, resignation, retirement or inability to act on behalf of the Investment Adviser.
Market Disruption Risk
     Certain events have a disruptive effect on the securities markets, such as terrorist attacks, war and other geopolitical events. The Fund cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy. Lower rated securities and securities of issuers with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile than higher rated securities and securities of issuers with larger market capitalizations so that these events and any actions resulting from them may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of lower rated securities and securities of issuers with smaller market capitalizations than on higher rated securities and securities of issuers with larger market capitalizations.
Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents
     The Fund’s Governing Documents include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. See “Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents.”
Special Risks Related to Preferred Securities
     There are special risks associated with the Fund’s investing in preferred securities, including:
    Deferral . Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer dividends or distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its dividends or distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.
 
    Non-Cumulative Dividends . Some preferred securities are non-cumulative, meaning that the dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred security held by the Fund determine not to pay dividends or distributions on such security, the Fund’s return from that security may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on non-cumulative preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.
 
    Subordination . Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt security instruments.
 
    Liquidity . Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. government securities.
 
    Limited Voting Rights . Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Fund) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may be entitled to elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
 
    Special Redemption Rights . In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in federal income tax or securities laws. A redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
Special Risks to Holders of Notes
     There may not be an established market for our notes. To the extent that our notes trade, they may trade at a price either higher or lower than their principal amount depending on interest rates, the rating (if any) on such notes and other factors.

- 23 -


Table of Contents

Note Risk
     If the interest rate on the notes approaches the net rate of return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund’s investments would be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. The Fund might be in danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the notes. Holders of notes may have different interests than holders of common shares and at times may have disproportionate influence over the Fund’s affairs. In the event the Fund fails to maintain the specified level of asset coverage of any notes outstanding, the holders of the notes will have the right to elect a majority of the Fund’s trustees.
Investment Companies
     The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies to the extent permitted by law. To the extent the Fund invests in the common equity of investment companies, the Fund will bear its ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management fees. The Fund will also remain obligated to pay management fees to the Investment Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities of other investment companies. In these circumstances holders of the Fund’s common shares will be subject to duplicative investment expenses.
Counterparty Risk
     The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
Loans of Portfolio Securities
     Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described in the SAI) and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earning interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.
     For a further description of such loans of portfolio securities, see “Investment Objective and Policies—Certain Investment Practices—Loans of Portfolio Securities.”
Management Risk
     The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed portfolio. The Investment Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
Status as a Regulated Investment Company
     The Fund has qualified, and intends to remain qualified, for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification requires, among other things, compliance by the Fund with certain distribution requirements. Statutory limitations on distributions on the common shares if the Fund fails to satisfy the 1940 Act’s asset coverage requirements could jeopardize the Fund’s ability to meet such distribution requirements. The Fund presently intends, however, to purchase or redeem preferred shares to the extent necessary in order to maintain compliance with such asset coverage requirements. See “Taxation” for a more complete discussion of these and other federal income tax considerations.
Leverage Risk
     The Fund uses financial leverage for investment purposes by issuing preferred shares. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of leverage represented approximately 23% of the Fund’s total assets. The Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred

- 24 -


Table of Contents

have the same seniority with respect to distributions and liquidation preference. Preferred shares have seniority over common shares.
     The Fund’s use of leverage, which can be described as exposure to changes in price at a ratio greater than the amount of equity invested, either through the issuance of preferred shares or other forms of market exposure, magnifies both the favorable and unfavorable effects of price movements in the investments made by the Fund. The Fund’s leveraged capital structure creates special risks not associated with unleveraged funds having similar investment objective and policies.
    Preferred Share Risk. The issuance of preferred shares causes the net asset value and market value of the common shares to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred shares approaches the net rate of return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred shares plus the management fee annual rate of 1.00% (as applicable) exceeds the net rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the leverage will result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common shares than if the Fund had not issued preferred shares.
 
      Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund’s investments would be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. The Fund might be in danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the preferred shares or of losing its ratings on the preferred shares or, in an extreme case, the Fund’s current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred shares. In order to counteract such an event, the Fund might need to liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the preferred shares.
 
      In addition, the Fund would pay (and the holders of common shares will bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred shares, including the advisory fees on the incremental assets attributable to such shares.
 
      Holders of preferred shares may have different interests than holders of common shares and may at times have disproportionate influence over the Fund’s affairs. Holders of preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, would have the right to elect two members of the Board at all times and in the event dividends become two full years in arrears would have the right to elect a majority of the Trustees until such arrearage is completely eliminated. In addition, preferred shareholders have class voting rights on certain matters, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion of the fund to open-end status, and accordingly can veto any such changes.
 
      Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of the Fund’s common shares and preferred shares, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair the Fund’s ability to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. While the Fund intends to redeem its preferred shares to the extent necessary to enable the Fund to distribute its income as required to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code, there can be no assurance that such actions can be effected in time to meet the Code requirements.
 
    Special Risks to Holders of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares
 
      Illiquidity Prior to Exchange Listing . Prior to the offering, there will be no public market for any additional series of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares. In the event any additional series of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares are issued, prior application will have been made to list such shares on a national securities exchange, which will likely be the NYSE. However, during an initial period, which is not expected to exceed 30 days after the date of its initial issuance, such shares may not be listed on any securities exchange. During such period, the underwriters may make a market in such shares, though, they will have no obligation to do so. Consequently, an investment in such shares may be illiquid during such period.
 
      Market Price Fluctuation . Fixed Rate Preferred Shares may trade at a premium to or discount from liquidation value for various reasons, including changes in interest rates.
 
    Special Risks for Holders of Auction Rate Preferred Shares
 
      Auction Risk . You may not be able to sell your Auction Rate Preferred Shares at an auction if the auction fails, i.e., if more Auction Rate Preferred Shares are offered for sale than there are buyers for those shares. Also, if you place an order (a hold order) at an auction to retain Auction Rate Preferred Shares only at a specified rate that exceeds the rate set at the auction, you will not retain your Auction Rate Preferred Shares. Additionally, if you place a hold order

- 25 -


Table of Contents

      without specifying a rate below which you would not wish to continue to hold your shares and the auction sets a below-market rate, you will receive a lower rate of return on your shares than the market rate. Finally, the dividend period may be changed, subject to certain conditions and with notice to the holders of the Auction Rate Preferred Shares, which could also affect the liquidity of your investment. Due to recent market disruption most auction-rate preferred shares, including our Series B Auction Rate Preferred, have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity.
 
      Secondary Market Risk . If you try to sell your Auction Rate Preferred Shares between auctions, you may not be able to sell them for their liquidation preference per share or such amount per share plus accumulated dividends. If the Fund has designated a special dividend period of more than seven days, changes in interest rates could affect the price you would receive if you sold your shares in the secondary market. Broker-dealers that maintain a secondary trading market for the Auction Rate Preferred Shares are not required to maintain this market, and the Fund is not required to redeem Auction Rate Preferred Shares if either an auction or an attempted secondary market sale fails because of a lack of buyers. The Auction Rate Preferred Shares will not be registered on a stock exchange. If you sell your Auction Rate Preferred Shares to a broker-dealer between auctions, you may receive less than the price you paid for them, especially when market interest rates have risen since the last auction or during a special dividend period. Due to recent market disruption most auction-rate preferred shares, including our Series B Auction Rate Preferred, have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity, including the inability to sell such shares in a secondary market.
 
    Portfolio Guidelines of Rating Agencies for Preferred Shares and/or Credit Facility. In order to obtain and maintain attractive credit quality ratings for preferred shares or borrowings, the Fund must comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by the relevant rating agencies. These guidelines could affect portfolio decisions and may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.
 
    Impact on Common Shares. The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on common share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of net investment income of the Fund, realized gains or losses of the Fund and changes in the value of the securities held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Fund. See “Risks.” The table further reflects leverage representing 23% of the Fund’s total assets, the Fund’s current projected blended annual average leverage dividend or interest rate of 3.82%, a management fee at an annual rate of 1.00% of the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares and estimated annual incremental expenses attributable to any outstanding preferred shares of 0.04% of the Fund’s net assets attributable to common shares.
                                         
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses)
    (10 )%     (5 )%     0 %     5 %     10 %
Common Share Total Return
    (15.73 )%     (9.23 )%     (2.74 )%     3.75 %     10.25 %
      Common share total return is composed of two elements—the common share distributions paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the taxable income of the Fund (including realized gains or losses) after paying interest on any debt and/or dividends on any preferred shares) and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy total return. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Fund must assume that the income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by expenses and losses in the value of those investments. The Fund’s shares are leveraged, and the risks and special considerations related to leverage described in this prospectus apply. Such leveraging of the shares cannot be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.
Common Share Distribution Policy Risk
     The Fund has adopted a policy, which may be changed at any time by the Board, of paying distributions on its common shares of $0.05 per share per month. In the event the Fund does not generate a total return from dividends and interest received and net realized capital gains in an amount equal to or in excess of its stated distribution in a given year, the Fund may return capital as part of such distribution, which may have the effect of decreasing the asset coverage per share with respect to the Fund’s preferred shares. Any return of capital should not be considered by investors as yield or total return on

- 26 -


Table of Contents

their investment in the Fund. Shareholders should not assume that a distribution from the Fund is comprised exclusively of net profits. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Fund made distributions of $0.72 per common share, of which $0.64212 per share is deemed a return of capital. The Fund has made monthly distributions with respect to its common shares since October 1999. A portion of the distributions to holders of common shares during five of the ten fiscal years since the Fund’s inception has constituted a return of capital. The composition of each distribution is estimated based on the earnings of the Fund as of the record date for each distribution. The actual composition of each of the current year’s distributions will be based on the Fund’s investment activity through the end of the calendar year.
Investment Restrictions
     The Fund has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk and maintain portfolio diversification. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the outstanding shares of common shares and preferred shares voting together as a single class. The Fund may become subject to guidelines that are more limiting than the investment restrictions set forth above in order to obtain and maintain ratings from Moody’s or S&P on its preferred shares. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Fund.
Interest Rate Transactions
     The Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions in relation to all or a portion of any series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares in order to manage the impact on its portfolio of changes in the dividend rate of such shares. At present, the Fund has not entered into an interest rate swap on a percentage of its outstanding Auction Rate Preferred Shares. Through these transactions the Fund may, for example, obtain the equivalent of a fixed rate for such Auction Rate Preferred Shares that is lower than the Fund would have to pay if it issued Fixed Rate Preferred Shares. The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves certain risks to the Fund including, among others, counterparty risk and early termination risk.
     The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. In an interest rate swap, the Fund would agree to pay to the other party to the interest rate swap (which is known as the “counterparty”) periodically a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to the Fund periodically a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate the Fund’s variable rate payment obligation on its Auction Rate Preferred Shares. In an interest rate cap, the Fund would pay a premium to the counterparty to the interest rate cap and, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, would receive from the counterparty payments of the difference based on the notional amount of such cap. Interest rate swap and cap transactions introduce additional risk because the Fund would remain obligated to pay preferred shares dividends or distributions when due in accordance with the Statement of Preferences of the relevant series of the Auction Rate Preferred Shares even if the counterparty defaulted. Depending on the general state of short-term interest rates and the returns on the Fund’s portfolio securities at that point in time, such a default could negatively affect the Fund’s ability to make dividend or distribution payments on the Auction Rate Preferred Shares. In addition, at the time an interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the Fund’s ability to make dividend or distribution payments on the Auction Rate Preferred Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate swap or cap could decline, resulting in a decline in the asset coverage for the Auction Rate Preferred Shares. A sudden and dramatic decline in interest rates may result in a significant decline in the asset coverage. Under the Statement of Preferences for each series of the preferred shares, if the Fund fails to maintain the required asset coverage on the outstanding preferred shares or fails to comply with other covenants, the Fund may be required to redeem some or all of these shares. The Fund generally may redeem any series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at its option at any time (usually on a dividend or distribution payment date), other than during a non-call period. Such redemption would likely result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transactions. Early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by the Fund to the counterparty, while early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund.
     The Fund will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the value of the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Fund will monitor any such swap with a view to ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulatory investment policy and tax requirements.

- 27 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
General
     The Board (who, with its officers, are described in the SAI) has overall responsibility for the management of the Fund. The Board decides upon matters of general policy and reviews the actions of the Investment Adviser, Gabelli Funds, LLC, located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422, and the Sub-Administrator (as defined below). Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Contract with the Fund, the Investment Adviser, under the supervision of the Board, provides a continuous investment program for the Fund’s portfolio; provides investment research and makes and executes recommendations for the purchase and sale of securities; and provides all facilities and personnel, including officers required for its administrative management and pays the compensation of all officers and trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
The Investment Adviser
     Gabelli Funds, LLC acts as the Fund’s Investment Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Fund. The Investment Adviser is a New York limited liability company with principal offices located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 and is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Investment Adviser was organized in 1999 and is the successor to Gabelli Funds, Inc., which was organized in 1980. As of December 31, 2010, the Investment Adviser acts as a registered investment adviser to 25 management investment companies with aggregate net assets of $18.3 billion. The Investment Adviser, together with the other affiliated investment advisers noted below, had assets under management totaling approximately $33.3 billion as of December 31, 2010. GAMCO Asset Management Inc. (“GAMCO”), an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment adviser for individuals, pension trusts, profit sharing trusts and endowments, and as a sub-adviser to management investment companies having aggregate assets of $13.7 billion under management as of December 31, 2010. Gabelli Securities, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment adviser for investment partnerships and entities having aggregate assets of approximately $515 million under management as of December 31, 2010. Teton Advisors, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment manager to The GAMCO Westwood Funds and separately managed accounts having aggregate assets of approximately $820 million under management as of December 31, 2010.
     The Investment Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of GAMCO Investors, Inc., a New York corporation whose Class A Common Stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GBL.” Mr. Mario J. Gabelli may be deemed a “controlling person” of the Investment Adviser on the basis of his ownership of a majority of the stock of GGCP, Inc., which owns a majority of the capital stock of GAMCO Investors, Inc.
     The Investment Adviser has sole investment discretion for the Fund’s assets under the supervision of the Fund’s Board and in accordance with the Fund’s stated policies. The Investment Adviser will select investments for the Fund and will place purchase and sale orders on behalf of the Fund.
Payment of Expenses
     The Investment Adviser is obligated to pay expenses associated with providing the services contemplated by the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”) including compensation of and office space for its officers and employees connected with investment and economic research, trading and investment management and administration of the Fund, as well as the fees of all trustees of the Fund who are affiliated with the Investment Adviser.
     In addition to the fees of the Investment Adviser, the Fund is responsible for the payment of all its other expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund, which include, among other things, expenses for legal and independent accountant’s services, stock exchange listing fees, expenses relating to the offering of preferred shares, rating agency fees, costs of printing proxies, share certificates and shareholder reports, charges of the custodian, any subcustodian, auction agent, transfer agent(s) and dividend disbursing agent expenses in connection with its respective automatic dividend reinvestment and voluntary cash purchase plan, SEC fees, fees and expenses of unaffiliated trustees, accounting and printing costs, the Fund’s pro rata portion of membership fees in trade organizations, fidelity bond coverage for the Fund’s officers and employees, interest, brokerage costs, taxes, expenses of qualifying the Fund for sale in various states, expenses of personnel performing shareholder servicing functions, litigation and other extraordinary or non-recurring expenses and other expenses properly payable by the Fund.

- 28 -


Table of Contents

Advisory Agreement
     Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser manages the portfolio of the Fund in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions for the Fund, and places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund and manages the Fund’s other business and affairs, all subject to the supervision and direction of its Board. In addition, under the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser oversees the administration of all aspects of the Fund’s business and affairs and provides, or arranges for others to provide, at the Investment Adviser’s expense, certain enumerated services, including maintaining the Fund’s books and records, preparing reports to its shareholders and supervising the calculation of the net asset value of its shares. All expenses of computing the Fund’s net asset value, including any equipment or services obtained solely for the purpose of pricing shares or valuing the Fund’s investment portfolio, will be an expense of the Fund under the Advisory Agreement unless the Investment Adviser voluntarily assumes responsibility for such expense. During fiscal year 2010, the Fund reimbursed the Investment Adviser $45,000 in connection with the cost of computing the Fund’s net asset value.
     The Advisory Agreement combines investment advisory and administrative responsibilities in one agreement. For services rendered by the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Fund under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee computed weekly and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to 1.00% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets including the liquidation value of preferred shares. The fee paid by the Fund may be higher when leverage in the form of preferred shares are utilized, giving the Investment Adviser an incentive to utilize such leverage. However, the Investment Adviser has agreed to reduce the management fee on the incremental assets attributable to the preferred shares during the fiscal year if the total return of the net asset value of the common shares of the Fund, including distributions and advisory fees subject to reduction for that year, does not exceed the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate of each particular series of preferred shares for the period. In other words, if the effective cost of the leverage for any series of preferred shares exceeds the total return (based on net asset value) on the Fund’s common shares, the Investment Adviser will waive that portion of its management fee on the incremental assets attributable to the leverage for that series of preferred shares to mitigate the negative impact of the leverage on the common shareholder’s total return. This fee waiver is voluntary and, except in connection with the waiver applicable to the portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, may be discontinued at any time. For Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the waiver will remain in effect as long as any shares in a series are outstanding. The Fund’s total return on the net asset value of the common shares is monitored on a monthly basis to assess whether the total return on the net asset value of the common shares exceeds the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate of each particular series of preferred shares for the period. The test to confirm the accrual of the management fee on the assets attributable to each particular series of preferred shares is annual. The Fund will accrue for the management fee on these assets during the fiscal year if it appears probable that the Fund will incur the management fee on those additional assets.
     For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Fund’s total return on the net asset value of the common shares exceeded the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate on all of the outstanding preferred shares. Thus, management fees were accrued on these assets.
     The Advisory Agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. As part of the Advisory Agreement, the Fund has agreed that the name “Gabelli” is the Investment Adviser’s property, and that in the event the Investment Adviser ceases to act as an investment adviser to the Fund, the Fund will change its name to one not including “Gabelli.”
     Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect with respect to the Fund from year to year if approved annually (i) by the Board or by the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
     A discussion regarding the basis of the Board’s approval of the Advisory Agreement is available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
Selection of Securities Brokers
     The Advisory Agreement contains provisions relating to the selection of securities brokers to effect the portfolio transactions of the Fund. Under those provisions, the Investment Adviser may (i) direct Fund portfolio brokerage to Gabelli & Company, Inc. (“Gabelli & Company”) or other broker-dealer affiliates of the Investment Adviser and (ii) pay

- 29 -


Table of Contents

commissions to brokers other than Gabelli & Company that are higher than might be charged by another qualified broker to obtain brokerage and/or research services considered by the Investment Adviser to be useful or desirable for its investment management of the Fund and/or its other advisory accounts or those of any investment adviser affiliated with it. The SAI contains further information about the Advisory Agreement, including a more complete description of the advisory and expense arrangements, exculpatory and brokerage provisions, as well as information on the brokerage practices of the Fund.
Portfolio Manager
     Mario J. Gabelli is currently and has been responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund since its inception. Mr. Gabelli has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GAMCO Investors, Inc. and its predecessors since 1976. Mr. Gabelli is the Chief Investment Officer — Value Portfolios for the Investment Adviser and GAMCO Asset Management Inc. Mr. Gabelli serves as portfolio manager for several funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex and is a director of several funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex. Because of the diverse nature of Mr. Gabelli’s responsibilities, he will devote less than all of his time to the day-to-day management of the Fund. Mr. Gabelli is also Chief Executive Officer of GGCP, Inc., as well as Chairman of the Board of Lynch Interactive Corporation, a multimedia and communication services company.
     The SAI provides additional information about the Portfolio Manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager and the Portfolio Manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.
Sub-Administrator
     The Investment Adviser has entered into a sub-administration agreement with BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (the “Sub-Administrator”) pursuant to which the Sub-Administrator provides certain administrative services necessary for the Fund’s operations that do not include the investment and portfolio management services provided by the Investment Adviser. For these services and the related expenses borne by the Sub-Administrator, the Investment Adviser pays a prorated monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.0275% of the first $10 billion of the aggregate average net assets of the Fund and all other funds advised by the Investment Adviser and Teton Advisors, Inc. and administered by the Sub-Administrator, 0.0125% of the aggregate average net assets exceeding $10 billion and 0.01% of the aggregate average net assets in excess of $15 billion. The Sub-Administrator has its principal office at 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406.
Regulatory Matters
     On April 24, 2008, the Investment Adviser entered into a settlement with the SEC to resolve an inquiry regarding prior frequent trading activity in shares of the GAMCO Global Growth Fund (the “Global Growth Fund”) by one investor who was banned from the Global Growth Fund in August 2002. In the administrative settlement order, the SEC found that the Investment Adviser had willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act, Section 17(d) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17d-1 thereunder, and had willfully aided and abetted and caused violations of Section 12(d)(1)(B)(i) of the 1940 Act. Under the terms of the settlement, the Investment Adviser, while neither admitting nor denying the SEC’s findings and allegations, paid $16 million (which included a $5 million civil monetary penalty), approximately $12.8 million of which is in the process of being paid to shareholders of the Global Growth Fund in accordance with a plan developed by an independent distribution consultant and approved by the independent directors of the Global Growth Fund and acceptable to the staff of the SEC, and agreed to cease and desist from future violations of the above-referenced federal securities laws and rule. The SEC order also noted the cooperation that the Investment Adviser had given the staff of the SEC during its inquiry. The settlement did not have a material adverse impact on the Investment Adviser. On the same day, the SEC filed a civil action against the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Investment Adviser, alleging violations of certain federal securities laws arising from the same matter. The officer is also an officer of the Fund, the Global Growth Fund and other funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO fund complex. The officer denied the allegations and is continuing in his positions with the Investment Adviser and the funds. The court dismissed certain claims and found that the SEC was not entitled to pursue various remedies against the officer while leaving one remedy in the event the SEC were able to prove violations of law. The court subsequently dismissed without prejudice the remaining remedy against the officer, which allowed the SEC to appeal the court’s rulings. On October 29, 2010, the SEC filed its appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit regarding the lower court’s orders. The Investment Adviser currently expects that any resolution of the action against the officer will not have a material adverse impact on the Investment Adviser or its ability to fulfill its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

- 30 -


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
     Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Fund. However, Gabelli & Company, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, may execute portfolio transactions on stock exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets on an agency basis and receive a stated commission therefor. For a more detailed discussion of the Fund’s brokerage allocation practices, see “Portfolio Transactions” in the SAI.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
     The Fund has a policy, which may be modified at any time by its Board, of paying distributions on its common shares of $0.05 per share per month. This policy permits common shareholders to realize a predictable, but not assured, level of cash flow and some liquidity periodically with respect to their common shares without having to sell their shares. A portion of the Fund’s distributions on its common shares to date have included or have been estimated to include a return of capital. Any return of capital that is a component of a distribution is not sourced from realized or unrealized profits of the Fund and that portion should not be considered by investors as yield or total return on their investment in the Fund. Shareholders should not assume that a distribution from the Fund is comprised exclusively of net profits. The Fund pays on its common shares a distribution of $0.05 per share each month and, if necessary, an adjusting distribution in December which includes any additional income and net realized capital gains in excess of the monthly distributions for that year to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code. Each quarter, the Board reviews the amount of any potential distribution and the income, capital gain or capital available. The Fund may retain for reinvestment, and pay the resulting federal income taxes on, its net capital gain, if any. To avoid paying income tax at the corporate level, the Fund distributes substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.
     If, for any calendar year, the total distributions exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the shares. The amount treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce a shareholder’s tax basis in the shares, thereby increasing such shareholder’s potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the sale of the shares. Any amounts distributed to a shareholder in excess of the basis in the shares will be taxable to the shareholder as capital gain.
     In the event the Fund distributes amounts in excess of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, such distributions will decrease the Fund’s total assets more than otherwise and, therefore, have the likely effect of increasing its expense ratio more than otherwise, as the Fund’s fixed expenses will become a larger percentage of the Fund’s average net assets. In addition, in order to make such distributions, the Fund might have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action.
     The Fund, along with other closed-end registered investment companies advised by the Investment Adviser, has obtained an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder permitting it to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains provided that any distribution policy of the Fund with respect to its common shares calls for periodic (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually, but in no event more frequently than monthly) distributions in an amount equal to a fixed percentage of the Fund’s average NAV over a specified period of time or market price per share of common shares at or about the time of distribution or pay-out of a fixed dollar amount. The exemption also permits the Fund to make distributions with respect to its preferred shares in accordance with such shares’ terms. If the total distributions required by the proposed periodic pay-out policy exceeds the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a return of capital. If the Fund’s net investment income (including net short-term capital gains) and net long-term capital gains for any year exceed the amount required to be distributed under the periodic pay-out policy, the Fund generally intends to pay such excess once a year, but may, in its discretion, retain and not distribute net long-term capital gains to the extent of such excess. The Fund reserves the right, but does not currently intend, to retain for reinvestment and pay the resulting U.S. federal income taxes on the excess of its net realized long-term capital gains over its net short-term capital losses, if any.
ISSUANCE OF COMMON SHARES
     During the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, the Fund did not have any transactions in shares of beneficial interest. Gabelli & Company, Inc., an affiliate of Gabelli Funds, LLC, the Fund’s Investment Adviser, will act as sales manager for future offerings.

- 31 -


Table of Contents

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND VOLUNTARY CASH PURCHASE PLAN
     Under the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), a shareholder whose common shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by Computershare, which is agent under the Plan, unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested by the broker or nominee in additional shares under the Plan, unless the service is not provided by the broker or nominee or the shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own common shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by Computershare as dividend-disbursing agent.
Enrollment in the Plan
     It is the policy of The Gabelli Utility Trust (the “Fund”) to automatically reinvest dividends payable to common shareholders. As a “registered” shareholder you automatically become a participant in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan authorizes the Fund to credit common shares to participants upon an income dividend or a capital gains distribution regardless of whether the shares are trading at a discount or a premium to net asset value. All distributions to shareholders whose shares are registered in their own names will be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan in additional shares of the Fund. Plan participants may send their share certificates to Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”) to be held in their dividend reinvestment account. Registered shareholders wishing to receive their distributions in cash must submit this request in writing to:
The Gabelli Utility Trust
c/o Computershare

P.O. Box 43010
Providence, RI 02940-3010
     Shareholders requesting this cash election must include the shareholder’s name and address as they appear on the share certificate. Shareholders with additional questions regarding the Plan or requesting a copy of the terms of the Plan, may contact Computershare at (800) 336-6983.
     If your shares are held in the name of a broker, bank, or nominee, you should contact such institution. If such institution is not participating in the Plan, your account will be credited with a cash dividend. In order to participate in the Plan through such institution, it may be necessary for you to have your shares taken out of “street name” and re-registered in your own name. Once registered in your own name your distributions will be automatically reinvested. Certain brokers participate in the Plan. Shareholders holding shares in “street name” at participating institutions will have dividends automatically reinvested. Shareholders wishing a cash dividend at such institution must contact their broker to make this change.
     The number of common shares distributed to participants in the Plan in lieu of cash dividends is determined in the following manner. Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Fund’s common shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of shares equivalent to the cash dividends or capital gains distribution, participants are issued common shares valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then current market price of the Fund’s common shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) trading day, the next trading day. If the net asset value of the common shares at the time of valuation exceeds the market price of the common shares, participants will receive common shares from the Fund valued at market price. If the Fund should declare a dividend or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, Computershare will buy common shares in the open market, or on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that Computershare will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Fund to issue shares at net asset value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the common shares exceeds the then current net asset value.
     The automatic reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions will not relieve participants of any income tax which may be payable on such distributions. A participant in the Plan will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received, on a dividend payment date, a dividend or distribution in an amount equal to the cash the participant could have received instead of shares.

- 32 -


Table of Contents

Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan
     The Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan is yet another vehicle for our shareholders to increase their investment in the Fund. In order to participate in the Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan, shareholders must have their shares registered in their own name.
     Participants in the Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan have the option of making additional cash payments to Computershare for investments in the Fund’s common shares at the then current market price. Shareholders may send an amount from $250 to $10,000. Computershare will use these funds to purchase shares in the open market on or about the 1st and 15th of each month. Computershare will charge each shareholder who participates $0.75, plus a pro rata share of the brokerage commissions. Brokerage charges for such purchases are expected to be less than the usual brokerage charge for such transactions. It is suggested that any voluntary cash payments be sent to Computershare, P.O. Box 43010, Providence, RI 02940-3010 such that Computershare receives such payments approximately 10 days before the 1st and 15th of the month. Funds not received at least five days before the investment date shall be held for investment until the next purchase date. A payment may be withdrawn without charge if notice is received by Computershare at least 48 hours before such payment is to be invested.
     Shareholders wishing to liquidate shares held at Computershare must do so in writing or by telephone. Please submit your request to the above mentioned address or telephone number. Include in your request your name, address, and account number. The cost to liquidate shares is $2.50 per transaction as well as the brokerage commission incurred. Brokerage charges are expected to be less than the usual brokerage charge for such transactions.
     For more information regarding the Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan, brochures are available by calling (914) 921-5070 or by writing directly to the Fund.
     The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of the Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by Computershare on at least 90 days written notice to participants in the Plan.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SHARES
      The following is a brief description of the terms of the Fund’s shares. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Fund’s Governing Documents. For complete terms of the shares, please refer to the actual terms of such series, which are set forth in the Governing Documents.
Common Shares
     The Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share, in multiple classes and series thereof as determined from time to time by the Board. The Board has authorized issuance of an unlimited number of shares of two classes, the common shares and preferred shares. Each share within a particular class or series thereof has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights. The common shares are not redeemable and have no preemptive, conversion or cumulative voting rights. In the event of liquidation, each common share is entitled to its proportion of the Fund’s assets after payment of debts and expenses and the amounts payable to holders of the Fund’s preferred shares ranking senior to the common shares of the Fund as described below.
     The common shares of the Fund are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GUT” and began trading July 9, 1999. The average weekly trading volume of the common shares on the NYSE during the period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 was 428,501 shares. The average weekly trading volume of the common shares on the NYSE during the period from January 1, 2011 through March 31, 2011 was 271,336 shares.
     Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade on an exchange at prices lower than NAV. Over the Fund’s twelve year history, the range fluctuated from a 59% premium in July 2003 to a 3% discount in November 2000. Shortly after the inception of the Fund, the market price of the Fund exceeded the NAV and the premium continues today. As of March 31, 2011, the Fund trades at a 19.1% premium to its NAV. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend and distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), dividend and distribution stability, NAV, market liquidity, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, unrealized gains, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase.

- 33 -


Table of Contents

     The Fund is a closed-end, management investment company and, as such, its shareholders do not, and will not, have the right to redeem their shares. The Fund, however, may repurchase its common shares from time to time as and when it deems such a repurchase advisable. The Board has determined that such repurchase may be made when the common shares are trading at a discount of 10% (or such other percentage as the Board may determine from time to time) or more from NAV. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may repurchase its shares on a securities exchange (provided that the Fund has informed its shareholders within the preceding six months of its intention to repurchase such shares) or as otherwise permitted in accordance with Rule 23c-1 under the 1940 Act. Under Rule 23c-1, certain conditions must be met for such alternative purchases regarding, among other things, distribution of net income for the preceding fiscal year, asset coverage with respect to the Fund’s senior debt and equity securities, identity of the sellers, price paid, brokerage commissions, prior notice to shareholders of an intention to purchase shares and purchasing in a manner and on a basis which does not discriminate unfairly against the other shareholders through their interest in the Fund. In addition, Rule 23c-1 requires the Fund to file notices of such purchase with the SEC.
     When the Fund repurchases its common shares for a price below its NAV, the NAV of the common shares that remains outstanding will be enhanced. This does not, however, necessarily mean that the market price of the Fund’s remaining outstanding common shares will be affected, either positively or negatively. Further, interest on any borrowings made to finance the repurchase of common shares will reduce the net income of the Fund.
     Shareholders whose common shares are registered in their own name will have all distributions reinvested pursuant to the Plan. For a more detailed discussion of the Plan, see “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan.”
Book Entry
     The common shares sold through this offering will initially be held in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee for the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). The Fund will treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of the common shares for all purposes. In accordance with the procedures of DTC, however, purchasers of common shares will be deemed the beneficial owners of shares purchased for purposes of distributions, voting and liquidation rights. Purchasers of common shares may obtain registered certificates by contacting the transfer agent.
Preferred Shares
     Currently, an unlimited number of the Fund’s shares have been classified by the Board as preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share. The terms of each series of preferred shares may be fixed by the Board and may materially limit and/or qualify the rights of the holders of the Fund’s common shares. As of March 31, 2011, the Fund had outstanding 1,153,288 shares of Series A Preferred and 900 shares of Series B Preferred.
     At all times, holders of shares of the Fund’s preferred shares outstanding, voting as a single class, will be entitled to elect two members of the Board, and holders of the preferred shares and common shares, voting as a single class, will elect the remaining directors. See “Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents.”
     Distributions on the Series A Preferred accumulate at an annual rate of 5.625% of the liquidation preference of $25 per share, are cumulative from the date of original issuance thereof, and are payable quarterly on March 26, June 26, September 26 and December 26 of each year. The Series A Preferred is rated “Aaa” by Moody’s. The Fund’s outstanding Series A Preferred is redeemable at the liquidation preference plus accumulated but unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) at the option of the Fund beginning July 31, 2008. The Series A Preferred is listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GUT PrA.”
     Distributions on the Series B Preferred accumulate at a variable rate, usually set at a weekly auction. The Series B Preferred is rated “Aaa” by Moody’s and “AAA” by S&P. The liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred is $25,000 per share. The Fund generally may redeem the outstanding Series B Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time other than during a non-call period. The Series B Preferred is not traded on any public exchange.
     If the Fund issues any additional series of preferred shares, it will pay dividends to the holders at either a fixed rate or a rate that will be reset frequently based on short-term interest rates, as described in the Prospectus Supplement accompanying each preferred shares offering.
     The following table shows (i) the classification of shares, (ii) the number of shares authorized in each class and (iii) the number of shares outstanding in each class as of December 31, 2010.

- 34 -


Table of Contents

                 
    Amount     Amount  
Title Of Class   Authorized     Outstanding  
Common Shares
  unlimited     31,546,632  
Series A Preferred
  unlimited     1,153,288  
Series B Preferred
  unlimited     900  
     As of December 31, 2010, the Fund does not hold any shares for its account.
     Upon a liquidation, each holder of preferred shares will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders (after payment of claims of the Fund’s creditors but before any distributions with respect to the Fund’s common shares or any other class of capital shares of the Fund ranking junior to the preferred shares as to liquidation payments) an amount per share equal to such share’s liquidation preference plus any accumulated but unpaid distributions (whether or not earned or declared, excluding interest thereon) to the date of distribution, and such shareholders shall be entitled to no further participation in any distribution or payment in connection with such liquidation. Each series of preferred shares ranks on a parity with any other series of preferred shares of the Fund as to the payment of distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, and is junior to the Fund’s obligations with respect to any outstanding senior securities representing debt. The preferred shares carries one vote per share on all matters on which such shares are entitled to vote. The preferred shares will, upon issuance, be fully paid and nonassessable and will have no preemptive, exchange or conversion rights. The Board may by resolution classify or reclassify any authorized but unissued capital shares of the Fund from time to time by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions or terms or conditions of redemption. The Fund will not issue any class of capital shares senior to the preferred shares.
      Recent Market Events . Since February 2008, most auction-rate preferred shares, including our Series B Preferred, have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity. The number of Series B Preferred subject to bid orders by potential holders has been less than the number of Series B Preferred subject to sell orders. Therefore, the weekly auctions have failed, and the dividend rate has been the maximum rate. Holders that have submitted sell orders have not been able to sell any or all of the Series B Preferred for which they have submitted sell orders. The current maximum rate is 125% of the seven day Telerate/British Bankers Association LIBOR on the day of such auction. These failed auctions have been an industry wide problem and may continue to occur in the future. Any current or potential holder of auction-rate preferred shares faces the risk that auctions will continue to fail, or will fail again at some point in the future, and that he or she may not be able to sell his or her shares through the auction process.
      Rating Agency Guidelines . The Fund expects that it will be required under Moody’s and S&P guidelines to maintain assets having in the aggregate a discounted value at least equal to the Basic Maintenance Amount (as defined below) for its outstanding preferred shares with respect to the separate guidelines Moody’s and S&P has each established for determining discounted value. To the extent any particular portfolio holding does not satisfy the applicable rating agency’s guidelines, all or a portion of such holding’s value will not be included in the calculation of discounted value (as defined by such rating agency). The Moody’s and S&P guidelines also impose certain diversification requirements and industry concentration limitations on the Fund’s overall portfolio, and apply specified discounts to securities held by the Fund (except certain money market securities). The “Basic Maintenance Amount” is equal to (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate liquidation preference of any preferred shares then outstanding plus (to the extent not included in the liquidation preference of such preferred shares) an amount equal to the aggregate accumulated but unpaid distributions (whether or not earned or declared) in respect of such preferred shares, (b) the total principal of any debt (plus accrued and projected interest), (c) certain Fund expenses and (d) certain other current liabilities (excluding any unmade distributions on the Fund’s common shares) less (ii) the Fund’s (a) cash and (b) assets consisting of indebtedness which (y) mature prior to or on the date of redemption or repurchase of the preferred shares and are U.S. government securities or evidences of indebtedness rated at least “Aaa,” “P-1”, “VMIG-1” or “MIG-1” by Moody’s or “AAA”, “SP-1+” or “A-1+” by S&P, and (z) is held by the Fund for distributions, the redemption or repurchase of preferred shares or the Fund’s liabilities.
     If the Fund does not cure in a timely manner a failure to maintain a discounted value of its portfolio equal to the Basic Maintenance Amount in accordance with the requirements of the applicable rating agency or agencies then rating the preferred shares at the request of the Fund, the Fund may, and in certain circumstances will be required to, mandatorily redeem preferred shares, as described below under “—Redemption.”
     The Fund may, but is not required to, adopt any modifications to the rating agency guidelines that may hereafter be established by Moody’s and S&P. Failure to adopt any such modifications, however, may result in a change in the relevant

- 35 -


Table of Contents

rating agency’s ratings or a withdrawal of such ratings altogether. In addition, any rating agency providing a rating for the preferred shares at the request of the Fund may, at any time, change or withdraw any such rating. The Board, without further action by the shareholders, may amend, alter, add to or repeal certain of the definitions and related provisions that have been adopted by the Fund pursuant to the rating agency guidelines if the Board determines that such modification is necessary to prevent a reduction in rating of the preferred shares by Moody’s and S&P, as the case may be, is in the best interests of the holders of common shares and is not adverse to the holders of preferred shares in view of advice to the Fund by Moody’s and S&P (or such other rating agency then rating the preferred shares at the request of the Fund) that such modification would not adversely affect, as the case may be, its then current rating of the preferred shares.
     Among the modifications or amendments of the Statements of Preferences that would not be held to adversely affect the rights and preferences of the preferred shares would be the following:
    a modification of the definition of the maximum rate to increase the percentage amount by which the applicable LIBOR rate or treasury index rate is multiplied to determine the maximum rate or increase the spread added to the applicable LIBOR rate or treasury index rate; or
 
    a modification of the calculation of the adjusted value of the Fund’s eligible assets or the basic maintenance amount (or of the elements and terms of each of them or the definitions of such elements or terms).
     As described by Moody’s and S&P, the ratings assigned to each series of preferred shares are assessments of the capacity and willingness of the Fund to pay the obligations of each such series. The ratings on these series of preferred shares are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell shares of any series, inasmuch as the ratings do not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The rating agency guidelines also do not address the likelihood that an owner of preferred shares will be able to sell such shares on an exchange, in an auction or otherwise. The ratings are based on current information furnished to Moody’s and S&P by the Fund and the Investment Adviser and information obtained from other sources. The ratings may be changed, suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or the unavailability of, such information.
     The rating agency guidelines apply to each series of preferred shares only so long as such rating agency is rating such series at the request of the Fund. The Fund pays fees to Moody’s and S&P for rating the preferred shares.
      Asset Maintenance Requirements . In addition to maintaining agency guidelines established by Moody’s and S&P, the Fund must also satisfy asset maintenance requirements under the 1940 Act with respect to its preferred shares. Under the 1940 Act, debt or additional preferred shares may be issued only if immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets (less ordinary course liabilities) is at least 300% of the amount of any debt outstanding and at least 200% of the amount of any preferred shares and debt outstanding. The Fund is required under the Statement of Preferences of each series of preferred shares to determine whether it has, as of the last business day of each March, June, September and December of each year, an “asset coverage” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least 200% (or such higher or lower percentage as may be required at the time under the 1940 Act) with respect to all outstanding senior securities of the Fund that are debt or shares, including any outstanding preferred shares. If the Fund fails to maintain the asset coverage required under the 1940 Act on such dates and such failure is not cured on or before 60 days, in the case of the Fixed Rate Preferred Shares, or 10 business days, in the case of the Auction Rate Preferred Shares, the Fund may, and in certain circumstances will be required to, mandatorily redeem shares of preferred shares sufficient to satisfy such asset coverage.
      Distributions . In connection with the offering of one or more additional series of preferred shares, an accompanying Prospectus Supplement will specify whether dividends on such preferred shares will be based on a fixed or variable rate. If such Prospectus Supplement specifies that dividends will be paid at a fixed rate, holders of such Fixed Rate Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative cash distributions, at an annual rate set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, payable with such frequency as set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will accumulate from the date on which such shares are issued.
     In the alternative, the Prospectus Supplement may state that the holders of one or more series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares are entitled to receive cash distributions at annual rates stated as a percentage of liquidation preference, that will vary from dividend period to dividend period. The liquidation preference per share and the dividend rate for the initial dividend period for any such series of preferred shares will be the rate set forth in the Prospectus Supplement for such series. For subsequent dividend periods, each such series of preferred shares will pay distributions based on a rate set at an auction, normally held weekly, but not in excess of a maximum rate.
Dividend periods generally will be seven days, and the dividend periods generally will begin on the first business day after an auction. In most instances, distributions are also paid weekly, on the business day following the end of the dividend period.

- 36 -


Table of Contents

The Fund, subject to some limitations, may change the length of the dividend periods, designating them as “special dividend periods,” as described below under “—Designation of Special Dividend Periods.”
      Distribution Payments . Except as described below, the dividend payment date for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares will be the first business day after the dividend period ends. The dividend payment dates for special dividend periods of more (or less) than seven days will be set out in the notice designating a special dividend period. See “—Designation of Special Dividend Periods” for a discussion of payment dates for a special dividend period.
     If a dividend payment date for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares is not a business day because the NYSE is closed for business for more than three consecutive business days due to an act of God, natural disaster, act of war, civil or military disturbance, act of terrorism, sabotage, riots or a loss or malfunction of utilities or communications services, or the dividend payable on such date can not be paid for any such reason, then:
    the dividend payment date for the affected dividend period will be the next business day on which the Fund and its paying agent, if any, are able to cause the distributions to be paid using their reasonable best efforts;
 
    the affected dividend period will end on the day it would have ended had such event not occurred and the dividend payment date had remained the scheduled date; and
 
    the next dividend period will begin and end on the dates on which it would have begun and ended had such event not occurred and the dividend payment date remained the scheduled date.
      Determination of Dividend Rates . The Fund computes the distributions per share for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares by multiplying the applicable rate determined at the auction by a fraction, the numerator of which normally is the number of days in such dividend period and the denominator of which is 360. This applicable rate is then multiplied by the liquidation preference per share of such series to arrive at the distribution per share.
      Maximum Rate . The dividend rate for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares that results from an auction for such shares will not be greater than the applicable “maximum rate.” The maximum rate for any standard dividend period will be the greater of the applicable percentage of the reference rate or the reference rate plus the applicable spread. The reference rate will be the applicable LIBOR Rate (as defined below) for a dividend period of fewer than 365 days or the Treasury Index Rate (as defined below) for a dividend period of 365 days or more. The applicable percentage and the applicable spread will be determined based on the lower of the credit ratings assigned to such series of preferred shares by Moody’s and S&P on the auction date for such period (as set forth in the table below). If Moody’s and/or S&P do not make such rating available, the rate will be determined by reference to equivalent ratings issued by a substitute rating agency. In the case of a special dividend period, (1) the Fund will communicate the maximum applicable rate in a notice of special rate period for such dividend payment period, (2) the applicable percentage and applicable spread will be determined on the date two business days before the first day of such special dividend period and (3) the reference rate will be the applicable LIBOR Rate for a dividend period of fewer than 365 days or the Treasury Index Rate for a dividend period of 365 days or more.
     The “LIBOR Rate,” as described in greater detail in the Statement of Preferences, is the applicable London Inter-Bank Offered Rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period most closely approximating the applicable dividend period for the preferred shares.
     The “Treasury Index Rate,” as described in greater detail in the Statement of Preferences, is the average yield to maturity for certain U.S. Treasury securities having substantially the same length to maturity as the applicable dividend period for the preferred shares.
             
        Applicable    
Credit Ratings   Percentage   Applicable Spread
Moody’s
  S&P        
 
Aaa
  AAA   150%   1.50%
Aa3 to Aa1
  AA– to AA+   250%   2.50%
A3 to A1
  A– to A+   350%   3.50%
Baa1 or lower
  BBB+ or lower   550%   5.50%
     If the Fund maintains an “AAA” and/or “Aaa” rating on the preferred shares, the practical effect of the different methods used to determine the maximum rate is shown in the table below:

- 37 -


Table of Contents

             
            Method Used to
    Maximum Applicable   Maximum Applicable   Determine the
    Rate Using the   Rate Using the   Maximum Applicable
Reference Rate   Applicable Percentage   Applicable Spread   Rate
    1%
  1.50%   2.50%   Spread
2%
  3.00%   3.50%   Spread
3%
  4.50%   4.50%   Either
4%
  6.00%   5.50%   Percentage
5%
  7.50%   6.50%   Percentage
6%
  9.00%   7.50%   Percentage
     There is no minimum dividend rate in respect of any dividend period.
      Effect of Failure to Pay Distributions in a Timely Manner . If the Fund fails to pay the paying agent the full amount of any distribution or redemption price, as applicable, for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares in a timely manner, the dividend rate for the dividend period following such a failure to pay (such period referred to as the default period) and any subsequent dividend period for which such default is continuing will be the default rate. In the event that the Fund fully pays all default amounts due during a dividend period, the dividend rate for the remainder of that dividend period will be, as the case may be, the applicable rate (for the first dividend period following a dividend default) or the then maximum rate (for any subsequent dividend period for which such default is continuing).
     The default rate is 550% of the applicable LIBOR Rate for a dividend period of 364 days or fewer and 550% of the applicable Treasury Index Rate for a dividend period of longer than 364 days.
      Designation of Special Dividend Periods . The Fund may instruct the auction agent to hold auctions more or less frequently than weekly and may designate dividend periods longer or shorter than one week. The Fund may do this if, for example, the Fund expects that short-term rates might increase or market conditions otherwise change, in an effort to optimize the potential benefit of the Fund’s leverage for holders of its common shares. The Fund does not currently expect to hold auctions and pay distributions less frequently than weekly or establish dividend periods longer or shorter than one week. If the Fund designates a special dividend period, changes in interest rates could affect the price received if preferred shares are sold in the secondary market.
     Any designation of a special dividend period for a series of Auction Rate Preferred Shares will be effective only if (i) notice thereof has been given as provided for in the Governing Documents, (ii) any failure to pay in a timely manner to the auction agent the full amount of any distribution on, or the redemption price of, any preferred shares has been cured as provided for in the Governing Documents, (iii) the auction immediately preceding the special dividend period was not a failed auction, (iv) if the Fund has mailed a notice of redemption with respect to any preferred shares, the Fund has deposited with the paying agent all funds necessary for such redemption and (v) the Fund has confirmed that as of the auction date next preceding the first day of such special dividend period, it has assets with an aggregate discounted value at least equal to the Basic Maintenance Amount, and the Fund has provided notice of such designation and a basic maintenance report to each rating agency then rating the preferred shares at the request of the Fund.
     The dividend payment date for any such special dividend period will be set out in the notice designating the special dividend period. In addition, for special dividend periods of at least 91 days, dividend payment dates will occur on the first business day of each calendar month within such dividend period and on the business day following the last day of such dividend period.
     Before the Fund designates a special dividend period: (i) at least seven business days (or two business days in the event the duration of the dividend period prior to such special dividend period is less than eight days) and not more than 30 business days before the first day of the proposed special dividend period, the Fund will issue a press release stating its intention to designate a special dividend period and inform the auction agent of the proposed special dividend period by telephonic or other means and confirm it in writing promptly thereafter and (ii) the Fund must inform the auction agent of the proposed special dividend period by 3:00 p.m., New York City time on the second business day before the first day of the proposed special dividend period.
Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions for the Preferred Shares
     So long as any preferred shares are outstanding, the Fund may not pay any dividend or distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in common shares or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase common shares) in respect

- 38 -


Table of Contents

of the common shares or call for redemption, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any common shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Fund ranking junior to the preferred shares as to the payment of dividends or distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation), unless:
    the Fund has declared and paid (or provided to the relevant dividend paying agent) all cumulative distributions on the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares due on or prior to the date of such common shares dividend or distribution;
 
    the Fund has redeemed the full number of preferred shares to be redeemed pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision in the Fund’s Governing Documents; and
 
    after making the distribution, the Fund meets applicable asset coverage requirements described under “—Rating Agency Guidelines” and “—Asset Maintenance Requirements.”
     No full distribution will be declared or made on any series of preferred shares for any dividend period, or part thereof, unless full cumulative distributions due through the most recent dividend payment dates therefor for all outstanding series of preferred shares of the Fund ranking on a parity with such series as to distributions have been or contemporaneously are declared and made. If full cumulative distributions due have not been made on all outstanding preferred shares of the Fund ranking on a parity with such series of preferred shares as to the payment of distributions, any distributions being paid on the preferred shares will be paid as nearly pro rata as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of distributions accumulated but unmade on each such series of preferred shares on the relevant dividend payment date. The Fund’s obligation to make distributions on the preferred shares will be subordinate to its obligations to pay interest and principal, when due, on any senior securities representing debt.
Redemption
      Mandatory Redemption Relating to Asset Coverage Requirements . The Fund may, at its option, consistent with its Governing Documents and the 1940 Act, and in certain circumstances will be required to, mandatorily redeem preferred shares in the event that:
    the Fund fails to maintain the asset coverage requirements specified under the 1940 Act on a quarterly valuation date and such failure is not cured on or before 60 days, in the case of the Fixed Rate Preferred Shares, or 10 business days, in the case of the Auction Rate Preferred Shares, following such failure; or
 
    the Fund fails to maintain the asset coverage requirements as calculated in accordance with the applicable rating agency guidelines as of any monthly valuation date, and such failure is not cured on or before 10 business days after such valuation date.
     The redemption price for preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption will be the liquidation preference, as stated in the Statement of Preference of each existing series of preferred shares or the Prospectus Supplement accompanying the issuance of any additional series of preferred shares, plus an amount equal to any accumulated but unpaid distributions (whether or not earned or declared) to the date fixed for redemption, plus (in the case of preferred shares having a dividend period of more than one year) any applicable redemption premium determined by the Board and included in the Statement of Preferences.
     The number of preferred shares that will be redeemed in the case of a mandatory redemption will equal the minimum number of outstanding preferred shares, the redemption of which, if such redemption had occurred immediately prior to the opening of business on the applicable cure date, would have resulted in the relevant asset coverage requirement having been met or, if the required asset coverage cannot be so restored, all of the preferred shares. In the event that preferred shares are redeemed due to a failure to satisfy the 1940 Act asset coverage requirements, the Fund may, but is not required to, redeem a sufficient number of preferred shares so that the Fund’s assets exceed the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act after the redemption by 10% (that is, 220% asset coverage). In the event that shares of preferred shares are redeemed due to a failure to satisfy applicable rating agency guidelines, the Fund may, but is not required to, redeem a sufficient number of preferred shares so that the Fund’s discounted portfolio value (as determined in accordance with the applicable rating agency guidelines) after redemption exceeds the asset coverage requirements of each applicable rating agency by up to 10% (that is, 110% rating agency asset coverage).
     If the Fund does not have funds legally available for the redemption of, or is otherwise unable to redeem, all the preferred shares to be redeemed on any redemption date, the Fund will redeem on such redemption date that number of shares for which it has legally available funds, or is otherwise able to redeem, from the holders whose shares are to be redeemed ratably on the basis of the redemption price of such shares, and the remainder of those shares to be redeemed will be redeemed on the

- 39 -


Table of Contents

earliest practicable date on which the Fund will have funds legally available for the redemption of, or is otherwise able to redeem, such shares upon written notice of redemption.
     If fewer than all of the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares are to be redeemed, the Fund, at its discretion and subject to the limitations of the Charter, the 1940 Act, and Delaware law, will select the one or more series of preferred shares from which shares will be redeemed and the amount of preferred shares to be redeemed from each such series. If fewer than all shares of a series of preferred shares are to be redeemed, such redemption will be made as among the holders of that series pro rata in accordance with the respective number of shares of such series held by each such holder on the record date for such redemption (or by such other equitable method as the Fund may determine). If fewer than all preferred shares held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice of redemption mailed to such holder will specify the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, which may be expressed as a percentage of shares held on the applicable record date.
      Optional Redemption of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares . Fixed Rate Preferred Shares are not subject to optional redemption by the Fund until the date, if any, specified in the applicable Prospectus or Prospectus Supplement, unless such redemption is necessary, in the judgment of the Fund, to maintain the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code. Commencing on such date and thereafter, the Fund may at any time redeem such Fixed Rate Preferred Shares in whole or in part for cash at a redemption price per share equal to the liquidation preference per share plus accumulated and unpaid distributions (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption date. Such redemptions are subject to the notice requirements set forth under “—Redemption Procedures” and the limitations of the Charter, the 1940 Act and Delaware law.
      Optional Redemption of Auction Rate Preferred Shares . The Fund generally may redeem Auction Rate Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at its option at any time (usually on a dividend or distribution payment date), other than during a non-call period. The Fund may designate a non-call period during a dividend period of more than seven days. In the case of such preferred shares having a dividend period of one year or less, the redemption price per share will equal the liquidation preference plus an amount equal to any accumulated but unpaid distributions thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption date, and in the case of such preferred shares having a dividend period of more than one year, the redemption price per share will equal the liquidation preference plus any redemption premium applicable during such dividend period. Such redemptions are subject to the notice requirements set forth under “—Redemption Procedures” and the limitations of the limitations of the Charter, the 1940 Act and Delaware law.
      Redemption Procedures . A notice of redemption with respect to an optional redemption will be given to the holders of record of preferred shares selected for redemption not less than 15 days (subject to NYSE requirements), in the case of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares, and not less than seven days, in the case of Auction Rate Preferred Shares, nor, in both cases, more than 40 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Preferred shareholders may receive shorter notice in the event of a mandatory redemption. Each notice of redemption will state (i) the redemption date, (ii) the number or percentage of preferred shares to be redeemed (which may be expressed as a percentage of such shares outstanding), (iii) the CUSIP number(s) of such shares, (iv) the redemption price (specifying the amount of accumulated distributions to be included therein), (v) the place or places where such shares are to be redeemed, (vi) that distributions on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on such redemption date, (vii) the provision of the Statement of Preferences under which the redemption is being made and (viii) any conditions precedent to such redemption. No defect in the notice of redemption or in the mailing thereof will affect the validity of the redemption proceedings, except as required by applicable law.
     The holders of preferred shares, whether subject to a variable or fixed rate, will not have the right to redeem any of their shares at their option.
Liquidation Rights
     In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, the holders of preferred shares then outstanding will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per preferred share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund.
Voting Rights
     Except as otherwise stated in this Prospectus, specified in the Fund’s Governing Documents or resolved by the Board or as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of preferred shares shall be entitled to one vote per share held on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Fund and will vote together with holders of common shares and of any other preferred shares then outstanding as a single class.

- 40 -


Table of Contents

     In connection with the election of the Fund’s Trustees, holders of the outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class, will be entitled at all times to elect two of the Fund’s Trustees, and the remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and holders of preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, if (i) at any time dividends and distributions on outstanding preferred shares are unpaid in an amount equal to at least two full years’ dividends and distributions thereon and sufficient cash or specified securities have not been deposited with the applicable paying agent for the payment of such accumulated dividends and distributions or (ii) at any time holders of any other series of preferred shares are entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund under the 1940 Act or the applicable Statement of Preferences creating such shares, then the number of constituting the Board will be adjusted such that, when added to the two Trustees elected exclusively by the holders of preferred shares as described above, would then constitute a simple majority of the Board as so adjusted. Such additional Trustees will be elected by the holders of the outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class, at a special meeting of shareholders which will be called as soon as practicable and will be held not less than ten nor more than twenty days after the mailing date of the meeting notice. If the Fund fails to send such meeting notice or to call such a special meeting, the meeting may be called by any preferred shareholder on like notice. The terms of office of the persons who are Trustees at the time of that election will continue. If the Fund thereafter pays, or declares and sets apart for payment in full, all dividends and distributions payable on all outstanding preferred shares for all past dividend periods or the holders of other series of preferred shares are no longer entitled to elect such additional Trustees, the additional voting rights of the holders of the preferred shares as described above will cease, and the terms of office of all of the additional Trustees elected by the holders of the preferred shares (but not of the Trustees with respect to whose election the holders of common shares were entitled to vote or the two Trustees the holders of preferred shares have the right to elect as a separate class in any event) will terminate at the earliest time permitted by law.
     So long as any preferred shares are outstanding, the Fund will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the preferred shares outstanding at the time, and present and voting on such matter, voting separately as one class, amend, alter or repeal the provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, so as to materially adversely affect any of the rights, preferences or powers expressly set forth in the Governing Documents with respect to such preferred shares, unless the Fund obtains written confirmation from Moody’s, S&P or any such other rating agency then rating the preferred shares that such amendment, alteration or repeal would not impair the rating then assigned by such rating agency to the preferred shares, in which case the vote or consent of the holders of the preferred shares are not required. Also, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, in the event shares of more than one series of preferred shares are outstanding, the Fund will not approve any of the actions set forth in the preceding sentence which materially adversely affect the rights, preferences or powers expressly set forth in the Charter with respect to such shares of a series of preferred shares differently than those of a holder of shares of any other series of preferred shares without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the preferred shares of each series materially adversely affected and outstanding at such time (each such materially adversely affected series voting separately as a class to the extent its rights are affected differently). For purposes of this paragraph, no matter shall be deemed to adversely affect any right, preference or power unless such matter (i) adversely alters or abolishes any preferential right of such series; (ii) creates, adversely alters or abolishes any right in respect of redemption of such series; or (iii) creates or adversely alters (other than to abolish) any restriction on transfer applicable to such series.
     Unless a higher percentage is required under the Governing Documents or applicable provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act or the 1940 Act, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class, will be required to approve any plan of reorganization adversely affecting the preferred shares or any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act, including, among other things, changes in the Fund’s investment objective or changes in the investment restrictions described as fundamental policies under “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Investment Restrictions” in this Prospectus and the SAI. For purposes of the preferred share voting rights described in the foregoing sentence, except as otherwise required under the 1940 Act, the phrase “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares” (or any like phrase) means, in accordance with Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act, the vote, at the annual or a special meeting of the shareholders of the Fund duly called (i) of 67% or more of the preferred shares present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding preferred shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding preferred shares, whichever is less. The class vote of holders of preferred shares described above in each case will be in addition to a separate vote of the requisite percentage of common shares, and any other preferred shares, voting together as a single class, that may be necessary to authorize the action in question. An increase in the number of authorized preferred shares pursuant to the Governing Documents or the issuance of additional shares of any series of preferred shares pursuant to the Governing Documents shall not in and of itself be considered to adversely affect the rights and preferences of the preferred shares.

- 41 -


Table of Contents

     The calculation of the elements and definitions of certain terms of the rating agency guidelines may be modified by action of the Board without further action by the shareholders if the Board determines that such modification is necessary to prevent a reduction in rating of the preferred shares by Moody’s and/or S&P (or other rating agency then rating the preferred shares at the request of the Fund), as the case may be, or is in the best interests of the holders of common shares and is not adverse to the holders of preferred shares in view of advice to the Fund by the relevant rating agencies that such modification would not adversely affect its then-current rating of the preferred shares.
     The foregoing voting provisions will not apply to any series of preferred shares if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote otherwise would be required will be effected, such shares will have been redeemed or called for redemption and sufficient cash or cash equivalents provided to the applicable paying agent to effect such redemption. The holders of preferred shares will have no preemptive rights or rights to cumulative voting.
Limitation on Issuance of Preferred Shares
     So long as the Fund has preferred shares outstanding, subject to receipt of approval from the rating agencies of each series of preferred shares outstanding, and subject to compliance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions, the Fund may issue and sell shares of one or more other series of additional preferred shares provided that the Fund will, immediately after giving effect to the issuance of such additional preferred shares and to its receipt and application of the proceeds thereof (including, without limitation, to the redemption of preferred shares to be redeemed out of such proceeds), have an “asset coverage” for all senior securities of the Fund which are shares, as defined in the 1940 Act, of at least 200% of the sum of the liquidation preference of the shares of preferred shares of the Fund then outstanding and all indebtedness of the Fund constituting senior securities and no such additional preferred shares will have any preference or priority over any other preferred shares of the Fund upon the distribution of the assets of the Fund or in respect of the payment of dividends or distributions.
     The Fund will consider from time to time whether to offer additional preferred shares or securities representing indebtedness and may issue such additional securities if the Board concludes that such an offering would be consistent with the Fund’s Charter and applicable law, and in the best interest of existing common shareholders.
      Book Entry . Fixed Rate Preferred Shares sold through this offering will initially be held in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee for DTC. The Fund will treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of such shares for all purposes. In accordance with the procedures of DTC, however, purchasers of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares will be deemed the beneficial owners of shares purchased for purposes of dividends, voting and liquidation rights.
     Shares of Auction Rate Preferred Shares will initially be held by the auction agent as custodian for Cede & Co., in whose name the shares of Auction Rate Preferred Shares will be registered. The Fund will treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of such shares for all purposes.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF THE FUND’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
     The Fund presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, (ii) the Fund’s freedom to engage in certain transactions, or (iii) the ability of the Fund’s trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Fund’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Fund may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board is divided into three classes, each having a term of no more than three years (except, to ensure that the term of a class of the Fund’s trustees expires each year, one class of the Fund’s trustees will serve an initial one-year term and three-year terms thereafter and another class of its trustees will serve an initial two-year term and three-year terms thereafter). Each year the term of one class of trustees will expire. Accordingly, only those trustees in one class may be changed in any one year, and it would require a minimum of two years to change a majority of the Board. Such system of electing trustees may have the effect of maintaining the continuity of management and, thus, make it more difficult for the shareholders of the Fund to change the majority of trustees. See “Trustees and Officers.” A trustee of the Fund may be removed with cause by a majority of the remaining Trustees and, without cause, by two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by no less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of votes entitled to be cast for the election of such Trustee. Special voting requirements of 75% of the outstanding voting shares (in addition to any required class votes) apply to certain mergers or a sale of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets, dissolution, conversion of the Fund into an open-end fund or interval fund and amendments to several provisions of the Declaration of Trust, including the foregoing provisions. In addition, 80% of the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund voting as a class is generally required in order to authorize any of the following transactions:

- 42 -


Table of Contents

    the merger or consolidation of the Fund with or into any other entity;
 
    the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, other than pursuant to the Dividend and Reinvestment Plan or any offering if such person or entity acquires no greater percentage of the securities offered than the percentage beneficially owned by such person or entity immediately prior to such offering or, in the case of a class or series not then beneficially owned by such person or entity, the percentage of common shares beneficially owned by such person or entity immediately prior to such offering;
 
    the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any entity or person (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000);
 
    the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any entity or person (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000);
 
    the purchase of the Fund’s common shares by the Fund from any other person or entity if such corporation, person or entity is directly, or indirectly through affiliates, the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.;
However, such vote would not be required when, under certain conditions, the Board approves the transaction. Reference is made to the Governing Documents of the Fund, on file with the SEC, for the full text of these provisions.
     In addition, shareholders have no authority to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws. The Board of Trustees has authority to adopt, amend and repeal By-Laws consistent with the Declaration of Trust (including to require approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares for the election of Trustees).
     The provisions of the Governing Documents described above could have the effect of depriving the owners of shares in the Fund of opportunities to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices, by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control by a principal shareholder.
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
     The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other shares at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the Fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at NAV. Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the Fund’s investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objective, to have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
     Shares of closed-end funds often trade at a discount to their NAV. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Board might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce a discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Board will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to NAV per share. The Board might also consider converting the Fund to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a supermajority vote of the shareholders of the Fund and a separate vote of any outstanding preferred shares. We cannot assure you that the Fund’s common shares will not trade at a discount.
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
     The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end, management investment company and as such its shareholders do not, and will not, have the right to redeem their shares. The Fund, however, may repurchase its common shares from time to time as and when it deems such a repurchase advisable. Such repurchases will be made when the Fund’s common shares are trading at a discount of 10% (or such other percentage as the Board may determine from time to time) or more from NAV. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may repurchase its common shares on a securities exchange (provided that the Fund has informed its shareholders within the preceding six months of its intention to repurchase such shares) or as otherwise permitted in accordance with Rule 23c-1 under the 1940 Act. Under that Rule, certain conditions must be met regarding, among other things, distribution of net income for the preceding fiscal year, status of the seller, price paid, brokerage commissions, prior notice to shareholders of an intention to purchase shares and purchasing in a manner and on a basis that does not discriminate unfairly against the other shareholders through their interest in the Fund.
     When the Fund repurchases its common shares for a price below NAV, the NAV of the common shares that remains outstanding will be enhanced, but this does not necessarily mean that the market price of the outstanding common shares will be affected, either positively or negatively.
RIGHTS OFFERINGS
     The Fund may in the future, and at its discretion, choose to make rights offerings. Any such future rights offering will be made in accordance with the 1940 Act. Under the laws of Delaware, the Board is authorized to approve rights offerings without obtaining shareholder approval. The staff of the SEC has interpreted the 1940 Act as not requiring shareholder approval of a transferable rights offering at a price below the then current net asset value so long as certain conditions are met, including: (i) a good faith determination by a fund’s Board that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing shareholders; (ii) the offering fully protects shareholders’ preemptive rights and does not discriminate among shareholders

- 43 -


Table of Contents

(except for the possible effect of not offering fractional rights); (iii) management uses its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market in the rights for use by shareholders who do not exercise such rights; and (iv) the ratio of a transferable rights offering does not exceed one new share for each three rights held.
NET ASSET VALUE
     The net asset value of the Fund’s shares is computed based on the market value of the securities it holds and determined daily as of the close of the regular trading day on the NYSE. For purposes of determining the Fund’s net asset value per share, portfolio securities listed or traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or traded in the U.S. over-the-counter market for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price or a market’s official closing price as of the close of business on the day the securities are being valued. If there were no sales that day, the security is valued at the average of the closing bid and asked prices or, if there were no asked prices quoted on that day, then the security is valued at the closing bid price on that day. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, the security is valued at the most recently available price or, if the Board so determines, by such other method as the Board shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Portfolio securities traded on more than one national securities exchange or market are valued according to the broadest and most representative market, as determined by the Investment Adviser.
     Portfolio securities primarily traded on a foreign market are generally valued at the preceding closing values of such securities on the relevant market, but may be fair valued pursuant to procedures established by the Board if market conditions change significantly after the close of the foreign market but prior to the close of business on the day the securities are being valued. Debt instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less that are not credit impaired are valued at amortized cost, unless the Board determines such amount does not reflect the securities’ fair value, in which case these securities will be fair valued as determined by the Board. Debt instruments having a maturity greater than 60 days for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the average of the latest bid and asked prices. If there were no asked prices quoted on such day, the security is valued using the closing bid price. Futures contracts are valued at the closing settlement price of the exchange or board of trade on which the applicable contract is traded.
     Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available are fair valued as determined by the Board. Fair valuation methodologies and procedures may include, but are not limited to: analysis and review of available financial and non-financial information about the company; comparisons to the valuation and changes in valuation of similar securities, including a comparison of foreign securities to the equivalent U.S. dollar value ADR securities at the close of the U.S. exchange; and evaluation of any other information that could be indicative of the value of the security.
     The Fund obtains valuations on the basis of prices provided by one or more pricing services approved by the Board. All other investment assets, including restricted and not readily marketable securities, are valued in good faith at fair value under procedures established by and under the general supervision and responsibility of the Board. In addition, whenever developments in one or more securities markets after the close of the principal markets for one or more portfolio securities and before the time as of which the Fund determines its net asset value would, if such developments had been reflected in such principal markets, likely have had more than a minimal effect on the Fund’s net asset value per share, the Fund may fair value such portfolio securities based on available market information as of the time the Fund determines its net asset value.
      NYSE Closings . The holidays (as observed) on which the NYSE is closed, and therefore days upon which shareholders cannot purchase or sell shares, currently are: New Year’s Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when a holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively.
LIMITATION ON TRUSTEES’ AND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY
     The Governing Documents provide that the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the Governing Documents protects or indemnifies a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.

- 44 -


Table of Contents

TAXATION
     The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and its shareholders. This discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Prospectus, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the Fund), and the discussions set forth herein do not constitute tax advice.
      The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
Taxation of the Fund
     The Fund has elected to be treated and has qualified, and intends to continue to qualify, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, meet the following requirements regarding the source of its income and the diversification of its assets:
  (i)   The Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources, which are referred to herein as “Qualifying Income”: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of shares, securities or foreign currencies, and other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) interests in publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”).
 
  (ii)   The Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
     As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least the sum of (i) 90% of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than any net long-term capital gain, reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) 90% of the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income at least annually. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.
     The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Fund’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
     In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October and certain ordinary losses realized after December until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such

- 45 -


Table of Contents

deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.
     If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders.
Taxation of Shareholders
     Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.
     Special rules apply, however, to ordinary income dividends paid to individuals with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012. If you are an individual, any such ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the Federal rates applicable to long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%) to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your shares. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s ordinary income dividends will constitute qualified dividend income.
     Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your shares.
     Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional common shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
     Beginning in 2013, a 3.8 percent Medicare contribution tax will be imposed on net investment income, including interest, dividends, and capital gain, of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 (or $250,000 if married filing jointly), and of estates and trusts.
     The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.
     The sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund will generally result in capital gain or loss to you, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such shares. Any loss you realize on a sale or exchange of shares will be disallowed if you acquire other shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the shares. In such case, your tax basis in the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
     The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you furnish the required information to the IRS.
     A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on dividends and redemption proceeds paid after December 31, 2012, to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless they certify

- 46 -


Table of Contents

certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to enter into agreements with the IRS regarding providing the IRS information including the name, address and taxpayer identification number of direct and indirect U.S. account holders, to comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, to report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, to agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information, and to determine certain other information as to their account holders. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.
Conclusion
     The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive.
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
     The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, located at 135 Santilli Highway, Everett, Massachusetts 02149, serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the Custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the Custodian receives a monthly fee based upon the average weekly value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
     Computershare, located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, as agent under the Plan and as transfer agent and registrar with respect to the common shares of the Fund.
     Computershare also serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, dividend paying agent and redemption agent with respect to the Series A Preferred.
     The Bank of New York, located at 100 Church Street, New York, New York 10286, also serves as the Fund’s auction agent, transfer agent, registrar, dividend paying agent and redemption agent with respect to the Series B Preferred.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
     We may sell shares through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, through agents, to or through underwriters or dealers, or through a combination of any such methods of sale. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will identify any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of our shares, any sales loads, discounts, commissions, fees or other compensation paid to any underwriter, dealer or agent, the offering price, net proceeds and use of proceeds and the terms of any sale.
     The distribution of our shares may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share in the case of common shares, must equal or exceed the NAV per share, exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts, of our common shares.
     We may sell our shares directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. We may use electronic media, including the Internet, to sell offered securities directly.
     In connection with the sale of our shares, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell our shares to or through dealers, and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of our shares may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of our shares may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The maximum commission or discount to be received by any FINRA

- 47 -


Table of Contents

member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed eight percent. We will not pay any compensation to any underwriter or agent in the form of warrants, options, consulting or structuring fees or similar arrangements.
     If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, we may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any over-allotments.
     Under agreements into which we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of our shares may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with us, or perform services for us, in the ordinary course of business.
     If so indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, we will ourselves, or will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our shares from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contacts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligation of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the shares shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the Prospectus Supplement, and the Prospectus Supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.
     To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or dealers and receive fees in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.
     A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of securities for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of securities for Internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell securities to online brokerage account holders.
     In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our shares offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.
LEGAL MATTERS
     Certain legal matters will be passed on by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, counsel to the Fund, in connection with the offering of the Fund’s shares. Counsel for the Fund will rely, as to certain matters of Delaware law, on Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., One Rodney Square, 920 North King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     [                 ] serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the Fund and audits the financial statements of the Fund. [                 ] is located at [                 ].
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     The Fund is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and the 1940 Act and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Fund with the SEC pursuant to the informational requirements of the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including the Fund, that file electronically with the SEC.

- 48 -


Table of Contents

     The Fund’s common shares and Series A Preferred are listed on the NYSE. Reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the Fund and filed with the SEC by the Fund will be available for inspection at the NYSE, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005.
     This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE FUND
     The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Fund collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.
     Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
     The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Fund, the Investment Adviser, and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.

- 49 -


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     An SAI dated as of [May 19], 2011, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. An SAI may be obtained without charge by writing to the Fund at its address at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 or by calling the Fund toll-free at (800) GABELLI (422-3554). The Table of Contents of the SAI is as follows:
     
    Page
  3
 
  12 
  12 
  25 
  25 
  28 
  29 
  29 
  34 
  34 
  A-1
     No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this Prospectus in connection with the offer contained herein, and, if given or made, such other information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund, the Investment Adviser or the underwriters. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder will, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Fund since the date hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy such securities in any circumstance in which such an offer or solicitation is unlawful.

- 50 -


Table of Contents

$100,000,000
(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
Preferred Shares of Beneficial Interest
Notes
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Subject to completion, dated May 19, 2011

- 51 -


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(c)
Registration Statement No. [     ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated                      , 2011)
                     Shares
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
     We are offering for sale                      of our common shares. Our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GUT.” The last reported sale price for our common shares on                      , ____ was $                      per share. The net asset value of the Fund’s common shares at the close of business on [     ], 2011 was $[     ] per share.
     You should review the information set forth under “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” on page ___ of the accompanying Prospectus before investing in our common shares.
                 
    Per Share     Total (1)  
Public offering price
  $       $    
 
               
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
 
               
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
 
               
 
(1)   The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $                      , which represents approximately $                      per share.
     The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                      common shares from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund would be $            and the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be $            . The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about           ,       .
     You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling 1-800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov).
     NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
____________ , 2011

S-1


 

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. Neither the Fund nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Fund,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to The Gabelli Utility Trust. This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
         
    Page  
    S-4  
    S-4  
    S-5  
    S-5  
    S-5  
    S-5  
 
       
Prospectus
 
       
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  

S-2


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.
     Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying prospectus. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, any accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in our common shares.

S-3


Table of Contents

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES
     The following tables are intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in our common shares as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. Amounts are for the current fiscal year after giving effect to anticipated net proceeds of the offering, assuming that we incur the estimated offering expenses, including preferred share offering expenses.
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
         
Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)
    [  ] %
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)
    [  ] %
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees
  None (1)
         
    Percentage of Net Assets  
    Attributable to Common Shares  
Annual Expenses
       
Management Fees
    [  ] %(2)
Interest on Borrowed Funds
    [  ]  
Other Expenses
    [  ] %(2)
 
     
Dividends on Preferred Shares
      %
 
     
Total annual fund operating expenses and dividends on preferred shares
    % (2)
 
     
Total Annual Expenses
    [ ] %(2)
 
     
 
(1)   You will be charged a $[     ] service charge and pay brokerage charges if you direct the plan agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
 
(2)   The Investment Adviser’s fee is 1.00% annually of the Fund’s average weekly net assets, with no deduction for the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Consequently, in as much as the Fund has preferred shares outstanding, the investment management fees and other expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares are higher than if the Fund did not utilize a leveraged capital structure. “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current year assuming completion of the proposed issuances.
Example
     The following example illustrates the expenses (including the maximum estimated sales load of $[ ] and estimated offering expenses of $[ ] from the issuance of $[ ] million in common shares) you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming a 5% annual portfolio total return.* The actual amounts in connection with any offering will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
                                 
    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     10 Years  
Total Expenses Incurred
                               
 
                       
 
*   The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses . The example assumes that the amounts set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
USE OF PROCEEDS
     We estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $                      ($                      if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), based on the public offering price of $                      per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
     The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to

S-4


Table of Contents

be substantially completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in the Fund’s anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
[To be provided.]
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES
     The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices on the New York Stock Exchange per common share and the net asset value and the premium or discount from net asset value per share at which the common shares were trading, expressed as a percentage of net asset value, at each of the high and low sale prices provided.
[To be provided.]
     The last reported price for our common shares on                      ,                      was $                      per share.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
[To be provided.]
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the common shares. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by                                            . Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP and [  ] may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of [  ].

S-5


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)
The Gabelli Utility Trust
_________ Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
, 2011
Until _________, 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

S-6


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(c)
Registration Statement No. [     ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated                      , 2011)
                     Shares
Series [       ] Preferred Shares
(Liquidation Preference $[    ] per share)
     We are offering for sale                                  shares of our Series ___ Preferred Shares. Our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GUT.” The last reported sale price for our common shares on                      , ___was $ ___ per share.
     You should review the information set forth under “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” on page ___ of the accompanying Prospectus before investing in our preferred shares.
                 
    Per Share     Total (1)  
Public offering price
  $       $    
 
               
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
 
               
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
 
               
 
(1)   The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $                      , which represents approximately $ ___ per share.
     The Underwriters are expected to deliver the Series ___ Preferred Shares in book-entry form through the Depositary Trust Company on or about                      , __.
     You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our preferred shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling 800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov).
     NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                     , ____

P-1


Table of Contents

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. Neither the Fund nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Fund,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to The Gabelli Utility Trust. This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement
     
    Page
   P-4
   P-5
   P-5
   P-5
   P-5
   P-5
   P-5
   P-5
   P-5
 
   
Prospectus
 
   
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]
  [ ]

P-2


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.
     Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying prospectus. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, any accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in our preferred shares.

P-3


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE SERIES ___ PREFERRED SHARES
     
Dividend Rate
  The dividend rate [for the initial dividend period] 1 will be ___%.
 
   
Dividend Payment Rate
  [Dividends will be paid when, as and if declared on                      ,                      ,
 
                       , and                      , commencing                      .] 2 The payment date for the initial
 
  dividend period will be                      .] 1
 
   
[Regular Dividend Period
  Regular dividend periods will be ___days.] 1
 
   
Liquidation Preference
  $ ____ per share
 
   
[Non-Call Period
  The shares may not be called for redemption at the option of the Fund prior to
 
                       .] 2
[Stock Exchange Listing] 2
 
1   Applicable only if the preferred shares being offered are auction rate shares.
 
2   Applicable only if the preferred shares being offered are fixed rate shares.

P-4


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
     We estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $                      , based on the public offering price of $ ____ per share and after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
     The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in the Fund’s anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
[To be provided.]
ASSET COVERAGE RATIO
[To be provided.]
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE SERIES [ ] PREFERRED SHARES
[To be provided.]
DESCRIPTION OF THE SERIES [ ] PREFERRED SHARES
[To be provided.]
TAXATION
[To be provided.]
UNDERWRITING
[To be provided.]
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the Series [     ] Preferred Shares. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by                                 . Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP and [     ] may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of [     ].

P-5


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)
The Gabelli Utility Trust
_____________ Shares
______% Series [    ] [    ] Preferred Shares
(Liquidation Preference $____ per share)
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
, 2011
Until _________, 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Preferred Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

P-6


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST)

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(c)
Registration Statement No. [     ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated                      , 2011)
                     Rights for                      Shares
Subscription Rights for Common Shares
     The Gabelli Utility Trust (the “Fund”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is issuing subscription rights (the “Rights”) to our common shareholders to purchase additional common shares.
     The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund’s investment adviser is Gabelli Funds, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”).
     Our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GUT.” On            , 2011 (the last trading date prior to the Common Shares trading ex-Rights), the last reported net asset value per Common Share was $____ and the last reported sales price per Common Share on the NYSE was $___.
     An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved. You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in common shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling 800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). For additional information all holders of rights should contact the Information Agent, [     ], toll-free at [     ] or please send written request to: [     ].
      Investing in common shares through Rights involves certain risks that are described in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section beginning on page S-[    ] of the Prospectus Supplement.
      SHAREHOLDERS WHO DO NOT EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS MAY, AT THE COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, OWN A SMALLER PROPORTIONAL INTEREST IN THE FUND THAN IF THEY EXERCISED THEIR RIGHTS. AS A RESULT OF THE OFFERING YOU MAY EXPERIENCE DILUTION OR ACCRETION OF THE AGGREGATE NET ASSET VALUE OF YOUR COMMON SHARES DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE FUND’S NET ASSET VALUE PER COMMON SHARE IS ABOVE OR BELOW THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
     NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

R-1


Table of Contents

                 
    Per Share     Total  
     
Subscription price of Common Shares to shareholders exercising Rights
  $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
    [     ]       [     ]  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund (1)
  $       $    
 
(1)   The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $[     ].
     The common shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about ______, 2011. If the offer is extended, the common shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about ______, 2011.
The date of this Prospectus Supplement is ________, 2011

R-2


Table of Contents

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Fund,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to The Gabelli Utility Trust. This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
         
    Page  
    R-5  
    R-5  
    R-6  
    R-6  
    R-7  
    R-7  
    R-7  
    R-7  
    R-7  
 
       
Prospectus
       
 
       
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  

R-3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.
     Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus and “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” in this Prospectus Supplement. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, any accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus as well as in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section of this Prospectus Supplement. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in the common shares.

R-4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
     
Terms of the Offer
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Amount Available for
Primary Subscription
  $[     ]
 
   
Title
  Subscription Rights for Common Shares
 
   
Subscription Price
  Rights may be exercised at a price of $_____ per Common Share (the “Subscription Price”). See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Record Date
  Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Fund’s Common Shares on ______, 2011 (the “Record Date”). See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Number of Rights Issued
  ____ Right will be issued in respect of each Common Share of the Fund outstanding on the Record Date. See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Number of Rights Required to Purchase One Common Share
  A holder of Rights may purchase _____ Common Share of the Fund for every ____ Rights exercised. The number of Rights to be issued to a shareholder on the Record Date will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by ___. See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Over-Subscription
Privilege
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Transfer of Rights
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Subscription Period
  The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to expiration of the Rights, which will be 5:00 PM Eastern Time on ______, 2011 (the “Expiration Date”) (the “Subscription Period”). See “Terms of the Offer” and “Method of Exercise of Rights.”
 
   
Offer Expenses
  The expenses of the Offer are expected to be approximately $[     ]. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
   
Sale of Rights
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be approximately $[     ]. This figure is based on the Subscription Price per share of $_____ and assumes all new Common Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $[     ] are paid.
 
   
 
  The Investment Adviser anticipates that investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed in approximately three months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as six months. Pending such investment, the proceeds will be held in high quality short-term debt securities and instruments. See “Use of Proceeds”.
 
   
Taxation/ERISA
  See “Employee Plan Considerations.”
 
   
Rights Agent
  [To be provided.]
DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
[To be provided.]

R-5


Table of Contents

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES
     The following tables are intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in our common shares as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. Amounts are for the current fiscal year after giving effect to anticipated net proceeds of the offering, assuming that we incur the estimated offering expenses, including preferred shares offering expenses.
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
         
Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)
    [     ] %
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)
    [     ] %
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees
  None(1)
         
    Percentage of Net Assets  
    Attributable to Common Shares  
Annual Expenses
       
Management Fees
    [     ] %(2)
Interest on Borrowed Funds
    [     ]  
Other Expenses
    [     ] %(2)
 
     
Dividends on Preferred Shares
      %
 
     
Total annual fund operating expenses and dividends on preferred shares
      %(2)
 
     
Total Annual Expenses
    [     ] %(2)
 
     
 
(1)   You will be charged a $[     ] service charge and pay brokerage charges if you direct the plan agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
 
(2)   The Investment Adviser’s fee is 1.00% annually of the Fund’s average weekly net assets, with no deduction for the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Consequently, in as much as the Fund has preferred shares outstanding, the investment management fees and other expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares are higher than if the Fund did not utilize a leveraged capital structure. “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current year assuming completion of the proposed issuances.
Example
     The following example illustrates the expenses (including the maximum estimated sales load of $[     ] and estimated offering expenses of $[     ] from the issuance of $[     ] million in common shares) you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming a 5% annual portfolio total return.* The actual amounts in connection with any offering will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement if applicable.
                                 
    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     10 Years  
Total Expenses Incurred
                               
 
                       
 
*   The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses . The example assumes that the amounts set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
USE OF PROCEEDS
     The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be $[     ], based on the Subscription Price per share of $[     ], assuming all new Common Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $[     ] are paid and after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions.
     The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to

R-6


Table of Contents

be substantially completed within three months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
[To be provided.]
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES
     The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices on the NYSE per share of our common shares and the net asset value and the premium or discount from net asset value per share at which the common shares were trading, expressed as a percentage of net asset value, at each of the high and low sale prices provided.
[To be provided.]
     On ______, 2011, the last reported net asset value per Common Share was $_____ and the last reported sales price per Common Share on the NYSE was $__.
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE RIGHTS
     [To be provided.]
TAXATION
     [To be provided.]
LEGAL MATTERS
     Certain legal matters will be passed on by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel to the Fund, in connection with this rights offering. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of [     ].

R-7


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)
The Gabelli Utility Trust
_______ Shares
Issuable Upon Exercise of Rights to
Subscribe to Such Common Shares
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
, 2011
Until _________, 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

R-8


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(c)
Registration Statement No. [     ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated                      , 2011)
                Rights for                 Shares
Subscription Rights for _____% Series [
   ] [       ] Preferred Shares
(Liquidation Preference $[
      ] per share)
     The Gabelli Utility Trust (the “Fund”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is issuing subscription rights (the “Rights”) to our common shareholders to purchase shares of _____% Series [  ] [     ] Preferred Shares (the “Series [     ] Preferred Shares”).
     The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund’s investment adviser is Gabelli Funds, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”).
     Our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GUT.” On _____, 2011 (the last trading date prior to the Common Shares trading ex-Rights), the last reported net asset value per Common Share was $____ and the last reported sales price per Common Share on the NYSE was $____.
     An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved. You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in preferred shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling 800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). For additional information all holders of rights should contact the Information Agent, [     ], toll-free at [     ] or please send written request to: [     ].
      Investing in preferred shares through Rights involves certain risks that are described in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section beginning on page S-[    ] of the Prospectus Supplement.
     NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

PR-1


Table of Contents

                 
    Per Share     Total  
     
Subscription price of Common Shares to shareholders exercising Rights
  $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
    [     ]       [     ]  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund (1)
  $       $    
 
(1)   The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $[     ].
     The preferred shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about ______, 2011. If the offer is extended, the preferred shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about ______, 2011.
The date of this Prospectus Supplement is ________, 2011

PR-2


Table of Contents

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Fund,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to The Gabelli Utility Trust. This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
         
    Page  
    PR-5  
    PR-6  
    PR-6  
    PR-6  
    PR-6  
    PR-6  
    PR-6  
    PR-7  
    PR-7  
    PR-7  
 
       
Prospectus
       
 
       
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  
    [     ]  

PR-3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.
     Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus and “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” in this Prospectus Supplement. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, any accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus as well as in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section of this Prospectus Supplement. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in the preferred shares.

PR-4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
     
Terms of the Offer
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Amount Available for
Primary Subscription
  $[          ]
 
   
Title
  Subscription Rights for Series [     ] Preferred Shares
 
   
Exercise Price
  Rights may be exercised at a price of $_____ per Preferred Share (the “Subscription Price”). See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Record Date
  Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Fund’s Common Shares on ______, 2011 (the “Record Date”). See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Number of Rights Issued
  ____ Right will be issued in respect of each Common Share of the Fund outstanding on the Record Date. See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Number of Rights Required to Purchase One Preferred Share
  A holder of Rights may purchase _____ Preferred Share of the Fund for every ____ Rights exercised. The number of Rights to be issued to a shareholder on the Record Date will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by ____. See “Terms of the Offer.”
 
   
Over-Subscription
Privilege
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Transfer of Rights
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Exercise Period
  The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to expiration of the Rights, which will be 5:00 PM Eastern Time on ______, 2011 (the “Expiration Date”) (the “Subscription Period”). See “Terms of the Offer” and “Method of Exercise of Rights.”
 
   
Offer Expenses
  The expenses of the Offer are expected to be approximately $[     ]. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
   
Sale of Rights
  [To be provided.]
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be approximately $[          ]. This figure is based on the Exercise Price per share of $_____ and assumes all new Series [          ] Preferred Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $[     ] are paid.
 
   
 
  The Investment Adviser anticipates that investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed in approximately three months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as six months. Pending such investment, the proceeds will be held in high quality short-term debt securities and instruments. See “Use of Proceeds”.
 
   
Taxation/ERISA
  See “Employee Plan Considerations.”
 
   
Rights Agent
  [To be provided.]

PR-5


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE SERIES       PREFERRED SHARES
     
Dividend Rate
  The dividend rate [for the initial dividend period] 1 will be       %.
 
   
Dividend Payment Rate
  [Dividends will be paid when, as and if declared on                      ,                      ,                      , and                      , commencing                      .] 2 The payment date for the initial dividend period will be                      .] 1
 
   
[Regular Dividend Period
  Regular dividend periods will be ___days.] 1
 
   
Liquidation Preference
  $       per share
 
   
[Non-Call Period
  The shares may not be called for redemption at the option of the Fund prior to                      .] 2
 
   
[Stock Exchange Listing] 2
   
 
1   Applicable only if the preferred shares being offered are auction rate shares.
 
2   Applicable only if the preferred shares being offered are fixed rate shares.
DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
[To be provided.]
USE OF PROCEEDS
     The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be $[     ], based on the Subscription Price per share of $[     ], assuming all new Series [     ] Preferred Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $[     ] are paid and after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions.
     The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within three months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
[To be provided.]
ASSET COVERAGE RATIO
[To be provided.]
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE RIGHTS
[To be provided.]

PR-6


Table of Contents

TAXATION
[To be provided.]
UNDERWRITING
[To be provided.]
LEGAL MATTERS
     Certain legal matters will be passed on by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel to the Fund, in connection with this rights offering. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed on for the underwriters by [     ]. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of [     ].

PR-7


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)
The Gabelli Utility Trust
_______ Shares of _____% Series [ ] [ ] Preferred Shares
Issuable Upon Exercise of Rights to
Subscribe to Such Preferred Shares
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
, 2011
Until _________, 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

PR-8


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No. 333-[     ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated __________, 2011)
_________ Notes [Specify Title]
          We are offering for sale our notes at a principal amount per note of $_______. Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GUT.” On [ ], 2011, the last reported sale price of our common shares was $     .
          You should review the information set forth under “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” on page __ of the accompanying Prospectus before investing in our notes.
                 
    Per Note     Total (1)  
Public offering price
  $       $    
 
           
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
 
           
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
 
           
 
(1)   The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $________, which represents approximately $____ per note.
          The notes will be ready for delivery on or about __________, ___.
          You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our notes and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling 800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov).
          NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this Prospectus Supplement is ____________, ____

N-1


Table of Contents

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Fund,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to The Gabelli Utility Trust. This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
         
    Page  
    N-4  
    N-4  
    N-4  
    N-4  
    N-4  
    N-4  
    N-4  
    N-4  
 
       
Prospectus
       
 
       
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  
    [ ]  

N-2


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.
     Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus and “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Notes” in this Prospectus Supplement. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, any accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risk Factors and Special Considerations” section of the accompanying Prospectus as well as in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Notes” section of this Prospectus Supplement. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in the notes.

N-3


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE NOTES
     
Principal Amount
  The principal amount of the notes is $______ in the aggregate and $______ per note.
 
   
Maturity
  The principal amount of the notes will become due and payable on _______, __.
 
   
Interest Rate
  The interest rate will be ___%.
 
   
Frequency of payment
  Interest will be paid __________commencing _________.
 
   
Prepayment Protections
   
USE OF PROCEEDS
          We estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $_________ , based on the public offering price of $_____ per note and after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
          The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term income securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in the Fund’s anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
          [To be provided.]
ASSET COVERAGE RATIO
          [To be provided.]
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE NOTES
          [To be provided.]
TERMS OF THE NOTES
          [To be provided.]
TAXATION
          [To be provided.]
UNDERWRITING
          [To be provided.]

N-4


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
          Certain legal matters will be passed on by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel to the Fund, in connection with the offering of the notes. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed on for the underwriters by [ ]. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of [ ].

N-5


Table of Contents

(THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST LOGO)
The Gabelli Utility Trust
_______ Notes
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
, 2011
Until _________, 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

N-6


Table of Contents

Subject to Completion, Dated May 19, 2011

THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     THE INFORMATION IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. THE FUND MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
     The Gabelli Utility Trust (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets, under normal market conditions, in common stocks and other securities of foreign and domestic companies involved in providing products, services, or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas, and water and (ii) telecommunications services or infrastructure operations (collectively, the “Utility Industry”). The Fund commenced investment operations on July 9, 1999. Gabelli Funds, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Fund.
     This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus relating thereto dated [______ ____], 2011, and as it may be supplemented. This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before investing in the Fund’s shares, and investors should obtain and read the Fund’s prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Fund’s Registration Statement, including the prospectus and any supplement, may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (http://www.sec.gov) at no charge.
     This SAI is dated [______ ____], 2011.

1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    3  
    3  
    12  
    12  
    25  
    25  
    28  
    29  
    29  
    34  
    34  
    A-1  

2


Table of Contents

THE FUND
     The Fund was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 25, 1999 and is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund’s investment operations commenced on July 9, 1999. The common shares of the Fund are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GUT.” The Fund’s 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares (the “Series A Preferred”) are listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GUT PrA.”
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
Investment Objective
     The Fund’s primary investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets, under normal market conditions, in common stocks and other securities of foreign and domestic companies involved in providing products, services, or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas, and water and (ii) telecommunications services or infrastructure operations (collectively, the “Utility Industry”). See “Investment Objective and Policies” in the Prospectus.
Investment Practices
      Securities Subject to Reorganization . The Fund may invest without limit in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved.
     In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Fund, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.
      Temporary Investments . Although under normal market conditions at least 80% of the Fund’s total assets will consist of common stock and other securities of foreign and domestic companies involved in the Utility Industry, when a temporary defensive posture is believed by the Investment Adviser to be warranted (“temporary defensive periods”), the Fund may without limitation hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The money market instruments in which the Fund may invest are obligations of the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Securities”); commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Prime-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”); and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During temporary defensive periods, the Fund may also invest to the extent permitted by applicable law in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies and the investments in those companies in some cases by the Fund are subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions and applicable law. See “Investment Restrictions.” As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Investment Adviser, with respect to assets so invested.
      Lower Grade Securities . The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in fixed income securities rated below investment grade by recognized statistical rating agencies or unrated securities of comparable quality. These securities, which may be preferred stock or debt, are predominantly speculative and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt

3


Table of Contents

securities that are not rated or that are rated lower than “BBB” by S&P or lower than “Baa” by Moody’s are referred to in the financial press as “junk bonds.”
     Generally, such lower grade securities and unrated securities of comparable quality offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher quality securities. In addition, such securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because such lower grade securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. In light of these risks, the Investment Adviser, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated, will take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer’s operating history, financial resources and its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the market support for the facility financed by the issue, the perceived ability and integrity of the issuer’s management and regulatory matters.
     In addition, the market value of securities in lower grade securities is more volatile than that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which such lower grade or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value (“NAV”). Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value in response to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
     Lower grade securities also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption (often a feature of fixed income securities), the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, as the principal value of nonconvertible bonds and preferred stocks moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates, the value of the securities held by the Fund may decline proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates than bonds that pay regular income streams.
     The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of issuers in default. The Fund will make an investment in securities of issuers in default only when the Investment Adviser believes that such issuers will honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection under a plan pursuant to which the securities received by the Fund in exchange for its defaulted securities will have a value in excess of the Fund’s investment. By investing in securities of issuers in default, the Fund bears the risk that these issuers will not continue to honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection or that the value of the securities will not otherwise appreciate.
     In addition to using recognized rating agencies and other sources, the Investment Adviser also performs its own analysis of issues in seeking investments that it believes to be underrated (and thus higher yielding) in light of the financial condition of the issuer. Its analysis of issuers may include, among other things, current and anticipated cash flow and borrowing requirements, value of assets in relation to historical cost, strength of management, responsiveness to business conditions, credit standing, and current anticipated results of operations. In selecting investments for the Fund, the Investment Adviser may also consider general business conditions, anticipated changes in interest rates, and the outlook for specific industries.
     Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. In addition, it is possible that statistical rating agencies may change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. Moreover, such ratings do not assess the risk of a decline in market value. None of these events will require the sale of the securities by the Fund, although the Investment Adviser will consider these events in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.
     The market for lower grade and comparable unrated securities has experienced several periods of significantly adverse price and liquidity, particularly at or around times of economic recessions. Past market recessions have adversely affected the value of such securities as well as the ability of certain issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon or to refinance such securities. The market for those securities may react in a similar fashion in the future.
      Options . The Fund may, subject to guidelines of the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”), purchase or sell (i.e., write) options on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies which are listed on a national securities exchange or in the United States over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

4


Table of Contents

     A call option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to buy from the writer (seller) of the call option, in return for a premium paid, the security or currency underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period.
     A put option is the reverse of a call option, giving the holder the right, in return for a premium, to sell the underlying security or currency to the writer, at a specified price, and obligating the writer to purchase the underlying security or currency from the holder at that price. The writer of the put, who receives the premium, has the obligation to buy the underlying security or currency upon exercise, at the exercise price during the option period.
     If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
     An exchange-traded option may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option.
     A call option is “covered” if the Fund owns the underlying instrument covered by the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration upon conversion or exchange of another instrument held in its portfolio (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian). A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same instrument as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by the Fund in cash, direct obligations of the United States or by its agencies or instrumentalities that are entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States and that, other than United States Treasury Bills, provide for the periodic payment of interest and the full payment of principal at maturity or call for redemption or other high-grade short-term obligations in a segregated account with its custodian. A put option is “covered” if the Fund maintains cash or other high grade short-term obligations with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian, or else holds a put on the same instrument as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written. If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Fund has been assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. Similarly, if the Fund is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
     The Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; the Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Since call option prices generally reflect increases in the price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security. Other principal factors affecting the market value of a put or call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.
     An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or until the Fund delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.

5


Table of Contents

     In addition to options on securities, the Fund may also purchase and sell call and put options on securities indices. A stock index reflects in a single number the market value of many different stocks.
     Relative values are assigned to the stocks included in an index and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks. The options give the holder the right to receive a cash settlement during the term of the option based on the difference between the exercise price and the value of the index. By writing a put or call option on a securities index, the Fund is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The Fund may offset its position in the stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange, or it may let the option expire unexercised.
     Use of options on securities indices entails the risk that trading in the options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities included in the index is interrupted. The Fund will not purchase these options unless the Investment Adviser is satisfied with the development, depth and liquidity of the market and the Investment Adviser believes the options can be closed out.
     Price movements in the portfolio of the Fund may not correlate precisely with the movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indices cannot serve as a complete hedge and will depend, in part, on the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. Because options on securities indices require settlement in cash, the Fund may be forced to liquidate portfolio securities to meet settlement obligations.
     The Fund may also buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options. Over-the-counter options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. Over-the-counter options are considered illiquid securities.
     Although the Investment Adviser will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to the Fund’s writing of put and call options, there can be no assurance that the Fund will succeed in any option writing program it undertakes.
      Futures Contracts and Options on Futures . The Fund will not enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts unless (i) the aggregate initial margins and premiums do not exceed 5% of the fair market value of its assets and (ii) the aggregate market value of its outstanding futures contracts and the market value of the currencies and futures contracts subject to outstanding options written by the Fund do not exceed 50% of the market value of its total assets. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Fund solely for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Fund. In this regard, the Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments including but not limited to U.S. government securities.
     A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the assets underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the assets underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the assets underlying the futures contracts. No consideration will be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or security underlying the futures contracts fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.
     An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures positions by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the

6


Table of Contents

accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Fund.
     Futures and options on futures entail certain risks, including but not limited to the following: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Fund due to the use of hedging, possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged, losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited and the segregation requirements described below.
     In the event the Fund sells a put option or enters into long futures contracts, under current interpretations of the 1940 Act, an amount of cash, obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities or other liquid securities equal to the market value of the contract must be deposited and maintained in a segregated account with the custodian of the Fund to collateralize the positions, thereby ensuring that the use of the contract is unleveraged. For short positions in futures contracts and sales of call options, the Fund may establish a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash or liquid securities that, when added to amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant or a broker as margin, equal the market value of the instruments or currency underlying the futures contract or call option or the market price at which the short positions were established.
      Forward Currency Exchange Contracts . The Fund may engage in currency transactions other than on futures exchanges to protect against future changes in the level of future currency exchange rates. The Fund will conduct such currency exchange transactions either on a “spot” (i.e., cash) basis at the rate then prevailing in the currency exchange market or on a forward basis, by entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell currency. A forward contract on foreign currency involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days agreed upon by the parties from the date of the contract, at a price set on the date of the contract. Dealing in forward currency exchange will be limited to hedging involving either specific transactions or portfolio positions. Transaction hedging is the purchase or sale of forward currency with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities and accruals of interest receivable and Fund expenses. Position hedging is the forward sale of currency with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or quoted in that currency or in a currency bearing a high degree of positive correlation to the value of that currency.
     The Fund may not position hedge with respect to a particular currency for an amount greater than the aggregate market value (determined at the time of making any sale of forward currency) of the securities held in its portfolio denominated or quoted in, or currently convertible into, such currency. If the Fund enters into a position hedging transaction, the Fund’s custodian or subcustodian will place cash or other liquid securities in a segregated account of the Fund in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of the given forward contract. If the value of the securities placed in the segregated account declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account so that the value of the account will, at all times, equal the amount of the Fund’s commitment with respect to the forward contract.
     At or before the maturity of a forward sale contract, the Fund may either sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the currency, or retain the security and offset its contractual obligations to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract pursuant to which the Fund will obtain, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the currency which it is obligated to deliver. If the Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund, at the time of execution of the offsetting transaction, will incur a gain or a loss to the extent that movement has occurred in forward contract prices. Should forward prices decline during the period between the Fund’s entering into a forward contract for the sale of a currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase is less than the price of the currency it has agreed to sell. Should forward prices increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell. Closing out forward purchase contracts involves similar offsetting transactions.
     The cost to the Fund of engaging in currency transactions varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward transactions in currency exchange are usually conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. The use of foreign currency contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities, but it does establish a rate of exchange that can be achieved in the future. In addition, although forward currency contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also limit any potential gain that might result if the value of the currency increases.

7


Table of Contents

     If a decline in any currency is generally anticipated by the Investment Adviser, the Fund may not be able to contract to sell the currency at a price above the level to which the currency is anticipated to decline.
      Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon . The Fund may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of, or to protect the Fund against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of debt securities which the Fund holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund will increase at approximately an equivalent rate, thereby keeping the NAV of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling debt securities with longer maturities and investing in debt securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
     Similarly, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of debt securities (caused by declining interest rates) which the Fund intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the debt securities that will be purchased, the Fund can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the debt securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Fund can make its intended purchase of the debt securities in the cash market and concurrently liquidate its futures position. To the extent the Fund enters into futures contracts for this purpose, it will maintain, in a segregated asset account with the Fund’s custodian, assets sufficient to cover the Fund’s obligations with respect to such futures contracts, which will consist of cash or other liquid securities from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures contracts and the aggregate value of the initial margin deposited by the Fund with its custodian with respect to such futures contracts.
     The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.
     The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Fund will purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge its portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.
     The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities that are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the option is below the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the its portfolio holdings. The writing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of the securities that are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of debt securities that it intends to purchase. If a put or call option the Fund has written is exercised, the Fund will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it received. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of its futures positions, the Fund’s losses from options on futures it has written may to some extent be reduced or increased by changes in the value of its portfolio securities.
      Currency Futures and Options Thereon . Generally, foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon are similar to the interest rate futures contracts and options thereon discussed previously. By entering into currency futures and options thereon, the Fund will seek to establish the rate at which it will be entitled to exchange U.S. dollars for another currency at a future time. By selling currency futures, the Fund will seek to establish the number of dollars it will receive at delivery for a certain amount of a foreign currency. In this way, whenever the Fund anticipates a decline in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar, the Fund can attempt to “lock in” the U.S. dollar value of some or all of the securities held in its portfolio that are denominated in that currency. By purchasing currency futures, the Fund can establish the number of dollars it will be required to pay for a specified amount of a foreign currency in a future month. Thus, if the Fund intends to buy securities in the future and expects the U.S. dollar to decline against the relevant foreign currency during the period before the purchase is effected, the Fund can attempt to lock in the price in U.S. dollars of the securities it intends to acquire.

8


Table of Contents

     The purchase of options on currency futures will allow the Fund, for the price of the premium and related transaction costs it must pay for the option, to decide whether or not to buy (in the case of a call option) or to sell (in the case of a put option) a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period before the option expires. If the Investment Adviser, in purchasing an option, has been correct in its judgment concerning the direction in which the price of a foreign currency would move as against the U.S. dollar, the Fund may exercise the option and thereby take a futures position to hedge against the risk it had correctly anticipated or close out the option position at a gain that will offset, to some extent, currency exchange losses otherwise suffered by the Fund. If exchange rates move in a way the Fund did not anticipate, however, the Fund will have incurred the expense of the option without obtaining the expected benefit; any such movement in exchange rates may also thereby reduce, rather than enhance, the Fund’s profits on its underlying securities transactions.
      Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon . Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Fund may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the its securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that it intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Fund may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.
      Limitations on the Purchase and Sale of Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts . The Investment Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration under the Commodity Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments described in the Prospectus and this SAI are not limited by or subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act or otherwise regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Nevertheless, the Fund’s investment restrictions place certain limitations and prohibitions on the Fund’s ability to purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts. See “Investment Restrictions.” Under these restrictions, the Fund may not enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts unless (i) the aggregate initial margins and premiums do not exceed 5% of the fair market value of the Fund’s total assets and (ii) the aggregate market value of the Fund’s outstanding futures contracts and the market value of the currencies and futures contracts subject to outstanding options written by the Fund, as the case may be, do not exceed 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets. In addition, investment in futures contracts and related options generally will be limited by the rating agency guidelines applicable to any of the Fund’s preferred shares.
      Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon . The ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Fund generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time.
     In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Fund maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price and the Fund would have to either make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon which the Fund has written and which the Fund is unable to close, the Fund would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.
     Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts by the Fund is subject to the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest and foreign currency rates. If the Investment Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Fund will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
      Additional Risks of Foreign Options, Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts . Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities and currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges.

9


Table of Contents

Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the U.S., may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the U.S. of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the U.S., (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the U.S. and (v) lesser trading volume.
     Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Fund may take in certain circumstances.
      Risks of Currency Transactions . Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulation, or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental action can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.
      Repurchase Agreements . The Fund may engage in repurchase agreements as set forth in the Prospectus. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser, i.e., the Fund, acquires a debt security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the obligation at a mutually agreed upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. This results in a fixed rate of return insulated from market fluctuations during such period. The underlying securities are ordinarily U.S. Treasury or other government obligations or high quality money market instruments. The Fund will require that the value of such underlying securities, together with any other collateral held by the Fund, always equals or exceeds the amount of the repurchase obligations of the counter party. The Fund’s risk is primarily that, if the seller defaults, the proceeds from the disposition of the underlying securities and other collateral for the seller’s obligation are less than the repurchase price. If the seller becomes insolvent, the Fund might be delayed in or prevented from selling the collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a seller, the Fund will promptly seek to liquidate the collateral. To the extent that the proceeds from any sale of such collateral upon a default in the obligation to repurchase are less than the repurchase price, the Fund will experience a loss.
     If the financial institution which is a party to the repurchase agreement petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund would suffer a loss.
      Loans of Portfolio Securities . Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 20% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund’s ability to lend portfolio securities will be limited by the rating agency guidelines applicable to any of the Fund’s outstanding preferred shares.
     A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Fund on five business days notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund’s management to be creditworthy and when the income which can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The Board will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counter party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme

10


Table of Contents

circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights which accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
      When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments . The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring, i.e., a when, as and if issued security. When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable.
     Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
      Short Sales . The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 5% of the Fund’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities.
     The Fund will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its assets or the Fund’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 25% of the outstanding securities of that class. The Fund may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Fund owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security. The Fund expects to make short sales both to obtain capital gains from anticipated declines in securities and as a form of hedging to offset potential declines in long positions in the same or similar securities. The short sale of a security is considered a speculative investment technique. Short sales “against the box” may be subject to special tax rules, one of the effects of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund.
     When the Fund makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale in order to satisfy its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.
     The Fund’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. government securities or other highly liquid debt securities. The Fund will also be required to deposit similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the value of both collateral deposits in the aggregate is at all times equal to the greater of the price at which the security is sold short or 100% of the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Fund on such security, the Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
     To secure its obligations to deliver the securities sold short, the Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with its custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), an amount at least equal to the securities sold short or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, the securities. The Fund may close out a short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund may want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.
      Repurchase Agreements . The Fund may engage in repurchase agreement transactions involving money market instruments with banks, registered broker-dealers and government securities dealers approved by the Adviser. The Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more

11


Table of Contents

than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time, thereby determining the yield during its holding period. Thus, repurchase agreements may be seen to be loans by the Fund collateralized by the underlying debt obligation. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The value of the underlying securities will be at least equal to at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including interest. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Investment Adviser, acting under the supervision of the Board, reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that the value is maintained at the required level.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
     The Fund operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund along with the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class. For purposes of the preferred share voting rights described in the foregoing sentence, except as otherwise required under the 1940 Act, the majority of the outstanding preferred shares means, in accordance with Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act, the vote of (i) 67% or more of the preferred shares present at the shareholders meeting called for such vote, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding preferred shares are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding preferred shares, whichever is less. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. The Fund may not:
(1)   invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of issuers in any particular industry other than the Utility Industry. This restriction does not apply to investments in U.S. government securities.
 
(2)   purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts except that the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts and related options thereon if immediately thereafter (i) no more than 5% of its total assets are invested in margins and premiums and (ii) the aggregate market value of its outstanding futures contracts and market value of the currencies and futures contracts subject to outstanding options written by the Fund do not exceed 50% of the market value of its total assets. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, provided that the Fund may invest in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies which invest in real estate or interests therein.
 
(3)   make loans of money, except by the purchase of a portion of private or publicly distributed debt obligations or the entering into of repurchase agreements. The Fund reserves the authority to make loans of its portfolio securities to financial intermediaries in an aggregate amount not exceeding 20% of its total assets. Any such loans will only be made upon approval of, and subject to any conditions imposed by, the Board. Because these loans are required to be fully collateralized at all times, the risk of loss in the event of default of the borrower should be slight.
 
(4)   borrow money except to the extent permitted by applicable law. The 1940 Act currently requires that the Fund have 300% asset coverage with respect to all borrowings other than temporary borrowings of up to 5% of the value of its total assets.
 
(5)   issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
(6)   underwrite securities of other issuers except insofar as the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under the Securities Act 1933, (the “1933 Act”) in selling portfolio securities; provided, however, this restriction shall not apply to securities of any investment company organized by the Fund that are to be distributed pro rata as a dividend to its shareholders.
With respect to (1) above, the Fund invests 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of issuers in the Utility Industry.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Trustees and Officers
     Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Fund rests with its Board. The Board approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the companies that furnish the Fund with services, including agreements with

12


Table of Contents

the Investment Adviser, the Custodian and the Fund’s transfer agent. The day-to-day operations of the Fund are delegated to the Investment Adviser.
     Set forth in the table below are the existing Trustees, including those Trustees who are not considered to be “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act (the “Independent Trustees”), and officers of the Fund, including information relating to their respective positions held with the Fund, a brief statement of their principal occupations, and, in the case of the Trustees, their other directorships during the past five years, (excluding other funds managed by the Investment Adviser), if any.
                 
    Term of           Number of
    Office and           Portfolios in
Name, Position(s)   Length of       Other Directorships   Fund Complex (3)
Address (1)   Time   Principal Occupation(s)   Held by Trustee   Overseen
And Age   Served (2)   During Past Five Years   During Past Five Years   by Trustee
 
INTERESTED TRUSTEES (4) :            
 
               
Mario J. Gabelli
  Since 1999**   Chairman, Chief   Director of Morgan   26
Trustee and
      Executive Officer,   Group Holdings, Inc.    
Chief Investment Officer
      and Chief   (holding company);    
Age: 68
      Investment Officer   Chairman of the Board    
 
      - Value Portfolios   and Chief Executive    
 
      of GAMCO Investors,   Officer of LICT Corp.    
 
      Inc. and Chief   (multimedia and    
 
      Investment Officer   communication    
 
      - Value Portfolios   services company);    
 
      of Gabelli Funds,   Director of CIBL,    
 
      LLC and GAMCO Asset   Inc. (broadcasting    
 
      Management Inc.;   and wireless    
 
      Director/Trustee or   communications);    
 
      Chief Investment   Director of RLJ    
 
      Officer of other   Acquisition, Inc.    
 
      registered   (blank check company)    
 
      investment        
 
      companies in the        
 
      Gabelli/GAMCO Funds        
 
      Complex; Chief        
 
      Executive Officer        
 
      of GGCP, Inc.        
 
               
John D. Gabelli
  Since 1999***   Senior Vice       10
Trustee
      President of        
Age: 66
      Gabelli & Company,        
 
      Inc.        
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES (5) :            
 
               
Thomas E. Bratter
  Since 1999**   Director, President   none   3
Trustee
      and Founder of The        
Age: 71
      John Dewey Academy        
 
      (residential        
 
      college preparatory        
 
      therapeutic high        
 
      school)        
 
               
Anthony J.
  Since 1999*   President of the   none   34
Colavita (6)
      law firm of Anthony        
Trustee
      J. Colavita, P.C.        
Age: 75
               

13


Table of Contents

                 
    Term of           Number of
    Office and           Portfolios in
Name, Position(s)   Length of       Other Directorships   Fund Complex (3)
Address (1)   Time   Principal Occupation(s)   Held by Trustee   Overseen
And Age   Served (2)   During Past Five Years   During Past Five Years   by Trustee
James P. Conn (6)
  Since 1999***   Former Managing   Director of First   18
Trustee
      Director and Chief   Republic Bank    
Age: 73
      Investment Officer   (banking) through    
 
      of Financial   January 2008;    
 
      Security Assurance   Director of La Quinta    
 
      Holdings Ltd.   Corp. (hotels)    
 
      (insurance holding   through January 2006    
 
      company)        
 
      (1992-1998)        
 
               
Vincent D. Enright
  Since 1999**   Former Senior Vice   Director of Echo   16
Trustee
      President and Chief   Therapeutics, Inc.    
Age: 67
      Financial Officer   (therapeutics and    
 
      of KeySpan Corp.   diagnostics); and    
 
      (public utility)   until September 2006,    
 
      (1994-1998)   Director of Aphton    
 
          Corporation    
 
          (pharmaceuticals)    
 
               
Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.
  Since 1999*   President and Chief   Director of First   6
Trustee
      Executive Officer   Republic Bank    
Age: 71
      of the American   (banking)    
 
      Gaming Association;        
 
      Co-Chairman of the        
 
      Commission on        
 
      Presidential        
 
      Debates; Former        
 
      Chairman of the        
 
      Republican National        
 
      Committee        
 
      (1983-1989)        
 
               
Robert J. Morrissey
  Since 1999*   Partner in the law     6
Trustee
      firm of Morrissey,        
Age: 71
      Hawkins & Lynch        
 
               
Anthony R. Pustorino
  Since 1999***   Certified Public   Director of The LGL   13
Trustee
      Accountant;   Group, Inc.    
Age: 85
      Professor Emeritus,   (diversified    
 
      Pace University   manufacturing)    
 
          (2002-2010)    
 
               
Salvatore J. Zizza
  Since 1999*   Chairman of Zizza &   Non-Executive Chairman and Director   28
Trustee
      Co., Ltd.   of Harbor BioSciences, Inc.    
Age: 65
      (financial   (biotechnology); Vice Chairman and    
 
      consulting) since   Director of Trans-Lux Corporation    
 
      1978; Chairman of   (business services); Chairman, Chief    
 
      Metropolitan Paper   Executive Officer, and Director of    
 
      Recycling Inc.   General Employment Enterprises, Inc.    
 
      (recycling) since   (staffing); Director of Bion    
 
      2006; Chairman of   Environmental Technologies    
 
      BAM Inc.,   (technology) (2005-2008); Director of    
 
      (manufacturing);   Earl Scheib Inc. (automotive    
 
      Chairman of E-Corp   painting) through April 2009    
 
      English (global        
 
      English instruction        
 
      for corporate        
 
      personnel) since        
 
      2009        

14


Table of Contents

         
Officers (7)   Term of Office and    
Name, Position(s),   Length of Time    
Address (1) and Age   Served (2)   Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
Bruce N. Alpert
President
Age: 59
  Since 2003   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Gabelli Funds, LLC since 1988 and an officer of all of the registered investment companies in the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex. Director of Teton Advisors, Inc. since 1998; Chairman of Teton Advisors, Inc. 2008 to 2010; President of Teton Advisors, Inc. 1998 through 2008; Senior Vice President of GAMCO Investors, Inc. since 2008
 
       
Agnes Mullady
Treasurer and Secretary
Age: 52
  Since 2006   President and Chief Operating Officer of the Open-End Fund Division of Gabelli Funds, LLC since September 2010; Senior Vice President of GAMCO Investors, Inc. since 2009; Vice President of Gabelli Funds, LLC since 2007; Officer of all of the registered investment companies in the Gabelli/ GAMCO Funds Complex
 
       
Peter D. Goldstein
Chief Compliance Officer
Age: 58
  Since 2004   Director of Regulatory Affairs at GAMCO Investors, Inc. since 2004; Chief Compliance Officer of all of the registered investment companies in the Gabelli /GAMCO Funds Complex
 
       
David I. Schachter
Vice President and Ombudsman Age: 57
  Since 1999   Vice President and Ombudsman of the Fund since 1999; Vice President of other closed-end funds within the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex; Vice President of Gabelli & Company, Inc. since 1999
 
(1)   Address: One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422.
 
(2)   The Fund’s Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, each class having a term of three years. Each year the term of office of one class expires and the successor or successors elected to such class serve for a three year term.
 
(3)   The “Fund Complex” or the “Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex” includes all the registered funds that are considered part of the same fund complex as the Fund because they have common or affiliated investment advisers.
 
(4)   “Interested person” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act. Messrs. Mario Gabelli and John Gabelli are each considered to be an “interested person” of the Fund, because of their affiliation with the Fund’s Adviser and Gabelli & Company, Inc., which executes portfolio transactions for the Fund (and in the case of Mario Gabelli, as a controlling shareholder because of the level of his ownership of Common Shares of the Fund). Messrs. Mario Gabelli and John Gabelli are brothers.
 
(5)   Trustees who are not considered to be “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act are considered to be “Independent” Trustees.
 
(6)   As a Trustee, elected solely by holders of the Fund’s Preferred Shares.
 
(7)   Each officer will hold office for an indefinite term until the date he or she resigns or retires or until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
 
*   Term continues until the Fund’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified.
 
**   Term continues until the Fund’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified.
 
***   Term continues until the Fund’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified.

15


Table of Contents

     The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of other Trustees lead to the conclusion that each Trustee should serve in such capacity. Among the attributes or skills common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically and to evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the other Trustees, the Adviser, the sub-administrator, other service providers, counsel and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective and independent business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his/her duties effectively has been attained in large part through the Trustee’s business, consulting or public service positions and through experience from service as a member of the Board and one or more of the other funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations as set forth above and below. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his/her duties effectively also has been enhanced by education, professional training, and experience.
      Mario J. Gabelli. Mr. Gabelli is Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Investment Officer of the Fund. He also currently serves as Chairman of the boards of other funds in the Fund Complex. Mr. Gabelli is Chairman and, Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Investment Officer — Value Portfolios of GAMCO Investors, Inc. (“GAMCO”), a NYSE listed investment advisory firm. He is also the Chief Investment Officer of Value Portfolios of Gabelli Funds, LLC and GAMCO Asset Management, Inc., each of which are asset management subsidiaries of GAMCO. In addition, Mr. Gabelli is Chief Executive Officer and a director and the controlling shareholder of GGCP, Inc., an investment holding company that holds a majority interest in GAMCO. Mr. Gabelli also sits on the boards of other publicly traded companies and private firms and various charitable foundations and educational institutions, including the Board of Trustees of Boston College and Roger Williams University and the Board of Overseers of Columbia University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Gabelli received his Bachelors degree from Fordham University and his Masters of Business Administration from Columbia Graduate University School of Business.
      John D. Gabelli. Mr. Gabelli is a Senior Vice President of Gabelli & Company, Inc., an institutional research and brokerage firm, and President of John Gabelli Inc., a general partner of two investment partnerships and has over thirty-five years of experience in the asset management industry. He also sits on the boards of various charitable foundations, including the Mount Vernon Police Foundation. Mr. Gabelli serves on the boards of other funds in the Fund Complex.
      Thomas E. Bratter. Dr. Bratter is the Founder, and President of The John Dewey Academy, a residential college preparatory therapeutic high school in Massachusetts. He is Director of the International Center for Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, was the Vice President of the Small Boarding Schools Association, and the Trustee of the Majorie Polikoff Estate. In addition to serving on the boards of other funds in the Fund Complex, Dr. Bratter has been an active investor in publicly traded equities for forty years. Dr. Bratter serves on the Advisory Board of the American Academy of Health Providers in the Addictive Disorders and sits on the editorial boards of six professional journals. Prior to establishing and managing The John Dewey Academy, Dr. Bratter was in private practice as a counseling psychologist and taught psychology at Columbia University as an adjunct faculty for more than twenty years. Dr. Bratter founded and sat on the boards of six community based treatment programs for adolescents. He has authored more than one hundred and fifty articles and four books concerning the treatment and education of gifted and self destructive adolescents and their families. Dr. Bratter received his Bachelor of Arts, Masters and Doctorate in Education from Columbia College and University.
      Anthony J. Colavita, Esq. Mr. Colavita is a practicing attorney with over forty-nine years of experience, including the field of business law. He is a member of the Fund’s Nominating, Audit, and Proxy Voting Committees. Mr. Colavita also serves on comparable or other board committees with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. Mr. Colavita also serves as a Trustee of a charitable remainder unitrust. He formerly served as a Commissioner of the New York State Thruway Authority and as a Commissioner of the New York State Bridge Authority. He served for ten years as the elected Supervisor of the Town of Eastchester, New York, responsible for ten annual municipal budgets of approximately eight million dollars per year. Mr. Colavita formerly served as Special Counsel to the New York State Assembly for five years and as a Senior Attorney with the New York State Insurance Department. He is the former Chairman of the Westchester County Republican Party and the New York State Republican Party. Mr. Colavita received his Bachelor of Arts from Fairfield University and his Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law.
      James P. Conn. Mr. Conn is the lead independent Trustee of the Fund, a member of the Fund’s Proxy Voting Committee, and also serves on comparable or other board committees for other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. He was a senior business executive of an insurance holding company for much of his career, including service as

16


Table of Contents

Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Conn has been a director of several public companies in banking and other industries, and was lead Director and/or Chair of various committees. He received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Santa Clara University.
      Vincent D. Enright. Mr. Enright was a senior executive and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of an energy public utility for four years. In accordance with his experience as a CFO, he is a member of the Fund’s Audit Committee. Mr. Enright is also Chairman of the Fund’s Proxy Voting Committee and is a member of both multi-fund ad hoc Compensation Committees (described below under “Trustees-Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities”) and serves on comparable or other board committees with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. Mr. Enright is also a Director of a therapeutics and diagnostics company and serves as Chairman of its compensation and audit committees. He is a former Director of a pharmaceutical company. Mr. Enright received his Bachelor of Science from Fordham University and completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard University.
      Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr. Mr. Fahrenkopf is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the American Gaming Association (“AGA”), the trade group for the hotel-casino industry. Additionally, he serves on certain board committees with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. He presently is Co-Chairman of the Commission on Presidential Debates, which is responsible for the widely viewed Presidential debates during the quadrennial election cycle. Additionally, he serves as a board member of the International Republican Institute, which he founded in 1984. He served for many years as Chairman of the Pacific Democrat Union and Vice Chairman of the International Democrat Union, a worldwide association of political parties from the United States, Great Britain, France, Germany, Canada, Japan, Australia, and twenty other nations. Prior to becoming the AGA’s first chief executive in 1995, Mr. Fahrenkopf was a partner in the law firm of Hogan & Hartson, where he chaired the International Trade Practice Group and specialized in regulatory, legislative, and corporate matters for multinational, foreign, and domestic clients. He also served as Chairman of the Republican National Committee for six years during Ronald Reagan’s presidency. Mr. Fahrenkopf is the former Chairman of the Finance Committee of the Culinary Institute of America and remains as a board member. Additionally he has over twenty years’ experience as a member of the board of directors of First Republic Bank. Mr. Fahrenkopf received his Bachelor of Arts from the University of Nevada, Reno and his Juris Doctor from UC Berkeley Boalt Hall School of Law.
      Robert J. Morrissey. Mr. Morrissey has over forty-seven years of experience as an attorney representing clients in the areas of estate planning, civil litigation, business planning, and real estate, including as current senior partner of a law firm. He is a member of the Fund’s Proxy Voting Committee and also serves on comparable or other board committees with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. Mr. Morrissey serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Belmont Savings Bank in Massachusetts. He also serves as a Trustee of Boston College and is Chairman of its Investment and Endowment Committee. In addition, Mr. Morrissey is a member of the Harvard Law School Dean’s Advisory Board, is Chairman of the Investment Advisory Board of the New England Jesuit Province, is a member of the Financial Council of the Archdiocese of Boston, and Chairman of its Investment Committee. He is a member of the Investment Advisory Committee of Jesuit Curia, Vatican City, and is a Director of several other private and public funds, trusts, and foundations. Mr. Morrissey is a graduate of Boston College and the Harvard Law School.
      Anthony R. Pustorino. Mr. Pustorino is a Certified Public Accountant (“CPA”) and a Professor Emeritus at Pace University with fifty years of experience in public accounting. Mr. Pustorino is Chair of the Audit Committee and has been designated the Fund’s Audit Committee Financial Expert. He is also the Chair of the Proxy Voting Committee and is a member of both multi-fund ad hoc Compensation Committees. Mr. Pustorino also serves on comparable or other board committees with respect to other boards of funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. Mr. Pustorino was a Director of the LGL Group, Inc., a diversified manufacturing company. Mr. Pustorino was previously the President and Shareholder of a CPA firm and a Professor of accounting, most recently at Pace University. He served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the New York State Board for Public Accountancy and of the CPA Examination Review Board of the National Association of State Board of Accountancy, was a member of the Executive Committee and a vice president of the New York State Society of CPAs, and was a member of the Council of the American Institute of CPAs. Mr. Pustorino is the recipient of numerous professional and teaching awards. He received a Bachelor of Science in Business from Fordham University and a Masters in Business Administration from New York University.
      Salvatore J. Zizza. Mr. Zizza is the Chairman of a financial consulting firm. He also serves as Chairman to other companies involved in manufacturing, recycling, and real estate. He has been designated the Fund’s Audit Committee Financial Expert. Mr. Zizza is also the Chairman of the Fund’s Nominating Committee and is a member of both multi-fund

17


Table of Contents

ad hoc Compensation Committees. In addition, he serves on comparable or other board committees, including as lead independent director, with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. Besides serving on the boards of many funds within the Fund Complex, he is currently a director of three other public companies and previously served on the boards of several other public companies. He previously served as the Chief Executive of a large NYSE listed construction company. Mr. Zizza received his Bachelor of Arts and his Master of Business Administration in Finance from St. John’s University, which awarded him an Honorary Doctorate in Commercial Sciences.
Trustees — Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities
     Overall responsibility for general oversight of the Fund rests with the Board. The Board has appointed Mr. Conn as the lead independent Trustee. The lead independent Trustee presides over executive sessions of the Trustees and also serves between meetings of the Board as a liaison with service providers, officers, counsel, and other Trustees on a wide variety of matters including scheduling agenda items for Board meetings. Designation as such does not impose on the lead independent Trustee any obligations or standards greater than or different from other Trustees. The Board has established a Nominating Committee and an Audit Committee to assist the Board in the oversight of the management and affairs of the Fund. The Board also has a Proxy Voting Committee that exercises voting and investment responsibilities on behalf of the Fund in selected situations. From time to time the Board establishes additional committees or informal working groups, such as pricing committees related to securities offerings by the Fund to address specific matters, or assigns one of its members to work with trustees or directors of other funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds Complex on special committees or working groups that address complex wide matters, such as the multi-fund ad hoc Compensation Committee relating to compensation of the Chief Compliance Officer for all the funds in the Fund Complex, and a separate multi-fund ad hoc Compensation Committee relating to compensation of certain officers of the closed-end funds in the Fund Complex.
     All of the Fund’s Trustees other than Mr. Mario J. Gabelli and Mr. John D. Gabelli are Independent Trustees, and the Board believes they are able to provide effective oversight of the Fund’s service providers. In addition to providing feedback and direction during Board meetings, the Trustees meet regularly in executive session and chair all committees of the Board.
     The Fund’s operations entail a variety of risks, including investment, administration, valuation, and a range of compliance matters. Although the Adviser, the sub-administrator, and the officers of the Fund are responsible for managing these risks on a day-to-day basis within the framework of their established risk management functions, the Board also addresses risk management of the Fund through its meetings and those of the committees and working groups. As part of its general oversight, the Board reviews with the Adviser at Board meetings the levels and types of risks being undertaken by the Fund, and the Audit Committee discusses the Fund’s risk management and controls with the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Fund. The Board reviews valuation policies and procedures and the valuations of specific illiquid securities. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer regarding compliance matters relating to the Fund and its major service providers, including results of the implementation and testing of the Fund’s and such providers’ compliance programs. The Board’s oversight function is facilitated by management reporting processes designed to provide visibility to the Board regarding the identification, assessment, and management of critical risks and the controls and policies and procedures used to mitigate those risks. The Board reviews its role in supervising the Fund’s risk management from time to time and may make changes at its discretion at any time.
     The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate for the Fund because it enables the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, allocates responsibility among committees in a manner that fosters effective oversight and allows the Board to devote appropriate resources to specific issues in a flexible manner as they arise. The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure as well as its overall structure, composition, and functioning, and may make changes at its discretion at any time.
Board Committees
     The Nominating Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates to the Board in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Nominating Committee would consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Fund.
     The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Fund and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers,

18


Table of Contents

overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Fund’s financial statements and the audit thereof and acting as a liaison between the Board and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
     The Fund has a Proxy Voting Committee, which, if so determined by the Board, is authorized to exercise voting power and/or dispositive power over specific securities held in the Fund’s portfolio for such period as the Board may determine.
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Board held one (1) Nominating Committee meeting and three (3) Audit Committee meetings. The Proxy Voting Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
     The Fund does not have a standing compensation committee, but does have representatives on a multi-fund ad hoc Compensation Committee relating to compensation of the Chief Compliance Officer for the funds and certain officers of the closed-end funds in the Fund Complex.
         
    Dollar Range of   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
    Equity   Securities Held in All Registered
    Securities Held in the   Investment Companies in the
Name of Trustee   Fund   Gabelli Fund Complex
Interested Trustees
       
Mario J. Gabelli
  Over $100,000   Over $100,000
John D. Gabelli
  None   Over $100,000
Independent Trustees
       
Thomas E. Bratter
  None   Over $100,000
Anthony J. Colavita
  $10,001-$50,000   Over $100,000
James P. Conn
  $10,001-$50,000   Over $100,000
Vincent D. Enright
  None   Over $100,000
Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.
  None   $1-$10,000
Robert J. Morrissey
  None   Over $100,000
Anthony R. Pustorino
  $10,001-$50,000   Over $100,000
Salvatore J. Zizza
  $10,001-$50,000   Over $100,000
All shares were valued as of December 31, 2010
     The Trustees serving on the Fund’s Nominating Committee are Anthony J. Colavita, Vincent D. Enright and Salvatore J. Zizza (Chair). Anthony J. Colavita, Anthony R. Pustorino (Chair) and Salvatore J. Zizza, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Audit Committee.
Remuneration of Trustees and Officer
     The Fund pays each Trustee who is not affiliated with the Adviser or its affiliates a fee of $6,000 per year plus $500 per Board meeting attended, $500 per standing Committee meeting attended, and $500 per telephonic meeting attended, together with the Trustee’s actual out-of-pocket expenses relating to his attendance at such meetings. In addition, the lead independent Trustee receives an annual fee of $1,000, the Audit Committee Chairman receives an annual fee of $3,000 and the Nominating Committee Chairman receives an annual fee of $2,000. A Trustee may receive a single meeting fee, allocated among the participating funds, for participation in certain meetings on behalf of multiple funds. The aggregate remuneration (excluding out-of-pocket expenses) paid by the Fund to such Trustees during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $79,242. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Trustees of the Fund met six times, two of which were special meetings of the Board of Trustees. Each Trustee then serving in such capacity attended at least 75% of the meetings of Trustees and of any Committee of which he is a member.
     The following table shows the compensation that the Trustees earned in their capacity as Trustees during the year ended December 31, 2010. The table also shows, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the compensation Trustees earned in their capacity as Trustees for other funds in the Fund Complex.

19


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION TABLE FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
                 
            Total  
            Compensation  
            from the Fund  
            and  
    Compensation     Fund Complex  
Name of Trustee   From the Fund     Paid to Trustees*  
Interested Trustee
               
Mario J. Gabelli
  $ 0     $ 0  
John D. Gabelli
  $ 0     $ 0  
Independent Trustees
               
Thomas E. Bratter
  $ 8,750     $ 43,500  
Anthony J. Colavita
  $ 10,111     $ 254,500  
James P. Conn
  $ 9,625     $ 144,500  
Vincent D. Enright
  $ 10,250     $ 131,000  
Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.
  $ 8,600     $ 73,500  
Robert J. Morrissey
  $ 8,000     $ 47,500  
Anthony R. Pustorino
  $ 12,795     $ 164,500  
Salvatore J. Zizza
  $ 11,111     $ 212,000  
 
           
Officer
               
David I. Schachter, Vice President and Ombudsman
  $ 120,000          
 
*   Represents the total compensation paid to such persons during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 by investment companies (including the Fund) or portfolios thereof that are considered part of the same fund complex as the Fund because they have common or affiliated investment advisers. The number in parentheses represents the number of such investment companies and portfolios.
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
     Subject to limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, the Governing Documents of the Fund provide that the Fund will indemnify its trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the Governing Documents of the Fund protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
Investment Management
     Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as the Fund’s Investment Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Fund. The Investment Adviser is a New York limited liability company with principal offices located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 and is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Investment Adviser was organized in 1999 and is the successor to Gabelli Funds, Inc., which was organized in 1980. As of December 31, 2010, the Investment Adviser acts as a registered investment adviser to 25 management investment companies with aggregate net assets of $18.3 billion. The Investment Adviser, together with the other affiliated investment advisers noted below, had assets under management totaling approximately $33.3 billion as of December 31, 2010. GAMCO Asset Management Inc. (“GAMCO”), an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment adviser for individuals, pension trusts, profit sharing trusts and endowments, and as a sub-adviser to management investment companies having aggregate assets of $13.7 billion under management as of December 31, 2010. Gabelli Securities, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment adviser for investment partnerships and entities having aggregate assets of approximately $515 million under management as of December 31, 2010. Teton Advisors, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment manager to The GAMCO Westwood Funds and separately managed accounts having aggregate assets of approximately $820 million under management as of December 31, 2010.
     The Investment Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAMCO Investors, Inc., a New York corporation, whose Class A Common Stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GBL.” Mr. Mario J. Gabelli may be deemed a “controlling

20


Table of Contents

person” of the Investment Adviser on the basis of his ownership of a majority of the stock of GGCP, Inc., which owns a majority of the capital stock of GAMCO Investors, Inc.
     The Investment Adviser will provide a continuous investment program for the portfolios of the Fund and oversee the administration of all aspects of the Fund’s business and affairs. The Investment Adviser has sole investment discretion for the assets of the Fund under the supervision of the Fund’s Board and in accordance with the Fund’s stated policies. The Investment Adviser will select investments for the Fund and will place purchase and sale orders on behalf of the Fund.
Investment Advisory Agreements
     Affiliates of the Investment Adviser may, in the ordinary course of their business, acquire for their own account or for the accounts of their advisory clients, significant (and possibly controlling) positions in the securities of companies that may also be suitable for investment by the Fund. The securities in which the Fund might invest may thereby be limited to some extent. For instance, many companies in the past several years have adopted so-called “poison pill” or other defensive measures designed to discourage or prevent the completion of non-negotiated offers for control of the company. Such defensive measures may have the effect of limiting the shares of the company that might otherwise be acquired by the Fund if the affiliates of the Investment Adviser or their advisory accounts have or acquire a significant position in the same securities. However, the Investment Adviser does not believe that the investment activities of its affiliates will have a material adverse effect upon each the Fund in seeking to achieve its investment objective. Securities purchased or sold pursuant to contemporaneous orders entered on behalf of the investment company accounts of the Investment Adviser or the advisory accounts managed by its affiliates for their unaffiliated clients are allocated pursuant to principles believed to be fair and not disadvantageous to any such accounts. In addition, all such orders are accorded priority of execution over orders entered on behalf of accounts in which the Investment Adviser or its affiliates have a substantial pecuniary interest. The Fund may on occasion give advice or take action with respect to other clients that differs from the actions taken with respect to the Fund. The Fund may invest in the securities of companies that are investment management clients of GAMCO Asset Management Inc. In addition, portfolio companies or their officers or trustees may be minority shareholders of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
     Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser manages the portfolio of the Fund in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions for the Fund, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund and manages its other business and affairs, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Board. In addition, under the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser oversees the administration of all aspects of the Fund’s business and affairs and provides, or arranges for others to provide, at the Investment Adviser’s expense, certain enumerated services, including maintaining the Fund’s books and records, preparing reports to the Fund’s shareholders and supervising the calculation of the NAV of its shares. All expenses of computing the NAV of the Fund, including any equipment or services obtained solely for the purpose of pricing shares or valuing its investment portfolio, will be an expense of the Fund under its Advisory Agreement unless the Investment Adviser voluntarily assumes responsibility for such expense. During fiscal year 2010, the Fund paid or accrued $45,000 to the Investment Adviser in connection with the cost of computing the Fund’s NAV.
     The Advisory Agreement combines investment advisory and administrative responsibilities in one agreement. For services rendered by the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Fund under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee computed weekly and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to 1.00% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets including the liquidation value of preferred shares. The fee paid by the Fund may be higher when leverage in the form of preferred shares are utilized, giving the Investment Adviser an incentive to utilize such leverage. However, the Investment Adviser has agreed to reduce the management fee on the incremental assets attributable to the preferred shares during the fiscal year if the total return of the NAV of the common shares of the Fund, including distributions and advisory fees subject to reduction for that year, does not exceed the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate of each particular series of preferred shares for the period. In other words, if the effective cost of the leverage for any series of preferred shares exceeds the total return (based on NAV) on the Fund’s common shares, the Investment Adviser will waive that portion of its management fee on the incremental assets attributable to the leverage for that series of preferred shares to mitigate the negative impact of the leverage on the common shareholder’s total return, except in connection with the waiver applicable to the portion of the Fund’s assets attributable to Series A Preferred and Series B Auction Market Preferred Shares (“Series B Preferred”), this fee waiver is voluntary and may be discontinued at any time. For Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the waiver will remain in effect as long as any shares in a series are outstanding. The Fund’s total return on the NAV of the common shares is monitored on a monthly basis to assess whether the total return on the NAV of the common shares exceeds the stated dividend rate or corresponding swap rate of each particular series of preferred shares for the period. The test to confirm the accrual of the management fee on the assets attributable to each particular series of preferred shares is annual.

21


Table of Contents

The Fund will accrue for the management fee on these assets during the fiscal year if it appears probable that the Fund will incur the management fee on those additional assets.
     The Advisory Agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. As part of the Advisory Agreement, the Fund has agreed that the name “Gabelli” is the Investment Adviser’s property, and that in the event the Investment Adviser ceases to act as an investment adviser to the Fund, the Fund will change its name to one not including “Gabelli.”
     Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect with respect to the Fund until the second anniversary of shareholder approval of such Agreement, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board or by the holders of a majority of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement was approved most recently by the Board on February 16, 2011. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund’s outstanding shares.
     A discussion regarding the basis of the Board’s approval of the Advisory Agreement for the Fund is available in the semi-annual report to shareholders for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
     For each of the years ended, December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2010, the Investment Adviser was paid $1,983,694, $1,933,306, and $2,083,626, respectively, for advisory and administrative services rendered to the Fund.
Portfolio Manager Information
Other Accounts Managed
     The information below lists the number of other accounts for which each portfolio manager was primarily responsible for the day-to-day management as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
                                         
                            Number of Accounts     Total Assets with  
Name of Portfolio                           Managed with     Advisory fee  
Manager or Team           Total Number of     Total     Advisory Fee Based     Based  
Member   Type of Accounts     Accounts Managed     Assets     on Performance     on Performance  
1. Mario J. Gabelli
  Registered Investment Companies:     26     $ 16.9B       8     $ 4.0B  
 
  Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:     16     $ 478.4M       14     $ 470.6M  
 
  Other Accounts:     1,712     $ 14.6B       9     $ 1.9B  
Potential Conflicts of Interest
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when the portfolio manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other accounts. These potential conflicts include:
      Allocation of Limited Time and Attention . Because the portfolio manager manages many accounts, he may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as if he were to devote substantially more attention to the management of only a few accounts.
      Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities . If the portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple accounts, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity because the opportunity may need to be allocated among all or many of these accounts or other accounts primarily managed by other portfolio managers of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates.
      Pursuit of Differing Strategies . At times, the portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the accounts for which he exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may

22


Table of Contents

execute differing or opposite transactions for one or more accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transactions, or both, to the detriment of one or more of his accounts.
      Selection of Broker/Dealers. The portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds or accounts that he supervises. In addition to providing execution of trades, some brokers and dealers provide the Investment Adviser with brokerage and research services. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the Investment Adviser determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the Fund, the portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds or other accounts that the Investment Adviser and its affiliates manage. In addition, with respect to certain types of accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Investment Adviser may be limited by the client concerning the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades to particular brokers. In these cases, the Investment Adviser or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous transactions in the same security for the Fund and another account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the Fund or the other account. Because of Mr. Gabelli’s position with, and his indirect majority ownership interest in, an affiliated broker dealer, Gabelli & Company, he may have an incentive to use Gabelli & Company to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund even if using Gabelli & Company is not in the best interest of the Fund.
      Variation in Compensation . A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the Investment Adviser’s management fee or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based fees), the portfolio manager may be motivated to favor certain funds or accounts over others. The portfolio manager also may be motivated to favor funds or accounts in which he or she has an investment interest, or in which the Investment Adviser or its affiliates have investment interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance a portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds or other accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager. In Mr. Gabelli’s case, the Investment Adviser’s compensation (and expenses) for the Fund is marginally greater as a percentage of assets than for certain other accounts and is less than for certain other accounts managed by Mr. Gabelli, while his personal compensation structure varies with near-term performance to a greater degree in certain performance fee-based accounts than with non-performance-based accounts. In addition, he has investment interests in several of the funds managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates.
     The Investment Adviser and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address the various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Investment Adviser and its staff members. However, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will be able to detect and prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may arise.
      Compensation Structure . Mr. Gabelli receives incentive-based variable compensation based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Investment Adviser for managing the Fund. Net revenues are determined by deducting from gross investment management fees the firm’s expenses (other than Mr. Gabelli’s compensation) allocable to the Fund. Additionally, he receives similar incentive-based variable compensation for managing other accounts within the Fund Complex. This method of compensation is based on the premise that superior long-term performance in managing a portfolio should be rewarded with higher compensation as a result of growth of assets through appreciation and net investment activity. Five closed-end registered investment companies managed by Mr. Gabelli have arrangements whereby the Investment Adviser will only receive its investment advisory fee attributable to the liquidation value of outstanding preferred shares (and Mr. Gabelli would only receive his percentage of such advisory fee) if certain performance levels are met. Mr. Gabelli manages other accounts with performance fees. Compensation for managing these accounts has two components. One component of the fee is based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Investment Adviser for managing the account. The second component is based on absolute performance of the account, with respect to which a percentage of such performance fee is paid to Mr. Gabelli. As an executive officer of the Investment Adviser’s parent company, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Mr. Gabelli also receives ten percent of the net operating profits of the parent company. Mr. Gabelli receives no base salary, no annual bonus and no stock options.

23


Table of Contents

Portfolio Holdings Information
     Employees of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates will often have access to information concerning the portfolio holdings of the Fund. The Fund and the Investment Adviser have adopted policies and procedures that require all employees to safeguard proprietary information of the Fund, which includes information relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings as well as portfolio trading activity of the Investment Adviser with respect to the Fund (collectively, “Portfolio Holdings Information”). In addition, the Fund and the Investment Adviser have adopted policies and procedures providing that Portfolio Holdings Information may not be disclosed except to the extent that it is (a) made available to the general public by posting on the Fund’s website or filed as a part of a required filing on Form N-Q or N-CSR or (b) provided to a third party for legitimate business purposes or regulatory purposes, that has agreed to keep such data confidential under terms approved by the Investment Adviser’s legal department or outside counsel, as described below. The Investment Adviser will examine each situation under (b) with a view to determine that release of the information is in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders and, if a potential conflict between the Investment Adviser’s interests and the Fund’s interests arises, to have such conflict resolved by the Chief Compliance Officer or those Trustees who are not considered to be “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act (the “‘Independent Trustees”). These policies further provide that no officer of the Fund or employee of the Investment Adviser shall communicate with the media about the Fund without obtaining the advance consent of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, or General Counsel of the Investment Adviser.
     Under the foregoing policies, the Fund currently may disclose Portfolio Holdings Information in the circumstances outlined below. Disclosure generally may be either on a monthly or quarterly basis with no time lag in some cases and with a time lag of up to 60 days in other cases (with the exception of proxy voting services which require a regular download of data):
  (1)   To regulatory authorities in response to requests for such information and with the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund;
 
  (2)   To mutual fund rating and statistical agencies and to persons performing similar functions where there is a legitimate business purpose for such disclosure and such entity has agreed to keep such data confidential at least until it has been made public by the Investment Adviser;
 
  (3)   To service providers of the Fund, as necessary for the performance of their services to the Fund and to the Board; the Fund’s anticipated service providers are its administrator, transfer agent, custodian, independent registered public accounting firm, and legal counsel;
 
  (4)   To firms providing proxy voting and other proxy services, provided such entity has agreed to keep such data confidential until at least it has been made public by the Investment Adviser;
 
  (5)   To certain broker dealers, investment advisers, and other financial intermediaries for purposes of their performing due diligence on the Fund and not for dissemination of this information to their clients or use of this information to conduct trading for their clients. Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Information in these circumstances requires the broker, dealer, investment adviser, or financial intermediary to agree to keep such information confidential and is further subject to prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund and to reporting to the Board at the next quarterly meeting; and
 
  (6)   To consultants for purposes of performing analysis of the Fund, which analysis (but not the Portfolio Holdings Information) may be used by the consultant with its clients or disseminated to the public, provided that such entity shall have agreed to keep such information confidential until at least it has been made public by the Investment Adviser.
Disclosures made pursuant to a confidentiality agreement are subject to periodic confirmation by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund that the recipient has utilized such information solely in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Neither the Fund nor the Investment Adviser, nor any of the Investment Adviser’s affiliates will accept on behalf of itself, its affiliates, or the Fund any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings of the Fund. The Board will review such arrangements annually with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer.

24


Table of Contents

Ownership of Shares in the Fund
     As of December 31, 2010, the portfolio manager of the Fund owns the following amounts of equity securities of the Fund.
Mario J. Gabelli   Over $1,000,000
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
     The Fund, along with other closed-end registered investment companies advised by the Investment Adviser, has obtained an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder permitting it to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains provided that any distribution policy of the Fund with respect to its common shares calls for periodic ( e.g. , quarterly or semi-annually, but in no event more frequently than monthly) distributions in an amount equal to a fixed percentage of the Fund’s average net asset value over a specified period of time or market price per common share at or about the time of distribution or payment of a fixed dollar amount. The exemption also permits the Fund to make distributions with respect to its preferred shares in accordance with the terms of such shares. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan.”
     If the total distributions required by a periodic pay-out policy exceed the Fund’s net investment income and net capital gain, the excess will be treated as a return of capital. Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net profit. Distributions sourced from paid-in-capital should not be considered the current yield or the total return from an investment in the Fund. If the Fund’s net investment income (including net short-term capital gains) and net long-term capital gains for any year exceed the amount required to be distributed under a periodic pay-out policy, the Fund generally intends to pay such excess once a year, but may, in its discretion, retain and not distribute net long-term capital gains to the extent of such excess. The Fund reserves the right, but does not currently intend, to retain for reinvestment and pay the resulting U.S. federal income taxes on the excess of its net realized long-term capital gains over its net short-term capital losses, if any. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plans.”
AUCTIONS FOR AUCTION RATE PREFERRED SHARES
     The Fund’s Series B Auction Rate Preferred is a type of preferred shares that pays dividends that vary over time. Prior to February 2008, the dividend rates were set through auctions run by an independent auction agent. Since February 2008, the auctions have failed and have continued to fail. “Failure” means that more Auction Rate Preferred Shares are offered for sale in the auction then there are bids to buy shares. During this period while auctions have continued to fail, holders of the Fund’s Auction Rate Preferred have received dividends at a “maximum” rate determined by reference to short term rates, rather than at a price set by auction. If auctions were to resume functioning, they would operate in accordance with the procedures described below.
Summary of Auction Procedures
     The following is a brief summary of the auction procedures for preferred shares that are auction rate preferred shares. These auction procedures are complicated, and there are exceptions to these procedures. Many of the terms in this section have a special meaning. Accordingly, this description does not purport to be complete and is qualified, in its entirety, by reference to the Fund’s Charter, including the provisions of the Statement of Preferences establishing any series of auction rate preferred shares.
     The auctions determine the dividend rate for auction rate preferred shares, but each dividend rate will not be higher than the maximum rate. If you own auction rate preferred shares, you may instruct your broker-dealer to enter one of three kinds of orders in the auction with respect to your shares: sell, bid and hold.
  If you enter a sell order, you indicate that you want to sell auction rate preferred shares at their liquidation preference per share, no matter what the next dividend period’s rate will be.
 
  If you enter a bid (or “hold at a rate”) order, which must specify a dividend rate, you indicate that you want to sell auction rate preferred shares only if the next dividend period’s rate is less than the rate you specify.

25


Table of Contents

  If you enter a hold order you indicate that you want to continue to own auction rate preferred shares, no matter what the next dividend period’s rate will be.
     You may enter different types of orders for different portions of your auction rate preferred shares. You may also enter an order to buy additional auction rate preferred shares. All orders must be for whole shares of stock. All orders you submit are irrevocable. There is a fixed number of auction rate preferred shares, and the dividend rate likely will vary from auction to auction depending on the number of bidders, the number of shares the bidders seek to buy, the rating of the auction rate preferred shares and general economic conditions including current interest rates. If you own auction rate preferred shares and submit a bid for them higher than the then-maximum rate, your bid will be treated as a sell order. If you do not enter an order, the broker-dealer will assume that you want to continue to hold auction rate preferred shares, but if you fail to submit an order and the dividend period is longer than 28 days, the broker-dealer will treat your failure to submit a bid as a sell order.
     If you do not then own auction rate preferred shares, or want to buy more shares, you may instruct a broker-dealer to enter a bid order to buy shares in an auction at the liquidation preference per share at or above the dividend rate you specify. If your bid for shares you do not own specifies a rate higher than the then-maximum rate, your bid will not be considered.
     Broker-dealers will submit orders from existing and potential holders of auction rate preferred shares to the auction agent. Neither the Fund nor the auction agent will be responsible for a broker-dealer’s failure to submit orders from existing or potential holders of auction rate preferred shares. A broker-dealer’s failure to submit orders for auction rate preferred shares held by it or its customers will be treated in the same manner as a holder’s failure to submit an order to the broker-dealer. A broker-dealer may submit orders to the auction agent for its own account. The Fund may not submit an order in any auction.
     After each auction for the auction rate preferred shares the auction agent will pay to each broker-dealer, from funds provided by the Fund, a service charge equal to, in the case shares of any auction immediately preceding a dividend period of less than 365 days, the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such dividend period and the denominator of which is 365, times (ii) 1 /4 of 1%, times (iii) the liquidation preference per share, times (iv) the aggregate number of auction rate preferred shares placed by such broker-dealer at such auction or, in the case of any auction immediately preceding a dividend period of one year or longer, a percentage of the purchase price of the auction rate preferred shares placed by the broker-dealer at the auction agreed to by the Fund and the broker-dealers.
     If the number of auction rate preferred shares subject to bid orders by potential holders with a dividend rate equal to or lower than the then-maximum rate is at least equal to the number of auction rate preferred shares subject to sell orders, then the dividend rate for the next dividend period will be the lowest rate submitted which, taking into account that rate and all lower rates submitted in order from existing and potential holders, would result in existing and potential holders owning all the auction rate preferred shares available for purchase in the auction.
     If the number of auction rate preferred shares subject to bid orders by potential holders with a dividend rate equal to or lower than the then-maximum rate is less than the number of auction rate preferred shares subject to sell orders, then the auction is considered to be a failed auction, and the dividend rate will be the maximum rate. In that event, existing holders that have submitted sell orders (or are treated as having submitted sell orders) may not be able to sell any or all of the auction rate preferred shares offered for sale than there are buyers for those shares.
     If broker-dealers submit or are deemed to submit hold orders for all outstanding auction rate preferred shares, the auction is considered an “all hold” auction and the dividend rate for the next dividend period will be the “all hold rate,” which is 80% of the “AA” Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate, as determined in accordance with procedures set forth in the Articles Supplementary establishing the auction rate preferred shares.
     The auction procedures include a pro rata allocation of auction rate preferred shares for purchase and sale. This allocation process may result in an existing holder continuing to hold or selling, or a potential holder buying, fewer shares than the number of shares of auction rate preferred shares in its order. If this happens, broker-dealers will be required to make appropriate pro rata allocations among their respective customers.
     Settlement of purchases and sales will be made on the next business day (which also is a dividend payment date) after the auction date through DTC. Purchasers will pay for their auction rate preferred shares through broker-dealers in same-day funds to DTC against delivery to the broker-dealers. DTC will make payment to the sellers’ broker-dealers in accordance with its normal procedures, which require broker-dealers to make payment against delivery in same-day funds. As used in this SAI, a business day is a day on which the NYSE is open for trading, and which is not a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or obligated by law to close.

26


Table of Contents

     The first auction for a series of auction rate preferred shares will be held on the date specified in the Prospectus Supplement for such series, which will be the business day preceding the dividend payment date for the initial dividend period. Thereafter, except during special dividend periods, auctions for such series auction rate preferred shares normally will be held within the frequency specified in the Prospectus Supplement for such series, and each subsequent dividend period for such series auction rate preferred shares normally will begin on the following day.
     If an auction is not held because an unforeseen event or unforeseen events cause a day that otherwise would have been an auction date not to be a business day, then the length of the then-current dividend period will be extended by seven days (or a multiple thereof if necessary because of such unforeseen event or events), the applicable rate for such period will be the applicable rate for the then-current dividend period so extended and the dividend payment date for such dividend period will be the first business day immediately succeeding the end of such period.
     The following is a simplified example of how a typical auction works. Assume that the Fund has 1,000 outstanding shares of auction rate preferred shares and three current holders. The three current holders and three potential holders submit orders through broker-dealers at the auction.
         
Current Holder A
  Owns 500 shares, wants to sell all 500 shares if auction rate is less than 4.6%   Bid order at 4.6% rate for all 500 shares
 
       
Current Holder B
  Owns 300 shares, wants to hold   Hold order will take the auction rate
 
       
Current Holder C
  Owns 200 shares, wants to sell all 200 shares if auction rate is less than 4.4%   Bid order at 4.4% rate for all 200 shares
 
       
Potential Holder D
  Wants to buy 200 shares   Places order to buy at or above 4.5%
 
       
Potential Holder E
  Wants to buy 300 shares   Places order to buy at or above 4.4%
 
       
Potential Holder F
  Wants to buy 200 shares   Places order to buy at or above 4.6%
     The lowest dividend rate that will result in all 1,000 auction rate preferred shares continuing to be held is 4.5% (the offer by D). Therefore, the dividend rate will be 4.5%. Current holders B and C will continue to own their shares. Current holder A will sell its shares because A’s dividend rate bid was higher than the dividend rate: Potential holder D will buy 200 shares and potential holder E will buy 300 shares because their bid rates were at or below the dividend rate. Potential holder F will not buy any shares because its bid rate was above the dividend rate.
Secondary Market Trading and Transfer of Auction Rate Preferred Shares
     The underwriters shall not be required to make a market in the auction rate preferred shares. The broker-dealers (including the underwriters) may maintain a secondary trading market for outside of auctions, but they are not required to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary trading market for the auction rate preferred shares will develop or, if it does develop, that it will provide owners with liquidity of investment. The auction rate preferred shares will not be registered on any stock exchange. Investors who purchase auction rate preferred shares in an auction for a special dividend period should note that because the dividend rate on such shares will be fixed for the length of that dividend period, the value of such shares may fluctuate in response to the changes in interest rates and may be more or less than their original cost if sold on the open market in advance of the next auction thereof, depending on market conditions.
     You may sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of the auction rate preferred shares in the auction process only in whole shares and only pursuant to a bid or sell order placed with the auction agent in accordance with the auction procedures, to the Fund or its affiliates or to or through a broker-dealer that has been selected by the Fund or to such other persons as may be permitted by the Fund. However, if you hold your auction rate preferred shares in the name of a broker-dealer, a sale or transfer of your auction rate preferred shares to that broker dealer, or to another customer of that broker-dealer, will not be considered a sale or transfer for purposes of the foregoing if the shares remain in the name of the broker-dealer immediately after your transaction. In addition, in the case of all transfers other than through an auction, the broker-dealer (or other person, if the Fund permits) receiving the transfer must advise the auction agent of the transfer. These procedures would not limit a holder’s ability to sell its auction rate preferred shares in a secondary market transaction.

27


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
     Subject to policies established by the Board, the Investment Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Fund. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. There may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Fund. However, Gabelli & Company, Inc. may execute transactions in the over-the-counter markets on an agency basis and receive a stated commission therefrom. To the extent consistent with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and exemptions adopted by the SEC thereunder, as well as other regulatory requirements, the Board has determined that portfolio transactions may be executed through Gabelli & Company, Inc. and its broker-dealer affiliates if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, the use of those broker-dealers is likely to result in price and execution at least as favorable as those of other qualified broker-dealers, and if, in particular transactions, the affiliated broker-dealers charge the Fund a rate consistent with that charged to comparable unaffiliated customers in similar transactions and comparable to rates charged by other broker-dealers for similar transactions. The Fund has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Investment Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Investment Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest commission available.
     Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research, market and statistical information, or other services (e.g., wire services) to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. The term “research, market and statistical information” includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Investment Adviser under the Advisory Agreement and the expenses of the Investment Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information. Such information may be useful to the Investment Adviser and its affiliates in providing services to clients other than the Fund, and not all such information is used by the Investment Adviser in connection with the Fund. Conversely, such information provided to the Investment Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the Investment Adviser in providing services to the Fund.
     Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those for the other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Fund may also be made for those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Fund and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in a manner deemed fair and equitable over time to all of the accounts, including the Fund.
     For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, the Fund paid a total of $38,268, $20,304, and $25,977, respectively, in brokerage commissions, of which Gabelli & Company and its affiliates received, $29,726, $20,304, and $25,976, respectively. The amount received by Gabelli & Company and its affiliates from the Fund in respect of brokerage commissions for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 represented approximately 94% of the aggregate dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for such period and approximately 86% of the aggregate dollar amount of transactions by the Fund for such period.

28


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
     The portfolio turnover rates of the Fund for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 were 4% and 1%, respectively. The Fund does not engage in the trading of securities for the purpose of realizing short-term profits, but adjusts its portfolio as it deems advisable in view of prevailing or anticipated market conditions to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of an investment company’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the monthly average value of securities in its portfolio during the year, excluding portfolio securities the maturities of which at the time of acquisition were one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expense than a lower rate, which expense must be borne by the Fund and indirectly by its shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate may vary from year to year and will not be a factor when the Investment Adviser determines that portfolio changes are appropriate. A higher rate of portfolio turnover may also result in taxable gains being passed to shareholders sooner than would otherwise be the case.
TAXATION
     The following discussion is a brief summary of certain federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s shares. This discussion assumes you are a U.S. person and that you hold your shares as capital assets. This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. Counsel to the Fund has not rendered and will not render any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences relating to the Fund or an investment in the Fund. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders (including shareholders owning large positions in the Fund).
      The discussions set forth herein and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
Taxation of the Fund
     The Fund has qualified, and intends to continue to qualify, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (a “RIC”). Accordingly, the Fund will, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs), (II) any two or more issuers in which the Fund owns more than 20% or more of the voting securities and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
     The investments of the Fund in partnerships, including Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities. Although in general the passive loss

29


Table of Contents

rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
     As a RIC, the Fund generally is not or will not be, as the case may be, subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to shareholders, if it distributes at least 90% of the sum of the Fund’s (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than any net long-term capital gain, reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income.
     Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax at the Fund level. To avoid the tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the fund’s fiscal year), and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which a fund paid no federal income tax. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
     A distribution will be treated as paid during the calendar year if it is paid during the calendar year or declared by the Fund in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following year. Any such distributions paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received no later than December 31 of the year the distributions are declared, rather than when the distributions are received.
     If the Fund were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC in any year, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Fund’s shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Fund would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
     Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
     Foreign currency gain or loss on non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities and on any non-U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts, options and forward contracts that are not section 1256 contracts (as defined below) generally will be treated as ordinary income and loss.
     Investments by the Fund in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could subject such fund to federal income tax (including interest charges) on certain distributions or dispositions with respect to those investments which cannot be eliminated by making distributions to shareholders. Elections may be available to the Fund to mitigate the effect of this tax provided that the PFIC complies with certain reporting requirements, but such elections generally accelerate the recognition of income without the receipt of cash. Dividends paid by PFICs will not qualify for the reduced tax rates discussed below under “Taxation of Shareholders.”
     The Fund may invest in debt obligations purchased at a discount with the result that the Fund may be required to accrue income for U.S. federal income tax purposes before amounts due under the obligations are paid. The Fund may also invest in securities rated in the medium to lower rating categories of nationally recognized rating organizations, and in unrated securities (“high yield securities”). A portion of the interest payments on such high yield securities may be treated as dividends for certain U.S. federal income tax purposes.
     As a result of investing in stock of PFICs or securities purchased at a discount or any other investment that produces income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund could be required to include in current

30


Table of Contents

income, income it has not yet received. Any such income would be treated as income earned by the Fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. This might prevent the Fund from distributing 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required in order to avoid Fund-level federal income taxation on all of its income, or might prevent the Fund from distributing enough ordinary income and capital gain net income to avoid completely the imposition of the excise tax. To avoid this result, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.
     If the Fund does not meet the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act and the Statement of Preferences, the Fund will be required to suspend distributions to the holders of common shares until the asset coverage is restored. Such a suspension of distributions might prevent the Fund from distributing 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required in order to avoid fund-level federal income taxation on all of its income, or might prevent the fund from distributing enough income and capital gain net income to avoid completely imposition of the excise tax.
     Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause a fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.
Foreign Taxes
     Since the Fund may invest in foreign securities, income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Fund expects to invest less than 35% of its total assets in foreign securities. As long as the Fund continues to invest less than 35% of its assets in foreign securities it will not be eligible to elect to “pass-through” to shareholders of a fund the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.
Taxation of Shareholders
     The Fund will determine either to distribute or to retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a tax of 35% of such amount. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom (i) will be required to include in income for tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its shares of the Fund by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such shareholder’s gross income.
     Distributions paid by the Fund from its investment company taxable income, which includes net short-term capital gain, generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. Such distributions, if reported by the Fund, may, however, qualify (provided holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund and its shareholders) (i) for the dividends received deduction available to corporations, but only to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and (ii) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, as qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced maximum federal tax rate to individuals of generally 15% (currently 0% for individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that the Fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualifying comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or whose shares with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A qualified foreign corporation does not include a foreign corporation which for the taxable year of the corporation in which the dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year, is a PFIC. If the Fund engages in certain securities lending transactions, the amount received by the Fund that is the equivalent of the dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned will not be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment. Distributions of net capital gain reported as capital gain distributions, if any, are taxable to shareholders at rates applicable to long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long the shareholder has held the Fund’s shares. Capital gain distributions are not eligible for the dividends received deduction. The maximum federal tax rate on net long-term capital gain is currently 15% (for individuals in lower brackets). The maximum rate on long-term capital gain is scheduled to rise to 20% for gains realized in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Unrecaptured Section 1250

31


Table of Contents

gain distributions, if any, will be subject to a 25% tax. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a holder’s shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such holder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). Investment company taxable income (other than qualified dividend income) will currently be taxed at a maximum rate of 35%. For corporate taxpayers, both investment company taxable income and net capital gain are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%.
     Beginning in 2013, a 3.8 percent Medicare contribution tax will be imposed on net investment income, including interest, dividends, and capital gain, of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 (or $250,000 if married filing jointly), and of estates and trusts.
     If an individual receives a dividend that is eligible for qualified dividend income treatment, and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” any loss on the sale or exchange of shares in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 5% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.
     The IRS currently requires that a registered investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income, capital gains, dividends qualifying for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”) and qualified dividend income) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, the Fund intends each year to allocate capital gain dividends, dividends qualifying for the DRD and dividends that constitute qualified dividend income, if any, between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits to each class with respect to such tax year. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, however, will not be allocated proportionately among the common shares and preferred shares. Since the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be used to pay dividends on its preferred shares, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits, if any, will be made disproportionately to holders of common shares.
     Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain distributions (but not distributions eligible for qualified dividend income treatment) with capital loss. There are a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital loss may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital loss are urged to consult their tax advisers.
     The price of shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.
     Certain types of income received by the Fund from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are Fund shareholders.
     Upon a sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of shares, a shareholder will generally realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced by substantially identical shares within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
     Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares.

32


Table of Contents

     Ordinary income distributions and capital gain distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
     Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of each of the Fund’s taxable years regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the Fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.
     In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October and certain ordinary losses realized after December until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.
     If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
     Dividends paid or distributions made by the Fund to shareholders who are non-resident aliens or foreign entities (“foreign investors”) are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a foreign investor will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid or distributions made to a foreign investor who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends or distributions are effectively connected with the foreign investor’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends or distributions will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the foreign investor were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends or distributions may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A foreign investor who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.
     A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on dividends and redemption proceeds paid after December 31, 2012, to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to enter into agreements with the IRS regarding providing the IRS information including the name, address and taxpayer identification number of direct and indirect U.S. account holders, to comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, to report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, to agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information, and to determine certain other information as to their account holders. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.
     In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund.
Backup Withholding
     The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
     The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations presently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and the Treasury regulations are subject to change by legislative, judicial or

33


Table of Contents

administrative action, either prospectively or retroactively. Persons considering an investment in shares of the Fund should consult their own tax advisers regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund.
      The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations presently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and the Treasury regulations are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, either prospectively or retroactively. Persons considering an investment in shares of the Fund should consult their own tax advisers regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of Fund shares.
BENEFICIAL OWNERS
     As of December 31, 2010, there were no persons known to the Fund to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Fund’s outstanding common shares.
     As of December 31, 2010, the Trustees and Officers of the Fund as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund’s outstanding common shares.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Book-Entry-Only Issuance
     The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) will act as securities depository for the securities offered pursuant to the Prospectus. The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system is based upon information obtained from DTC. The securities offered hereby initially will be issued only as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (as nominee for DTC). One or more fully-registered global security certificates initially will be issued, representing in the aggregate the total number of securities, and deposited with DTC.
     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilities the settlement among participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly through other entities.
     Purchases of securities within the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of a security, a beneficial owner, is in turn to be recorded on the direct or indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchases, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participants through which the beneficial owners purchased securities. Transfers of ownership interests in securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in securities, except as provided herein.
     DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities being offered pursuant to the prospectus; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
     Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

34


Table of Contents

     Payments on the securities will be made to DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts on the relevant payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payments on such payment date. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participant and not of DTC or the Fund, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of distributions to DTC is the responsibility of the Fund, disbursement of such payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants. Furthermore each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights under the securities.
     DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates representing the securities will be printed and delivered.
Proxy Voting Procedures
     The Fund has adopted the proxy voting procedures of the Investment Adviser and has directed the Investment Adviser to vote all proxies relating to the Fund’s voting securities in accordance with such procedures. The proxy voting procedures are attached. They are also on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C., and information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 202-551-8090. The proxy voting procedures are also available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s internet site (http://www.sec.gov) and copies of the proxy voting procedures may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the follow E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
Code of Ethics
     The Fund and the Investment Adviser have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The code of ethics permits personnel, subject to the code of ethics and its restrictive provisions, to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a fund in the Fund Complex. This code of ethics sets forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Fund, the Investment Adviser and their affiliates. For example, such persons may not purchase any security for which the Fund has a purchase or sale order pending, or for which such trade is under consideration. In addition, those trustees/directors, officers and employees that are principally involved in investment decisions for client accounts are prohibited from purchasing or selling for their own account for a period of seven days a security that has been traded for a client’s account, unless such trade is executed on more favorable terms for the client’s account and it is determined that such trade will not adversely affect the client’s account. Short-term trading by such trustees/directors, officers and employees for their own accounts in securities held by a Fund client’s account is also restricted. The above examples are subject to certain exceptions and they do not represent all of the trading restrictions and policies set forth by the code of ethics. The code of ethics is on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C., and information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The code of ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
Joint Code of Ethics for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers
     The Fund and the Investment Adviser have adopted a joint code of ethics that serves as a code of conduct. The joint code of ethics sets forth policies to guide the chief executive and senior financial officers in the performance of their duties. The code of ethics is on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C., and information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 202-551-8090. The code of ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

35


Table of Contents

Financial Statements
     The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Fund’s shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2010 and together with the report of [ ] for the Fund’s annual report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s annual report to shareholders. All other portions of the annual report to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     [________] serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the Fund and audits the financial statements of the Fund. [________] is located at [________].

36


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A
GAMCO INVESTORS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
THE VOTING OF PROXIES ON BEHALF OF CLIENTS
     Rules 204(4)-2 and 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 require investment advisers to adopt written policies and procedures governing the voting of proxies on behalf of their clients.
     These procedures will be used by GAMCO Asset Management Inc., Gabelli Funds, LLC, Gabelli Securities, Inc., and Teton Advisors, Inc. (collectively, the “Advisers”) to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by their clients, including the procedures that the Advisers use when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the shareholders of an investment company managed by one of the Advisers, on the one hand, and those of the Advisers; the principal underwriter; or any affiliated person of the investment company, the Advisers, or the principal underwriter. These procedures will not apply where the Advisers do not have voting discretion or where the Advisers have agreed to with a client to vote the client’s proxies in accordance with specific guidelines or procedures supplied by the client (to the extent permitted by ERISA).
I. Proxy Voting Committee
     The Proxy Voting Committee was originally formed in April 1989 for the purpose of formulating guidelines and reviewing proxy statements within the parameters set by the substantive proxy voting guidelines originally published in 1988 and updated periodically, a copy of which are appended as Exhibit A. The Committee will include representatives of Research, Administration, Legal, and the Advisers. Additional or replacement members of the Committee will be nominated by the Chairman and voted upon by the entire Committee.
     Meetings are held on an as needed basis to form views on the manner in which the Advisers should vote proxies on behalf of their clients.
     In general, the Director of Proxy Voting Services, using the Proxy Guidelines, recommendations of Institutional Shareholder Corporate Governance Service (“ISS”), other third-party services and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, Inc., will determine how to vote on each issue. For non-controversial matters, the Director of Proxy Voting Services may vote the proxy if the vote is (1) consistent with the recommendations of the issuer’s Board of Directors and not contrary to the Proxy Guidelines; (2) consistent with the recommendations of the issuer’s Board of Directors and is a non-controversial issue not covered by the Proxy Guidelines; or (3) the vote is contrary to the recommendations of the Board of Directors but is consistent with the Proxy Guidelines. In those instances, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Chairman of the Committee may sign and date the proxy statement indicating how each issue will be voted.
     All matters identified by the Chairman of the Committee, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department as controversial, taking into account the recommendations of ISS or other third party services and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, Inc., will be presented to the Proxy Voting Committee. If the Chairman of the Committee, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department has identified the matter as one that (1) is controversial; (2) would benefit from deliberation by the Proxy Voting Committee; or (3) may give rise to a conflict of interest between the Advisers and their clients, the Chairman of the Committee will initially determine what vote to recommend that the Advisers should cast and the matter will go before the Committee.
     A. Conflicts of Interest.
     The Advisers have implemented these proxy voting procedures in order to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing their proxy voting decisions. By following the Proxy Guidelines, as well as the recommendations of ISS, other third-party services and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, the Advisers are able to avoid, wherever possible, the influence of potential conflicts of interest. Nevertheless, circumstances may arise in which one or more of the Advisers are faced with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest in connection with its vote. In general, a conflict of interest may arise when an Adviser knowingly does business with an issuer, and may appear to have a material conflict between its own interests and

A-1


Table of Contents

the interests of the shareholders of an investment company managed by one of the Advisers regarding how the proxy is to be voted. A conflict also may exist when an Adviser has actual knowledge of a material business arrangement between an issuer and an affiliate of the Adviser.
     In practical terms, a conflict of interest may arise, for example, when a proxy is voted for a company that is a client of one of the Advisers, such as GAMCO Asset Management Inc. A conflict also may arise when a client of one of the Advisers has made a shareholder proposal in a proxy to be voted upon by one or more of the Advisers. The Director of Proxy Voting Services, together with the Legal Department, will scrutinize all proxies for these or other situations that may give rise to a conflict of interest with respect to the voting of proxies.
     B. Operation of Proxy Voting Committee
     For matters submitted to the Committee, each member of the Committee will receive, prior to the meeting, a copy of the proxy statement, any relevant third party research, a summary of any views provided by the Chief Investment Officer and any recommendations by Gabelli & Company, Inc. analysts. The Chief Investment Officer or the Gabelli & Company, Inc. analysts may be invited to present their viewpoints. If the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department believe that the matter before the committee is one with respect to which a conflict of interest may exist between the Advisers and their clients, counsel will provide an opinion to the Committee concerning the conflict. If the matter is one in which the interests of the clients of one or more of Advisers may diverge, counsel will so advise and the Committee may make different recommendations as to different clients. For any matters where the recommendation may trigger appraisal rights, counsel will provide an opinion concerning the likely risks and merits of such an appraisal action.
     Each matter submitted to the Committee will be determined by the vote of a majority of the members present at the meeting. Should the vote concerning one or more recommendations be tied in a vote of the Committee, the Chairman of the Committee will cast the deciding vote. The Committee will notify the proxy department of its decisions and the proxies will be voted accordingly.
     Although the Proxy Guidelines express the normal preferences for the voting of any shares not covered by a contrary investment guideline provided by the client, the Committee is not bound by the preferences set forth in the Proxy Guidelines and will review each matter on its own merits. Written minutes of all Proxy Voting Committee meetings will be maintained. The Advisers subscribe to ISS, which supplies current information on companies, matters being voted on, regulations, trends in proxy voting and information on corporate governance issues.
     If the vote cast either by the analyst or as a result of the deliberations of the Proxy Voting Committee runs contrary to the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the issuer, the matter will be referred to legal counsel to determine whether an amendment to the most recently filed Schedule 13D is appropriate.
II. Social Issues and Other Client Guidelines
     If a client has provided special instructions relating to the voting of proxies, they should be noted in the client’s account file and forwarded to the proxy department. This is the responsibility of the investment professional or sales assistant for the client. In accordance with Department of Labor guidelines, the Advisers’ policy is to vote on behalf of ERISA accounts in the best interest of the plan participants with regard to social issues that carry an economic impact. Where an account is not governed by ERISA, the Advisers will vote shares held on behalf of the client in a manner consistent with any individual investment/voting guidelines provided by the client. Otherwise the Advisers will abstain with respect to those shares.
III. Client Retention of Voting Rights
     If a client chooses to retain the right to vote proxies or if there is any change in voting authority, the following should be notified by the investment professional or sales assistant for the client.
  Operations
 
  Legal Department

A-2


Table of Contents

  Proxy Department
 
  Investment professional assigned to the account
     In the event that the Board of Directors (or a Committee thereof) of one or more of the investment companies managed by one of the Advisers has retained direct voting control over any security, the Proxy Voting Department will provide each Board Member (or Committee member) with a copy of the proxy statement together with any other relevant information including recommendations of ISS or other third-party services.
IV. Voting Records
     The Proxy Voting Department will retain a record of matters voted upon by the Advisers for their clients. The Advisers will supply information on how an account voted its proxies upon request.
     A letter is sent to the custodians for all clients for which the Advisers have voting responsibility instructing them to forward all proxy materials to:
     [Adviser name]
     
Attn:
  Proxy Voting Department
 
  One Corporate Center
 
  Rye, New York 10580-1433
     The sales assistant sends the letters to the custodians along with the trading/DTC instructions. Proxy voting records will be retained in compliance with Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act.
V. Voting Procedures
     1. Custodian banks, outside brokerage firms and clearing firms are responsible for forwarding proxies directly to the Advisers.
     Proxies are received in one of two forms:
    Shareholder Vote Authorization Forms (“VAFs”)—Issued by Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”) VAFs must be voted through the issuing institution causing a time lag. Broadridge is an outside service contracted by the various institutions to issue proxy materials.
 
    Proxy cards which may be voted directly.
     2. Upon receipt of the proxy, the number of shares each form represents is logged into the proxy system according to security.
     3. In the case of a discrepancy such as an incorrect number of shares, an improperly signed or dated card, wrong class of security, etc., the issuing custodian is notified by phone. A corrected proxy is requested. Any arrangements are made to insure that a proper proxy is received in time to be voted (overnight delivery, fax, etc.). When securities are out on loan on record date, the custodian is requested to supply written verification.
     4. Upon receipt of instructions from the proxy committee (see Administrative), the votes are cast and recorded for each account on an individual basis.
     Records have been maintained on the Proxy Edge system. The system is backed up regularly.

A-3


Table of Contents

PROXY EDGE RECORDS INCLUDE:
Security Name and Cusip Number
Date and Type of Meeting (Annual, Special, Contest) Client Name
Adviser or Fund Account Number
Directors’ Recommendation
How GAMCO voted for the client on each issue
     5. VAFs are kept alphabetically by security. Records for the current proxy season are located in the Proxy Voting Department office. In preparation for the upcoming season, files are transferred to an offsite storage facility during January/February.
     6. Shareholder Vote Authorization Forms issued by Broadridge are always sent directly to a specific individual at Broadridge.
     7. If a proxy card or VAF is received too late to be voted in the conventional matter, every attempt is made to vote on one of the following manners:
    VAFs can be faxed to Broadridge up until the time of the meeting. This is followed up by mailing the original form.
 
    When a solicitor has been retained, the solicitor is called. At the solicitor’s direction, the proxy is faxed.
     8. In the case of a proxy contest, records are maintained for each opposing entity.
     9. Voting in Person
     (a) At times it may be necessary to vote the shares in person. In this case, a “legal proxy” is obtained in the following manner:
    Banks and brokerage firms using the services at Broadridge:
     The back of the VAF is stamped indicating that we wish to vote in person. The forms are then sent overnight to Broadridge. Broadridge issues individual legal proxies and sends them back via overnight (or the Adviser can pay messenger charges). A lead-time of at least two weeks prior to the meeting is needed to do this. Alternatively, the procedures detailed below for banks not using Broadridge may be implemented.
    Banks and brokerage firms issuing proxies directly:
     The bank is called and/or faxed and a legal proxy is requested.
    All legal proxies should appoint:
     “REPRESENTATIVE OF [ADVISER NAME] WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION.”
     (b) The legal proxies are given to the person attending the meeting along with the following supplemental material:
    A limited Power of Attorney appointing the attendee an Adviser representative.
 
    A list of all shares being voted by custodian only. Client names and account numbers are not included. This list must be presented, along with the proxies, to the Inspectors of Elections and/or tabulator at least one-half hour prior to the scheduled start of the meeting. The tabulator must “qualify” the votes (i.e. determine if the votes have previously been cast, if the votes have been rescinded, etc.).
 
    A sample ERISA and Individual contract.
 
    A sample of the annual authorization to vote proxies form.
 
    A copy of our most recent Schedule 13D filing (if applicable).

A-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit A
Proxy Guidelines
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT
     It is the policy of GAMCO Investors, Inc. to vote in the best economic interests of our clients. As we state in our Magna Carta of Shareholders Rights, established in May 1988, we are neither for nor against management. We are for shareholders.
     At our first proxy committee meeting in 1989, it was decided that each proxy statement should be evaluated on its own merits within the framework first established by our Magna Carta of Shareholders Rights. The attached guidelines serve to enhance that broad framework.
     We do not consider any issue routine. We take into consideration all of our research on the company, its directors, and their short and long-term goals for the company. In cases where issues that we generally do not approve of are combined with other issues, the negative aspects of the issues will be factored into the evaluation of the overall proposals but will not necessitate a vote in opposition to the overall proposals.
Board of Directors
     The advisers do not consider the election of the Board of Directors a routine issue. Each slate of directors is evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
     Factors taken into consideration include:
  Historical responsiveness to shareholders
     This may include such areas as:
  Paying greenmail
 
  Failure to adopt shareholder resolutions receiving a majority of shareholder votes
 
  Qualifications
 
  Nominating committee in place
 
  Number of outside directors on the board
 
  Attendance at meetings
 
  Overall performance
Selection of Auditors
     In general, we support the Board of Directors’ recommendation for auditors.
Blank Check Preferred Stock
     We oppose the issuance of blank check preferred stock.
     Blank check preferred stock allows the company to issue stock and establish dividends, voting rights, etc. without further shareholder approval.
Classified Board
     A classified board is one where the directors are divided into classes with overlapping terms. A different class is elected at each annual meeting.

A-5


Table of Contents

     While a classified board promotes continuity of directors facilitating long range planning, we feel directors should be accountable to shareholders on an annual basis. We will look at this proposal on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the board’s historical responsiveness to the rights of shareholders.
     Where a classified board is in place we will generally not support attempts to change to an annually elected board.
     When an annually elected board is in place, we generally will not support attempts to classify the board.
Increase Authorized Common Stock
     The request to increase the amount of outstanding shares is considered on a case-by-case basis.
     Factors taken into consideration include:
  Future use of additional shares
 
  Stock split
 
  Stock option or other executive compensation plan
 
  Finance growth of company/strengthen balance sheet
 
  Aid in restructuring
 
  Improve credit rating
 
  Implement a poison pill or other takeover defense
 
  Amount of stock currently authorized but not yet issued or reserved for stock option plans
 
  Amount of additional stock to be authorized and its dilutive effect
     We will support this proposal if a detailed and verifiable plan for the use of the additional shares is contained in the proxy statement.
Confidential Ballot
     We support the idea that a shareholder’s identity and vote should be treated with confidentiality.
     However, we look at this issue on a case-by-case basis.
     In order to promote confidentiality in the voting process, we endorse the use of independent Inspectors of Election.
Cumulative Voting
     In general, we support cumulative voting.
     Cumulative voting is a process by which a shareholder may multiply the number of directors being elected by the number of shares held on record date and cast the total number for one candidate or allocate the voting among two or more candidates.
     Where cumulative voting is in place, we will vote against any proposal to rescind this shareholder right.
     Cumulative voting may result in a minority block of stock gaining representation on the board. When a proposal is made to institute cumulative voting, the proposal will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. While we feel that each board member should represent all shareholders, cumulative voting provides minority shareholders an opportunity to have their views represented.
Director Liability and Indemnification
     We support efforts to attract the best possible directors by limiting the liability and increasing the indemnification of directors, except in the case of insider dealing.

A-6


Table of Contents

Equal Access to the Proxy
     The SEC’s rules provide for shareholder resolutions. However, the resolutions are limited in scope and there is a 500 word limit on proponents’ written arguments. Management has no such limitations. While we support equal access to the proxy, we would look at such variables as length of time required to respond, percentage of ownership, etc.
Fair Price Provisions
     Charter provisions requiring a bidder to pay all shareholders a fair price are intended to prevent two-tier tender offers that may be abusive. Typically, these provisions do not apply to board-approved transactions.
     We support fair price provisions because we feel all shareholders should be entitled to receive the same benefits.
     Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Golden Parachutes
     Golden parachutes are severance payments to top executives who are terminated or demoted after a takeover.
     We support any proposal that would assure management of its own welfare so that they may continue to make decisions in the best interest of the company and shareholders even if the decision results in them losing their job. We do not, however, support excessive golden parachutes. Therefore, each proposal will be decided on a case-by-case basis.
      Note: Congress has imposed a tax on any parachute that is more than three times the executive’s average annual compensation.
Anti-Greenmail Proposals
     We do not support greenmail. An offer extended to one shareholder should be extended to all shareholders equally across the board.
Limit Shareholders’ Rights to Call Special Meetings
     We support the right of shareholders to call a special meeting.
Consideration of Nonfinancial Effects of a Merger
     This proposal releases the directors from only looking at the financial effects of a merger and allows them the opportunity to consider the merger’s effects on employees, the community, and consumers.
     As a fiduciary, we are obligated to vote in the best economic interests of our clients. In general, this proposal does not allow us to do that. Therefore, we generally cannot support this proposal.
     Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Mergers, Buyouts, Spin-Offs, Restructurings
     Each of the above is considered on a case-by-case basis. According to the Department of Labor, we are not required to vote for a proposal simply because the offering price is at a premium to the current market price. We may take into consideration the long term interests of the shareholders.
Military Issues
     Shareholder proposals regarding military production must be evaluated on a purely economic set of criteria for our ERISA clients. As such, decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.
     In voting on this proposal for our non- ERISA clients, we will vote according to the client’s direction when applicable. Where no direction has been given, we will vote in the best economic interests of our clients. It is not our duty to impose our social judgment on others.

A-7


Table of Contents

Northern Ireland
     Shareholder proposals requesting the signing of the MacBride principles for the purpose of countering the discrimination of Catholics in hiring practices must be evaluated on a purely economic set of criteria for our ERISA clients. As such, decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.
     In voting on this proposal for our non- ERISA clients, we will vote according to client direction when applicable. Where no direction has been given, we will vote in the best economic interests of our clients. It is not our duty to impose our social judgment on others.
Opt Out of State Anti-Takeover Law
     This shareholder proposal requests that a company opt out of the coverage of the state’s takeover statutes. Example: Delaware law requires that a buyer must acquire at least 85% of the company’s stock before the buyer can exercise control unless the board approves.
     We consider this on a case-by-case basis. Our decision will be based on the following:
  State of Incorporation
 
  Management history of responsiveness to shareholders
 
  Other mitigating factors
Poison Pill
     In general, we do not endorse poison pills.
     In certain cases where management has a history of being responsive to the needs of shareholders and the stock is very liquid, we will reconsider this position.
Reincorporation
     Generally, we support reincorporation for well-defined business reasons. We oppose reincorporation if proposed solely for the purpose of reincorporating in a state with more stringent anti-takeover statutes that may negatively impact the value of the stock.
Stock Option Plans
     Stock option plans are an excellent way to attract, hold and motivate directors and employees. However, each stock option plan must be evaluated on its own merits, taking into consideration the following:
  Dilution of voting power or earnings per share by more than 10%
 
  Kind of stock to be awarded, to whom, when and how much
 
  Method of payment
 
  Amount of stock already authorized but not yet issued under existing stock option plans
Supermajority Vote Requirements
     Supermajority vote requirements in a company’s charter or bylaws require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority of the outstanding shares. In general, we oppose supermajority-voting requirements. Supermajority requirements often exceed the average level of shareholder participation. We support proposals’ approvals by a simple majority of the shares voting.
Limit Shareholders Right to Act By Written Consent
     Written consent allows shareholders to initiate and carry on a shareholder action without having to wait until the next annual meeting or to call a special meeting. It permits action to be taken by the written consent of the same percentage of the shares that would be required to effect proposed action at a shareholder meeting.
     Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

A-8


Table of Contents

PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits
(1)   Financial Statements
  (a)   None
 
  (b)   Part A None
 
      Part B
 
      The following statements of the Registrant are incorporated by reference in Part B of the Registration Statement:
 
      Schedule of Investments at December 31, 2010
 
      Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2010
 
      Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
      Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
      Notes to Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Year Ended December 31, 2010
(2)   Exhibits
  (a)   (1) Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(4)
 
      (2) Statement of Preferences with respect to the 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares(2)
 
      (3) Statement of Preferences with respect to the Series B Auction Rate Cumulative Preferred Shares(2)
 
  (b)   Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant(4)
 
  (c)   Not applicable
 
  (d)   (1) Form of Registrant’s Common Share Certificate(3)
 
      (2) Form of Registrant’s 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Share Certificate(2)
 
      (3) Form of Registrant’s Series B Auction Market Preferred Share Certificate(2)
 
  (e)   Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan of Registrant(1)
 
  (f)   Not applicable
 
  (g)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Gabelli Funds, LLC(1)
 
  (h)   Form of Underwriting Agreement(5)
 
  (i)   Not applicable
 
  (j)   (1) Form of Custodian Contract between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon (1)
 
      (2) Form of Custodian Fee Schedule between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon (1)
 
  (k)   (1) Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement among Registrant, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and Computershare Inc. (4)

C-1


Table of Contents

      (2) Fee and Service Schedule for Stock Transfer Services among Registrant, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and Computershare Inc. (4)
 
      (3) Form of Auction Agency Agreement for the Series B Auction Rate Preferred Shares (2)
 
      (4) Form of Broker-Dealer Agreement for the Series B Auction Rate Preferred Shares (2)
 
      (5) Form of DTC Agreement for the Series B Auction Rate Preferred Shares (2)
 
  (l)   (1) Opinion and Consent of [_______] (5)
 
  (m)   Not applicable
 
  (n)   (1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting firm(5)
 
      (2) Powers of Attorney(6)
 
  (o)   Not applicable
 
  (p)   Not applicable
 
  (q)   Not applicable
 
  (r)   (1) Code of Ethics of the Investment Adviser and of the Registrant (4)
 
      (2) Joint Code of Ethics of the Investment Adviser and of the Registrant for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers of the Gabelli Funds (4)
(1)   Incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 1999.
 
(2)   Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2003.
 
(3)   Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 2004.
 
(4)   Filed herewith.
 
(5)   To be filed by amendment.
 
(6)   Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, File Nos. 333-149415 and 811-09243, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2008.
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
     See Exhibit 2(h) to this Registration Statement.
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
     The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:

C-2


Table of Contents

         
SEC registration fees
  $ 2,100  
NYSE listing fees
  $ 40,000  
Printing expenses
  $ 100,000  
Accounting fees
  $ 25,000  
Legal fees
  $ 150,000  
Rating agency fees
  $ 15,000  
Miscellaneous
  $ 92,900  
Total
  $ 425,000  
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
     None.
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities as of March 31, 2011
         
    Number of Record  
Title of Class   Holders  
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
    6,097  
5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares
    4  
Series B Auction Market Preferred Shares
    1  
Item 30. Indemnification
     The response of this Item is incorporated by reference to the caption “Limitation of Officers’ and Trustees Liability” in the Part B of this Registration Statement.
     Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933 Act may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered. Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
     The Investment Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of New York, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Investment Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Adviser filed with the SEC pursuant to the 1940 Act (Commission File No. 801-26202).
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
     The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the office of the Investment Adviser at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422, in part at the offices of the Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, 135 Santilli Highway, Massachusetts 02149, at the offices of the Fund’s Administrator, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware, 19809, and in part at the offices of Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
Item 33. Management Services
     Not applicable.

C-3


Table of Contents

Item 34. Undertakings
     1. Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
     2. Not applicable.
     3. Not applicable.
     4. Registrant undertakes:
  (a)   to file, during and period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
  (1)   to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 
  (2)   to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and
 
  (3)   to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
  (b)   that for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
 
  (c)   to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and
 
  (d)   that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
  (e)   that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:
 
      The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
  (1)   any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act.

C-4


Table of Contents

  (2)   the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
 
  (3)   any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
     5. Registrant undertakes:
  (a)   that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
  (b)   that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     6. Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.

C-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the City of Rye, State of New York, on the 19th day of May, 2011.
         
  THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bruce N. Alpert    
    Bruce N. Alpert   
    President and Principal Executive Officer   
 
     As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Form N-2 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 19th day of May, 2011.
     
NAME   TITLE
 
   
/s/ Mario J. Gabelli*
  Chairman
Mario J. Gabelli
   
 
   
/s/ John D. Gabelli*
  Trustee
John D. Gabelli
   
 
   
/s/ Thomas E. Bratter*
  Trustee
Thomas E. Bratter
   
 
   
/s/ Anthony J. Colavita*
  Trustee
Anthony J. Colavita
   
 
   
/s/ James P. Conn*
  Trustee
James P. Conn
   
 
   
/s/ Vincent D. Enright*
  Trustee
Vincent D. Enright
   
 
   
/s/ Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.*
  Trustee
Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.
   
 
   
/s/ Robert J. Morrissey*
  Trustee
Robert J. Morrissey
   
 
   
/s/ Anthony R. Pustorino*
  Trustee
Anthony R. Pustorino
   
 
   
/s/ Salvatore J. Zizza*
  Trustee
Salvatore J. Zizza
   
 
   
/s/ Agnes Mullady
  Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Agnes Mullady
   
 
   
/s/ Bruce N. Alpert
  Attorney-in-Fact
Bruce N. Alpert
   
 
*   Pursuant to a Power of Attorney.

C-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit Number   Description
Ex-.99 (a)(1)
  Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant
 
   
Ex-.99 (b)(1)
  Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant
 
   
Ex-.99 (k)(1)
  Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
 
   
Ex-.99 (k)(2)
  Fee and Service Schedule for Stock Transfer Services
 
   
Ex-.99 (r)(1)
  Code of Ethics of the Investment Adviser and of the Registrant
 
   
Ex-.99 (r)(2)
  Joint Code of Ethics of the Investment Adviser and of the Registrant for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers of the Gabelli Funds

C-7

Exhibit 99.(a)(1)
THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST
 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
February 16, 2011

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
The Trust
         
1.1. Name
    1  
1.2. Definitions
    1  
1.3. Purpose and Powers of Trust
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE II
       
 
       
Trustees
       
 
       
2.1. Number and Qualification
    3  
2.2. Term and Election
    3  
2.3. Resignation and Removal
    4  
2.4. Vacancies
    4  
2.5. Meetings
    4  
2.6. Officers
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE III
       
 
       
Powers and Duties of Trustees
       
 
       
3.1. General
    5  
3.2. Investments
    6  
3.3. Legal Title
    6  
3.4. Issuance and Repurchase of Shares
    6  
3.5. Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage
    6  
3.6. Collection and Payment
    7  
3.7. Expenses
    7  
3.8. By-Laws
    7  
3.9. Miscellaneous Powers
    7  
3.10. Delegation; Committees
    8  
3.11. Further Powers
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
       
 
       
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
       
 
       
4.1. No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.
    8  
4.2. Mandatory Indemnification
    9  
4.3. No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.
    10  
4.4. Reliance on Experts, etc.
    10  

i


 

         
ARTICLE V
       
 
       
Shares of Beneficial Interest
       
 
       
5.1. Beneficial Interest
    10  
5.2. Classes and Series
    11  
5.3. Issuance of Shares
    11  
5.4. Rights of Shareholders
    11  
5.5. Trust Only
    11  
5.6. Register of Shares
    12  
5.7. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
5.8. Transfer of Shares
    12  
5.9. Notices
    12  
5.10. Net Asset Value
    13  
5.11. Distributions to Shareholders
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
       
 
       
Shareholders
       
 
       
6.1. Meetings of Shareholders
    13  
6.2. Voting
    14  
6.3. Record Date
    14  
6.4. Quorum and Required Vote
    14  
6.5. Proxies, etc
    15  
6.6. Reports
    15  
6.7. Inspection of Records
    15  
6.8. Shareholder Action by Written Consent
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
       
 
       
Duration: Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.
       
 
       
7.1. Duration
    16  
7.2. Termination
    16  
7.3. Amendment Procedure
    17  
7.4. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
    17  
7.5. Redemption; Conversion
    17  
7.6. Certain Transactions
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
       
 
       
Miscellaneous
       
8.1. Filing
    20  
8.2. Resident Agent
    20  
8.3. Governing Law
    20  
8.4. Counterparts
    20  
8.5. Reliance by Third Parties
    20  
8.6. Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation
    21  

ii


 

THE GABELLI UTILITY FUND
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
     THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made as of the 16 th day of February 2011, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.
     WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust made as of the 26 th day of February 2009 in its entirety pursuant to its Section 7.3;
     WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on business as set forth more particularly hereinafter;
     WHEREAS, this Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest all in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;
     WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as Trustees of a Delaware business trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth; and
     WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that the Trust created by its initial Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 25th, 1999 shall constitute a business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Statute and that this Declaration shall constitute the governing instrument of such business trust.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities, and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of shares of beneficial interest in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.
ARTICLE I
The Trust
     1.1. Name . This Trust shall be known as the “The Gabelli Utility Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determine.
     1.2. Definitions . As used in this Declaration, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1


 

     The terms “Affiliated Person”, “Assignment”, “Commission”, “Interested Person” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act.
     “By-Laws” shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust as amended from time to time by the Trustees.
     “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Declaration” shall mean this Third Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or amended and restated from time to time, including by way of any classifying or reclassifying Shares of any class or any series of any such class or determining any designations, powers, preferences, voting, conversion and other rights, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions thereof.
     “Delaware Business Trust Statute” shall mean the provisions of the Delaware Business Trust Act, 12 Del. C. section 3801, et. seq., as amended from time to time.
     “Majority Shareholder Vote” shall mean a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the applicable class or classes or series or series of such voting securities.
     “Person” shall mean and include natural persons, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
     “Prospectus” shall mean the currently effective Prospectus of the Trust, if any, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “Shareholders” shall mean as of any particular time the holders of record of outstanding Shares of the Trust at such time.
     “Shares” shall mean the transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all or series thereof as the context may require.
     “Trust” shall mean the trust established by this Declaration, as amended from time to time, inclusive of each such amendment.
     “Trustees” shall mean the signatory to this Declaration, so long as he shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.

2


 

     “Trust Property” shall mean as of any particular time any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees in such capacity.
     The “1933 Act” refers to the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and exemptions therefrom covering the Trust and its affiliated persons, as amended from time to time.
     The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and exemptions granted therefrom, as amended from time to time.
     1.3. Purpose and Powers of Trust . The Trust is established for the purpose of engaging in any activity not prohibited by Delaware law and shall have the power to engage in any such activity and in any activity incidental or related to any such activity.
ARTICLE II
Trustees
     2.1. Number and Qualification . Prior to a public offering of Shares, there may be a sole Trustee and thereafter the number of Trustees shall be such number, not less than three or more than fifteen, as shall be set forth in a written instrument signed or adopted by a majority of the Trustees then in office. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his term. An individual nominated as a Trustee shall be at least 21 years of age and not older than such age as shall be set forth in a written instrument signed or adopted by not less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office, shall not be under legal disability and shall meet any additional qualifications as may be provided for in the By-Laws. Trustees need not own Shares and may succeed themselves in office.
     2.2. Term and Election . The Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes. Within the limits specified in Section 2.1, the number of the Trustees in each class shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees. The initial term of office of the first class shall expire on the date of the first annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof. The initial term of office of the second class shall expire on the date of the second annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof. The initial term of office of the third class shall expire on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof. Upon expiration of the initial term of office of each class as set forth above and the expiration of each subsequent term of office of such class, the number of Trustees in such class, as determined by the Board of Trustees, shall be elected for a term expiring on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following such expiration to succeed the Trustees whose terms of office expire. The Trustees shall be elected at an annual meeting of the Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof called for that purpose, except as provided in Section 2.4 of this Article, and each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, except as provided in Section 2.3.

3


 

     2.3. Resignation and Removal . Any Trustee may resign his trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by him and delivered or mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any Trustee may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1 hereof) for cause at any time by written instrument, signed by two-thirds of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. Any Trustee may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof) without cause at any time by a written instrument, signed or adopted by two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by vote of Shares having not less than two-thirds of the aggregate number of Shares entitled to vote in the election of such Trustee, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, or such persons otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such persons shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held in the name of the resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, such Trustee’s legal representative shall execute and deliver on such Trustee’s behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.
     2.4. Vacancies . The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee. Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, the remaining Trustees may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications described in this Article by a written instrument signed or adopted by a majority of the Trustees then in office or by election by the Shareholders, or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the number of Trustees (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such reduction shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof). Any vacancy created by an increase in Trustees may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this Article made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office or by election by the Shareholders. No vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.
     2.5. Meetings . Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the Trustees. Notice of any other meeting shall be mailed or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, transmitted by electronic mail or other form of legally permissible electronic transmission not less than 48 hours before the meeting or otherwise actually delivered orally or in writing not less than 24 hours before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by any Trustee either before or after such meeting. The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting

4


 

has not been lawfully called or convened. The Trustees may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of the Trustees shall be one- third of the Trustees. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration of Trust, any action of the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the Trustees or such other proportion as shall be specified herein for action at a meeting at which all Trustees then in office are present.
     Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the members or such other proportion as shall be specified herein for action at a meeting at which all committee members are present.
     With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Section and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act.
     All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting except as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act.
     2.6. Officers . The Trustees shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may elect a Chairman who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors are elected. The Trustees may elect or appoint or may authorize the Chairman, if any, or President to appoint such other officers or agents with such other titles and powers as the Trustees may deem to be advisable. A Chairman shall, and the President, Secretary and Treasurer may, but need not, be a Trustee.
ARTICLE III
Powers and Duties of Trustees
     3.1. General . The Trustees shall owe to the Trust and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties as owed by directors of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the general corporation law of the State of Delaware. The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration. The Trustees shall have power to engage in any activity not prohibited by Delaware law. The enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. The Trustees may perform such acts as in their sole discretion are proper for conducting the business of the Trust. The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court. No Trustee

5


 

shall be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties or powers hereunder.
     3.2. Investments . The Trustees shall have power to:
          (a) manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment company;
          (b) subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of any and all sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or non-equity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any person and any other rights, interests, instruments or property of any sort and to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of said investments. The Trustees shall not be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.
     3.3. Legal Title . Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, custodian or pledgee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine, provided that the interest of the Trust therein is appropriately protected.
     The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each person who may hereafter become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification. Upon the ceasing of any person to be a Trustee for any reason, such person shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.
     3.4. Issuance and Repurchase of Shares . Subject to the provisions of this Declaration and applicable law, the Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in, Shares, including Shares in fractional denominations, and to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property whether capital or surplus or otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware governing business corporations.
     3.5. Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage . The Trustees shall have the power to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit or utilize leverage in connection with the activities of the Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law, regulation or order and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association or corporation.

6


 

     3.6. Collection and Payment . The Trustees shall have power to collect all property due to the Trust; to pay all claims, including taxes, against the Trust Property or the Trust, the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to prosecute, defend, compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust Property or the Trust, or the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases, agreements and other instruments. Except to the extent required for a Delaware business corporation, the Shareholders shall have no power to vote as to whether or not a court action, legal proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders.
     3.7. Expenses . The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay out of the assets or income of the Trust any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or appropriate to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and the business of the Trust, and to pay reasonable compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees. The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, underwriting, syndicating and brokerage services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable and reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust. The Trustees shall have the power, as frequently as they may determine, to cause each Shareholder to pay directly, in advance or arrears, for charges of distribution, of the custodian or transfer, shareholder servicing or similar agent, a pro rata amount as defined from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder.
     3.8. By-Laws . The Trustees may adopt and from time to time amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust. Such By- Laws shall be binding on the Trust and the Shareholders unless inconsistent with the provisions of this Declaration. The Shareholders shall not have authority to adopt or amend By-Laws.
     3.9. Miscellaneous Powers . The Trustees shall have the power to: (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust, including investment advisors, administrators, custodians, transfer agents, shareholder services providers, accountants, counsel, brokers, dealers and others; (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisors, distributors, selected dealers or independent contractors of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such capacity, whether or not constituting negligence, or whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing, share purchase, and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust; (e) make donations, irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings, including without limitation any investment adviser,

7


 

administrator, manager, transfer agent, custodian, distributor or selected dealer, or any other person as the Trustees may see fit to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and change the fiscal year of the Trust and the method in which its accounts shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.
     3.10. Delegation; Committees . The Trustees shall have the power, consistent with their continuing exclusive authority over the management of the Trust and the Trust Property, to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient. The Trustees may designate one or more committees each of which shall have all or such lesser portion of the power and authority of the entire Board of Trustees as the Trustees shall determine from time to time, except to the extent action by the entire Board of Trustees or particular Trustees is required by the 1940 Act.
     3.11. Further Powers . The Trustees shall have the power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees.
ARTICLE IV
Limitations of Liability
and Indemnification
     4.1. No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the general corporation law of the State of Delaware. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or its Shareholders, in connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability.

8


 

     4.2. Mandatory Indemnification . (a) The Trust shall indemnify the Trustees and officers of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise (other than, except as authorized by the Trustees, as the plaintiff or complainant) or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth above in this Section 4.2 by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence (negligence in the case of Affiliated Indemnitees), or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the Trustees.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion conclude that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
          (c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that he is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (1) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (2) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (3) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is

9


 

substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
          (d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which he may be lawfully entitled.
          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify Persons providing services to the Trust to the full extent provided by law as if the Trust were a corporation organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
     4.3. No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
     4.4. Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or other person may also be a Trustee.
ARTICLE V
Shares of Beneficial Interest
     5.1. Beneficial Interest . The interest of the beneficiaries hereunder shall be divided into an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share. All Shares issued in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split of Shares, shall be fully paid and nonassessable when the consideration determined by the Trustees (if any) therefor shall have been received by the Trust.

10


 

     5.2. Classes and Series . The Trustees shall have the authority, without the approval of the holders of any Shares of the Trust, to classify and reclassify issued and unissued Shares into one or more classes and one or more series of any or all of such classes, each of which classes and series thereof shall have such designations, powers, preferences, voting, conversion and other rights, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions as the Trustees shall determine from time to time with respect to each such class or series; provided, however, that no reclassification of any issued and outstanding Shares and no modifications of any of the designations, powers, preferences, voting, conversion or other rights, limitations, qualifications and terms and conditions of any issued and outstanding Shares may be made by the Trustees without the affirmative vote of the holders of Shares specified in Section 7.3(a) to the extent required thereby. The initial class of Shares of the Trust shall be designated as “Common Shares”, subject to redesignation as aforesaid. To the extent expressly determined by the Trustees as aforesaid, all consideration received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of a class, together with all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation thereof, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall irrevocably belong to such class subject only to the rights of the creditors, and all liabilities allocable to such class shall be charged thereto.
     5.3. Issuance of Shares . The Trustees, in their discretion, may from time to time without vote of the Shareholders issue Shares of any class or any series of any such class to such party or parties and for such amount and type of consideration, including cash or property, at such time or times, and on such terms as the Trustees may determine, and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any class or any series of any such class into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in such Shares. Issuances and repurchases of Shares may be made in whole Shares and/or l/l,000ths of a Share or multiples thereof as the Trustees may determine.
     5.4. Rights of Shareholders . The Shares shall be personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically set forth. The ownership of the Trust Property of every description and the right to conduct any business herein before described are vested exclusively in the Trustees, and the Shareholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Shares, and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of any property, profits, rights or interests of the Trust nor can they be called upon to share or assume any losses of the Trust or, subject to the right of the Trustees to charge certain expenses directly to Shareholders, as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.7, suffer an assessment of any kind by virtue of their ownership of Shares. The Shares shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or exchange rights (except as specified in this Section 5.4, in Section 7.4 or as specified by the Trustees in the designation or redesignation of any class or series thereof of the Shares).
     5.5. Trust Only . It is the intention of the Trustees to create only the relationship of Trustee and beneficiary between the Trustees and each Shareholder from time to time. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment or any form of legal relationship other than a trust. Nothing in

11


 

this Declaration shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.
     5.6. Register of Shares . A register shall be kept at the Trust or any transfer agent duly appointed by the Trustees under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the names and addresses of the Shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record of all transfers thereof. Separate registers shall be established and maintained for each class and each series of each class. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of the Shares of the applicable class and series and who shall be entitled to receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders. No Shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have notice given to him as herein provided, until he has given his address to a transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Trustees as shall keep the register for entry thereon. It is not contemplated that certificates will be issued for the Shares; however, the Trustees, in their discretion, may authorize the issuance of share certificates and promulgate appropriate fees therefore and rules and regulations as to their use.
     5.7. Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Trustees shall have power to employ a transfer agent or transfer agents, and a registrar or registrars, with respect to the Shares. The transfer agent or transfer agents may keep the applicable register and record therein, the original issues and transfers, if any, of the said Shares. Any such transfer agent and registrars shall perform the duties usually performed by transfer agents and registrars of stock in a corporation, as modified by the Trustees.
     5.8. Transfer of Shares . Shares shall be transferable on the records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by its agent thereto duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with such evidence of the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters as may reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the applicable register of the Trust. Until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of the proposed transfer.
     Any person becoming entitled to any Shares in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, or incompetence of any Shareholder, or otherwise by operation of law, shall be recorded on the applicable register of Shares as the holder of such Shares upon production of the proper evidence thereof to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust, but until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such for all purposes hereof, and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of such death, bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation of law.
     5.9. Notices . Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications to any Shareholder shall be deemed duly served or given if transmitted by electronic mail or other form of legally permissible electronic transmission, or if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to any Shareholder of record at his last known address as recorded on the applicable register of the Trust and may be sent together with any such notice or

12


 

other communication to another Shareholder at the same address. Notice directed to a Shareholder by electronic mail or other form of legally permissible electronic transmission shall be transmitted to any address at which the Shareholder receives electronic mail or other electronic transmission.
     5.10. Net Asset Value . The value of the assets of the Trust, the amount of liabilities of the Trust and the net asset value of each outstanding Common Share of the Trust shall be determined at such time or times on such days as the Trustees may determine, in accordance with the 1940 Act. The method of determination of net asset value shall be determined by the Trustees. The power and duty to make net asset value determinations and calculations may be delegated by the Trustees.
     5.11. Distributions to Shareholders .
          (a) The Trustees shall from time to time distribute among the Shares such proportion of the net profits, surplus (including paid-in surplus), capital, or assets held by the Trustees as they may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in the instrument setting forth the terms of such Shares such class or series of Shares, which need not be ratable with respect to distributions in respect of Shares of any other class or series thereof of the Trust. Such distributions may be made in cash or property (including without limitation any type of obligations of the Trust or any assets thereof) or any combination thereof.
          (b) Distributions may be made to the Shareholders of record entitled to such distribution at the time such distribution is declared or at such later date as shall be determined by the Trust prior to the date of payment.
          (c) The Trustees may always retain from any source such amount as they may deem necessary to pay the debts or expenses of the Trust or to meet obligations of the Trust, or as they otherwise may deem desirable to use in the conduct of its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the business of the Trust.
ARTICLE VI
Shareholders
     6.1. Meetings of Shareholders . The Trust may, but shall not be required to, hold annual meetings of the holders of any class or series of Shares. An annual or special meeting of Shareholders may be called at any time only by the Trustees; provided, however, that if May 31 of any year shall have passed and the Trustees shall not have called an annual meeting of Shareholders for such year, the Trustees shall call a meeting for the purpose of voting on the removal of one or more Trustees or the termination of any investment advisory agreement, upon written request of holders of Shares of the Trust having in the aggregate not less than a majority of the votes of the outstanding Shares of the Trust entitled to vote on the matter or matters in question, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be called. Any meeting of Shareholders shall be held within or without the State of Delaware on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate.

13


 

     6.2. Voting . Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of Shares is required by applicable law, this Declaration or resolution of the Trustees. Any matter required to be submitted for approval of any of the Shares and affecting one or more classes or series shall require approval by the required vote of Shares of the affected class or classes and series voting together as a single class and, if such matter affects one or more classes or series thereof differently from one or more other classes or series thereof or from one or more series of the same class, approval by the required vote of Shares of such other class or classes or series or series voting as a separate class shall be required in order to be approved with respect to such other class or classes or series or series; provided, however, that except to the extent required by the 1940 Act, there shall be no separate class votes on the election or removal of Trustees or the selection of auditors for the Trust. Shareholders of a particular class or series thereof shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects the rights or interests of only one or more other classes or series of such other class or classes or only one or more other series of the same class. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees.
     6.3. Record Date . For the purposes of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting the Trustees may, without closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than 100 days prior to the date of such meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purposes. Notice directed to a Shareholder by electronic mail or other form of legally permissible electronic transmission may be transmitted to any address at which the Shareholder receives electronic mail or other electronic transmission.
     6.4. Quorum and Required Vote .
          (a) The holders of one-third of the outstanding Shares of the Trust on the record date present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Shareholders for purposes of conducting business on which a vote of all Shareholders of the Trust is being taken. The holders of one-third of the outstanding Shares of a class or classes on the record date present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Shareholders of such class or classes for purposes of conducting business on which a vote of Shareholders of such class or classes is being taken. The holders of one-third of the outstanding Shares of a series or series on the record date present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Shareholders of such series or series for purposes of conducting business on which a vote of Shareholders of such series or series is being taken. Shares underlying a proxy as to which a broker or other intermediary states its absence of authority to vote with respect to one or more matters shall be treated as present for purposes of establishing a quorum for taking action on any such matter only to the extent so determined by the Trustees at or prior to the meeting of Shareholders at which such matter is to be considered.
          (b) Subject to any provision of applicable law, this Declaration or resolution of the Trustees specifying or requiring a greater or lesser vote requirement for the transaction of any matter of business at any meeting of Shareholders, (i) the affirmative vote of a plurality of the Shares entitled to vote for the election of any Trustee or Trustees shall be the act of such Shareholders with respect to the election of such Trustee or Trustees, (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on any other matter shall be the act of the Shareholders with respect to such matter, and (iii) where a

14


 

separate vote of one or more classes or series is required on any matter, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of such class or classes or series or series present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the Shareholders of such class or classes or series or series with respect to such matter.
     6.5. Proxies, etc. At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers or employees of the Trust. Only Shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a vote equal to its fraction of a full Share. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share. A proxy purporting to be given by or on behalf of a Shareholder of record on the record date for a meeting shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he may vote by his guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy. The Trustees shall have the authority to make and modify from time to time regulations regarding the validity of proxies. In addition to signed proxies, such regulations may authorize facsimile, telephonic, Internet and other methods of appointing a proxy that are subject to such supervision by or under the direction of the Trustees as the Trustees shall determine.
     6.6. Reports . The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and sent to Shareholders at least annually and more frequently to the extent and in the form required by law, regulation or any exchange on which Shares are listed a report of operations containing financial statements of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and applicable law.
     6.7. Inspection of Records . The records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Persons who have been holders of record of at least $25,000 in net asset value or liquidation preference of Shares for a continuous period of not less than six months to the same extent and for the same purposes as is permitted under the Delaware General Business Corporation Law to shareholders of a Delaware business corporation.
     6.8. Shareholder Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken by Shareholders by vote may be taken without a meeting if the holders of all of the Shares entitled to vote thereon consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

15


 

ARTICLE VII
Duration: Termination of Trust;
Amendment; Mergers, Etc.
     7.1. Duration . Subject to termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2 hereof, the Trust created hereby shall have perpetual existence.
     7.2. Termination .
          (a) The Trust may be dissolved, after two thirds of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, upon approval by Shares having at least 75% of the votes of all of the Shares outstanding on the record date for such meeting, voting as a single class except to the extent required by the 1940 Act. Upon the dissolution of the Trust:
               (i) The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
               (ii) The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust shall have been wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, merger where the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part in cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities, and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business; provided that any sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange, merger in which the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the Trust Property of the Trust shall require approval of the principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of the consideration with the same vote as required for dissolution pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
               (iii) After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements, as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees may distribute the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Shareholders according to their respective rights.
          (b) After the winding up and termination of the Trust and distribution to the Shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and lodge among the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth the fact of such termination and shall execute and file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon termination of the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all Shareholders shall thereupon cease.

16


 

     7.3. Amendment Procedure .
          (a) Other than Sections 2.2, 2.3, 3.8, 6.1, 6.8, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5 and 7.6 and other than as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 7.3(a), this Declaration may be amended, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the affected Shares outstanding on the record date and present and voting on such amendment. Sections 2.2, 2.3, 3.8, 6.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5 and 7.6 may be amended, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the affected Shares outstanding on the record date. The Trustees also may amend this Declaration without any vote of Shareholders for any of the purposes set forth in Section 6.2, to change the name of the Trust or any class or series, to make any change that does not adversely affect the relative rights or preferences of any class or series of Shares or to conform this Declaration to the requirements of the 1940 Act or any other applicable law, but the Trustees shall not be liable for failing to do so.
          (b) Nothing contained in this Declaration shall permit the amendment of this Declaration to impair the exemption from personal liability of the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust or to permit assessments upon Shareholders.
          (c) An amendment duly adopted by the requisite vote of the Board of Trustees and, if required, Shareholders as aforesaid, shall become effective at the time of such adoption or at such other time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees or Shareholders, as the case may be. A certification signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it was duly adopted by the Trustees and, if required, Shareholders as aforesaid, or a copy of the Declaration, as amended, and executed by a majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment when lodged among the records of the Trust or at such other time designated by the Board.
     Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as Shares are issued and outstanding, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.
     7.4. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets . Subject to Section 7.6, the Trust may merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the Trust Property or the property, including its good will, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized by two-thirds of the Trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the affected Shares outstanding on the record date for the meeting of Shareholders to approve such transaction, and any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be determined for all purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of the State of Delaware.
     7.5. Redemption; Conversion . No holder of Shares of any class or series, other than in accordance with the provisions of Section 23(c) (excluding Rule 23c-3 thereunder) of the 1940 Act and other than to the extent expressly determined by the Trustees with respect to Shares qualifying as preferred stock pursuant to Section 18(a) of the 1940 Act, shall have any right to require the Trust or any person controlled by the Trust to purchase any of such holder’s Shares.

17


 

The Trust may be converted at any time from a “closed-end investment company” to an “open-end investment company” as those terms are defined by the 1940 Act or a company obligated to repurchase shares under Rule 23c-3 of the 1940 Act (and “interval company”), upon the approval of such a proposal, together with the necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion, by a majority of the Trustees then in office, by the holders of not less than 75% of the Trust’s outstanding Shares entitled to vote thereon and by such vote or votes of the holders of any class or classes or series of Shares as may be required by the 1940 Act. From time to time, the Trustees may consider recommending to the Shareholders a proposal to convert the Trust from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” or “interval company.” Upon the recommendation and subsequent adoption of such a proposal and the necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion of the Trust’s outstanding Shares entitled to vote, the Trust shall, upon complying with any requirements of the 1940 Act and state law, become an “open-end investment company”.
     7.6. Certain Transactions . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration and subject to the exceptions provided in paragraph (d) of this Section, the types of transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section shall require the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the Shares of each class outstanding and entitled to vote, voting as a class, when a Principal Shareholder (as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section) is a party to the transaction. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of Shares otherwise required by law or by the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, whether now or hereafter authorized, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
          (b) The term “Principal Shareholder” shall mean any Person which is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares and shall include any affiliate or associate, as such terms are defined in clause (ii) below, of such Person. For the purposes of this Section, in addition to the Shares which a Person beneficially owns directly, (a) any Person shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Shares (i) which it has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise (but excluding share options granted by the Trust) or (ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (i) above), by any other Person with which its “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined below) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date of initial adoption of this Declaration, and (b) the outstanding Shares shall include Shares deemed owned through application of clauses (i) and (ii) above but shall not include any other Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise.
          (c) This Section shall apply to the following transactions:
               (i) The merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder.

18


 

               (ii) The issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant to any offering in which such Principal Shareholder acquires securities that represent no greater a percentage of any class or series of securities being offered than the percentage of any class of Shares beneficially owned by such Principal Shareholder immediately prior to such offering or, in the case of securities, offered in respect of another class or series, the percentage of such other class or series beneficially owned by such Principal Shareholder immediately prior to such offering).
               (iii) The sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.)
               (iv) The sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Trust of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).
               (v) The purchase by the Trust or any Person controlled by the Trust of any Common Shares of the Trust from such Principal Shareholder or any person to whom such Principal Shareholder shall have transferred such Common Shares.
          (d) The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to (i) any of the transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section if two- thirds of the Board of Trustees of the Trust shall by resolution have approved a memorandum of understanding with such Principal Shareholder with respect to and substantially consistent with such transaction prior to the time such Person shall have become a Principal Shareholder, or (ii) any such transaction with any corporation of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of a stock normally entitled to vote in elections of directors is owned of record or beneficially by the Trust and its subsidiaries and of which such Person is not a Principal Shareholder.
          (e) The Board of Trustees shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Section on the basis of information known to the Trust whether (i) a Person beneficially owns five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares, (ii) a Person is an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined above) of another, (iii) the assets being acquired or leased to or by the Trust or any subsidiary thereof constitute a substantial part of the assets of the Trust and have an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, and (iv) the memorandum of understanding referred to in paragraph (d) hereof is substantially consistent with the transaction covered thereby. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section.

19


 

ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
     8.1. Filing . This Declaration and any amendment (including any supplement) hereto shall be filed in such places as may be required or as the Trustees deem appropriate. Each amendment shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by a Trustee stating that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein. A restated Declaration, containing the original Declaration and all amendments theretofore made, may be executed from time to time by a majority of the Trustees and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments thereto.
     8.2. Resident Agent . The Trust shall maintain a resident agent in the State of Delaware, which agent shall initially be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 The Trustees may designate a successor resident agent, provided, however, that such appointment shall not become effective until written notice thereof is delivered to the office of the Secretary of the State.
     8.3. Governing Law . This Declaration is executed by a majority of the Trustees and delivered in the State of Delaware and with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of said State and reference shall be specifically made to the business corporation law of the State of Delaware as to the construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity exists, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Trustees hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers.
     8.4. Counterparts . This Declaration may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.
     8.5. Reliance by Third Parties . Any certificate executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust, or of any recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee hereunder, certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the name of the Trust, (c) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (d) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (e) the fact that the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration, (f) the form of any By Laws adopted by or the identity of any officers elected by the Trustees, or (g) the existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of any person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.

20


 

     8.6. Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation .
          (a) The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration to the extent of such conflict; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
          (b) If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.

21


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
By:
         
/s/ Thomas E. Bratter
 
Thomas E. Bratter
      /s/ Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.
 
 Frank J. Fahrenkopf, Jr.
Trustee
      Trustee
 
       
/s/ Anthony J. Colavita
 
Anthony J. Colavita
      /s/ Robert J. Morrissey
 
 Robert J. Morrissey
Trustee
      Trustee
 
       
/s/ James P. Conn
 
James P. Conn
      /s/ Anthony R. Pustorino
 
 Anthony R. Pustorino
Trustee
      Trustee
 
       
/s/ Vincent D. Enright
 
Vincent D. Enright
      /s/ Salvatore J. Zizza
 
 Salvatore J. Zizza
Trustee
      Trustee

22

Exhibit 99.(b)(1)
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I Shareholder Meetings
    3  
Section 1.1 Chairman
    3  
Section 1.2 Voting
    4  
Section 1.3 Fixing Record Dates
    4  
Section 1.4 Inspectors of Election
    4  
Section 1.5 Special Meetings of Shareholders
    5  
Section 1.6 Place of Meetings
    6  
Section 1.7 Notice of Meetings
    6  
Section 1.8 Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders
    6  
Section 1.9 Nomination of Trustees
    9  
Section 1.10 Conduct of Meetings
    15  
Section 1.11 Postponements; Adjournments
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE II Trustees
    16  
Section 2.1 Annual and Regular Meetings
    16  
Section 2.2 Chairman; Records
    16  
Section 2.3 Qualification
    16  
Section 2.4 Governance
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE III Officers
    20  
Section 3.1 Officers of the Fund
    20  
Section 3.2 Election and Tenure
    20  
Section 3.3 Removal of Officers
    20  
Section 3.4 Bonds and Surety
    20  
Section 3.5 Chairman, President, and Vice Presidents
    20  
Section 3.6 Secretary
    21  
Section 3.7 Treasurer
    21  
Section 3.8 Other Officers and Duties
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous
    21  
Section 4.1 Depositories
    21  
Section 4.2 Signatures
    22  
Section 4.3 Seal
    22  
Section 4.4 Disclosure of Holdings
    22  
Section 4.5 Governing Law
    22  
Section 4.6 Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE V SHARE Transfers
    22  
Section 5.1 Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like
    22  
Section 5.2 Transfer of Shares
    23  
Section 5.3 Registered Shareholders
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Amendment of By-Laws
    23  
Section 6.1 Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws
    23  


 

THE GABELLI UTILITY TRUST
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
          These Second Amended and Restated By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Third Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust establishing The Gabelli Utility Trust (the “ Fund ”) dated as of February 16, 2011, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “ Declaration ”). All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws and not defined herein shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the Declaration.
           Definitions . As used in these By-Laws, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them:
          “ 12(d) Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(xiii) of Article II of these By-Laws.
          “ 1940 Act ” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          “ 5% Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ix) of Article II of these By-Laws.
          “ beneficial owner ” of a security shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (A) has or shares: (1) voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or, (2) investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition, of such security or (B) owns, controls or holds with power to vote such security. A person shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such shares at any time whether or not within sixty days. “Beneficially own,” “own beneficially” and related terms shall have correlative meaning.
          “ By-Laws ” shall mean these Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Fund as amended or restated from time to time by the Trustees.
          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
          “ control ” shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over a person, which in the case of a company means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of such company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.
          “ control relationship ” with respect to any person shall mean control over such person, being controlled by such person or being under common control with such person.

1


 

          “ director ” shall mean any director of a corporation or any person performing similar functions with respect to any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, including any natural person who is a member of a board of trustees of any organization that is a statutory or common-law trust.
          “ Disclosable Relationship ” with respect to another person means (A) the existence at any time during the current calendar year or at any time within the two most recently completed calendar years of any agreement, arrangement, understanding or practice, including the sharing of information, decisions or actions, of a person with such other person with respect to the Fund or Shares, (B) the beneficial ownership of securities of any person known by such person to beneficially own Shares and of which such person knows such other person also beneficially owns any securities, (C) sharing beneficial ownership of any securities with such other Person, (D) being an immediate family member of such other person, (E) the existence at any time during the current calendar year or at any time within the two most recently completed calendar years of a material business or professional relationship with such other person or with any person of which such other person is a 5% Holder, officer, director, general partner, managing member or employee or (F) controlling, being controlled by or being under common control with such other person.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          “ immediate family member ” shall mean any parent, child, spouse, spouse of a parent, spouse of a child, brother or sister (including step and adoptive relationships).
          “ Independent Trustee ” shall mean a Trustee that is not an “interested person,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Fund.
          “ investment fund ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iii) of Article II of these By-Laws.
          “ nominated or seated ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of Article II of these By-Laws.
          “ person ” shall mean and include natural persons, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
          “ Prohibited Conduct ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(v) of Article II of these By-Laws.
          “ Proposed Nominee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(d)(i) of Article I of these By-Laws.
          “ Proposed Nominee Associate ” of any Proposed Nominee shall mean any person who has a Disclosable Relationship with such Proposed Nominee.

2


 

          “ proxy access rules ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(g) of Article I of these By-Laws.
          “ SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Shareholder Associate ” of any beneficial or record shareholder of Shares shall mean any person who has a Disclosable Relationship with such beneficial or record shareholder.
          “ Shares ” shall mean the units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interests in the Fund shall be divided from time to time, including any preferred units of beneficial interest, which may be issued from time to time, as described herein. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.
          “ special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting ” shall mean a special meeting called by Trustees for the purpose of removing Trustees or terminating the Fund’s investment advisory agreement in the event that an annual meeting of shareholders is not held on or before such date as may be required by Section 6.1 of the Declaration.
          “ Special Meeting Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(b) of Article I of these By-Laws.
ARTICLE I
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
Chairman. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.10 of these By-Laws, the Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the shareholders; in the Chairman’s absence, the Trustee or Trustees present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairman for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.
Voting.

3


 

               (a) As provided in the Declaration, shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except as provided in or pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Declaration.
               (b) As provided in Section 6.4(b) of the Declaration, where a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter: (i) if the vote is for the election of one or more Trustees, the affirmative vote of a plurality of the Shares of such class or classes or series or series present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote for such Trustee or the Trustees shall be the act of the shareholders of such class or classes or series or series with respect to the election of such Trustee or Trustees; and (ii) if the vote is for any other matter, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of such class or classes or series or series present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such other matter shall be the act of the shareholders of such class or classes or series or series with respect to such other matter, in each case at any meeting at which a quorum is present with respect to the vote on the election of such Trustee(s) or such other matter.
               (c) Shareholders may vote either in person or by duly executed proxy and each full share represented at the meeting shall have one vote, all as provided in Article 6 of the Declaration.
Fixing Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the shareholders who are entitled to notice of or to vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividends, or for any other proper purpose, the Trustees may from time to time, without closing the transfer books, fix a record date in the manner provided in Section 6.3 of the Declaration. If the Trustees do not prior to any meeting of shareholders so fix a record date or close the transfer books, then the date on which mailing of notice of the meeting is commenced or the date upon which the dividend resolution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date.
Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Trustees may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the Chairman, if any, of any meeting of shareholders may appoint inspectors of election of the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman. The inspectors of election shall determine the number of Shares outstanding, the Shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine the results, and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. If there are three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. On request of the Chairman, if any, of the meeting, the inspectors of election shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.

4


 

Special Meetings of Shareholders.
               (d) Special meetings of shareholders may be called only by the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee), except a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting shall be called by the Trustees upon the timely receipt by the Secretary of a request in proper form from one or more record shareholders acting pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Declaration. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee) may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Trustees to call an annual meeting or a special meeting; provided, however , that the date fixed for any special meeting is consistent with Section 6.1 of the Declaration.
               (e) Any shareholder(s) of record seeking to request a special meeting shall send written notice to the Secretary (the “ Special Meeting Request ”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, requesting the Secretary to call a special meeting. Proof of the requesting shareholder’s ownership of Shares at the time of giving the Special Meeting Request must accompany the requesting shareholder’s Special Meeting Request. The Special Meeting Request shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at the meeting, shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record (or their duly authorized agents), shall bear the date of signature of each requesting shareholder (or its duly authorized agent) signing the Special Meeting Request and shall set forth all information that each such shareholder of record and, with respect to the beneficial owners of Shares on whose behalf such request is being made, each such beneficial owner of Shares would be required to disclose in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies with respect to the proposed business to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, as well as additional information required by Section 1.8(d) of Article I of these By-Laws. Upon receiving the Special Meeting Request, the Trustees may in their discretion fix a date for the special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting, which need not be the same date as that requested in the Special Meeting Request.
               (i) The shareholder(s) of record providing notice of business proposed to be brought before a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 1.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting.
               (ii) The Board of Trustees shall determine the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary.

5


 

               (iii) Within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid Special Meeting Request, the Secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Fund’s proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting upon receipt of a Special Meeting Request and such meeting shall not be held unless the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the meeting.
               (f) No business shall be conducted at a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before any such meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.5 of this Article I and in compliance with Article 6 of the Declaration. If the chair of a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before such meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.
               (g) Nothing contained in this Section 1.5 of this Article I shall be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Fund’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).
Place of Meetings. Any shareholder meeting, including any special meeting, shall be held within or without the state in which the Fund was formed at such place, date and time as the Trustees shall designate.
Notice of Meetings. Written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary by mail to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting or otherwise in compliance with applicable binding law. Such notice will also specify the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting.
Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders.
               (h) Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Trustees, which must comply with the provisions of Section 1.9 of this Article I) may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders as is either:
               (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof),
               (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or
               (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of record of the Fund:

6


 

               (A) who is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 1.8 of this Article I and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting; and
               (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.8 of this Article I.
               (i) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder of record must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Fund.
               (j) To be timely, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Fund not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that such notice for the 2011 annual meeting of shareholders shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund neither earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 90 th day before the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided, further, however, that in the event that an annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder of record in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs. “ Public disclosure ” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Fund with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a record shareholder’s notice as described above.
               (k) To be in proper written form, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information:
               (i) as to each matter such shareholder of record proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and
               (ii) as to the record shareholder giving notice and each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf such notice is being given,
               (A) the name and address of each such person and of each Shareholder Associate of each such person;

7


 

               (B) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are owned beneficially or of record by each such person and each Shareholder Associate of each such person,
               (2) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, with respect to Shares, and
               (3) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by or on behalf of any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, where the effect or intent of any of the foregoing is to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of Share price changes for, any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, with respect to Shares;
               (C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such person or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person;
               (D) a description of all commercial and professional relationships and transactions between or among any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, and any other person or persons known to such person or Shareholder Associate to have a material interest in the matter that is the subject of such notice;
               (E) all information relating to each such person and each Shareholder Associate of each such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by any such person with respect to the proposed business to

8


 

be brought by any such person before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and
               (F) a representation that the shareholder of record giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
               (l) A shareholder of record providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 1.8 of this Article I shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting.
               (m) No business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Trustees, which must comply with the provisions of Section 1.9 of this Article I) shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.8 of this Article I. If the chair of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted at the meeting.
               (n) Nothing contained in this Section 1.8 of this Article I shall be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Fund’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).
               (o) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 1.8 of this Article I by any shareholder proposing to bring a matter before the annual meeting shall be inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided, and the notice in respect of which such information is required by this Section 1.8 may be deemed not to have been made, in accordance with this Section 1.8 of this Article I. Any such shareholder shall notify the Fund of any inaccuracy or incompleteness (within two business days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information.
Nomination of Trustees.
               (p) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as Trustees of the Fund. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Trustees may be made only at any annual meeting of shareholders, except to the extent otherwise required by the 1940 Act:
                    (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or
                    (ii) by any shareholder(s) of record of the Fund:

9


 

               (A) who is a shareholder or are shareholders of record on the date such shareholder(s) give the notice provided for in this Section 1.9 of this Article I and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting; and
               (B) who complies or comply with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.9 of this Article I.
               (q) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by one or more shareholder(s) of record, such shareholder(s) must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Fund.
               (r) To be timely, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Fund:
               (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that such notice for the 2011 annual meeting of shareholders shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund neither earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 90 th day before the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided, further, however, that in the event that an annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder of record in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and
               (ii) in no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of notice as described above.
               (s) To be in proper written form, a notice from one or more record shareholders to the Secretary must set forth the following information:
               (i) as to each person whom the shareholder of record proposes to nominate for election as a Trustee (a “ Proposed Nominee ”) and each Proposed Nominee Associate of each such person:
               (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such Proposed Nominee and of each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee;

10


 

                    (B) the principal occupation or employment of such Proposed Nominee;
                    (C) (1) the number of shares of each class or series of Shares which are owned beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, by such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, and the name and address of the record holder(s) of such Shares (if different than the beneficial owner(s)) as they appear on the records of the Fund,
                    (2) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such Proposed Nominee, or by or on behalf of any Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, with respect to Shares,
                    (3) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by or on behalf of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associate, where the effect or intent of any of the foregoing is to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, with respect to the Shares,
                    (4) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such Proposed Nominee, and any Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, and any material interest of such Proposed Nominee Associate, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such Proposed Nominee Associate;
                    (5) a description of all commercial and professional relationships and transactions between or among such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associate, and any other person or persons known to such person or Proposed Nominee Associate to have a material interest in such nominations;
                    (6) a representation as to whether such Proposed Nominee is an “interested person,” as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Fund and sufficient information about the Proposed Nominee to permit counsel to the Fund to confirm such representation, including information with respect to each relationship set forth in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act which may cause such Proposed

11


 

Nominee to be an interested person of the Fund or a representation that no such relationship exists, and
               (7) all information necessary to establish that the Proposed Nominee satisfies the Trustee qualifications as set out in Section 2.3 of Article II of these By-Laws;
               (D) all information relating to such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (even if an election contest is not involved); and
               (ii) as to each shareholder of record giving the notice, and each beneficial owner, if different than the shareholder of record, on whose behalf the nomination is being made,
               (A) the name and record address of such person and of each Shareholder Associate of each such person;
               (B) (1) the number of shares of each class or series of Shares which are owned beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, by such person and each Shareholder Associate of such person,
                    (2) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or by or on behalf of any Shareholder Associate, with respect to Shares, and
                    (3) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or by or on behalf of any Shareholder Associate of such person, when the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being is to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of Share price changes for, such person, or any Shareholder Associate of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any Shareholder Associate of such person, with respect to Shares;
               (C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, and any Shareholder Associate of such person, and any proposed nominee or any other person or persons (including

12


 

their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made by such person, and any material interest of such person, and any Shareholder Associate, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, and any Shareholder Associate of such person;
                              (D) a description of all commercial and professional relationships and transactions between or among any such person, or any Shareholder Associate of any such person, and any other person or persons known to such person or Shareholder Associate to have a material interest in such nomination;
                              (E) all information relating to such person and each Shareholder Associate of such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (even if an election contest is not involved);
                              (F) a representation that the shareholder(s) giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to nominate the person(s) named in the notice.
                         (iii) Such notice must be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Fund in connection with service or action as a Trustee of the Fund that has not been disclosed to the Fund, (b) will serve as a Trustee of the Fund if elected, and (c) satisfies the Trustee qualifications as set out in Section 2.3 of Article II of these By-Laws;.
                    (t) A shareholder or shareholders of record providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that:
                         (i) the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 1.9 of this Article I shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of such annual meeting; and
                         (ii) any subsequent information reasonably requested by the Board of Trustees to determine that the Proposed Nominee has met the Trustee qualifications as set out in Section 2.3 of this Article II is

13


 

provided, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the request by the Board of Trustees for subsequent information regarding Trustee qualifications has been delivered to or mailed and received by such shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, providing notice of any nomination.
               (u) No person shall be eligible for election as a Trustee of the Fund unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.9 of this Article I. If the chair of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
               (v) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 1.9 of this Article I to the contrary, a nomination of persons for election to the Board of Trustees may be submitted for inclusion in the Fund’s proxy materials to the extent required by rules adopted from time to time by the SEC providing for such nominations and inclusion and interpretations thereof (“ proxy access rules ”), and, if such nomination is submitted under the proxy access rules, such submission:
               (i) in order to be timely, must be delivered to, or be mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund no later than 120 calendar days before the anniversary of the date that the Fund mailed (or otherwise disseminated) its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting (or such other date as may be set forth in the proxy access rules for companies without advance notice bylaws);
               (ii) in all other respects, must be made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the proxy access rules, as in effect at the time of the nomination, or any successor rules or regulations of the SEC then in effect; and
               (iii) must provide the Fund with any other information required by this Section 1.9 of this Article I, by applicable law, the Declaration or a resolution of the Trustees for nominations not made under the proxy access rules, except to the extent that requiring such information to be furnished is prohibited by the proxy access rules. The provisions of this paragraph (g) of this Section 1.9 of this Article I do not provide shareholders of the Fund with any rights, nor impose upon the Fund any obligations, other than the rights and obligations set forth in the proxy access rules.
               (w) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 1.9 of this Article I by any shareholder proposing a nominee for election as a Trustee shall be inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided, and the nomination in respect of which such information is required by this Section 1.9 may be deemed not to have been made, in accordance with this Section 1.9 of this Article I. Any such

14


 

shareholder shall notify the Fund of any inaccuracy or incompleteness (within two business days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information.
Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Trustees of the Fund may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the shareholders as it shall deem appropriate. Every meeting of the stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the Board of Trustees, by one of the officers present at the meeting, and if no officer is present, by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. In the discretion of the chairman of the meeting selected pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, the lead independent Trustee may conduct such meeting of shareholders in lieu of the individual selected pursuant to the foregoing provisions. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. In the event that the Secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Trustees, the chairman of any meeting of the shareholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Trustees or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the meeting shall formally commence; (c) the determination of rules for adjournment of the meeting prior to or after the formal commencement of the meeting; (d) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; (e) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (f) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, including without limitation removing any individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures; (g) limitations on attendance at and participation in the meeting to shareholders, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (h) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (i) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by shareholders; (j) the extent to which, if any, other participants are permitted to speak; and (k) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refused to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting.
Postponements; Adjournments. The Board of Trustees may, prior to a meeting of shareholders being convened, postpone such meeting from time to time to a date not more than 130 days after the original record date. The chairman of any meeting of the shareholders may adjourn the meeting from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Fund may transact any business which

15


 

might have been transacted at the original meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more times without further notice not later than one hundred and thirty (130) days after the record date.
ARTICLE II
TRUSTEES
Annual and Regular Meetings. Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice and shall generally be held quarterly. Except as required by applicable law, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by written consent.
Chairman; Records. The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Trustees; in absence of the Chairman, the Trustees present shall elect one of their number to act as temporary chairman. The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Trustees, or by the written consent of a majority of the Trustees, shall be recorded by the Secretary of the Fund or such other person appointed by the Board of Trustees as the meeting secretary.
Qualification.
               (a) After Shares have been publicly offered, only persons satisfying the following qualification requirements applicable to all Trustees may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated (“ nominated or seated ”) to serve as a Trustee unless a majority of the Board of Trustees then in office shall have determined by resolution that failure to satisfy a particular qualification requirement will not present undue conflicts or impede the ability of the individual to discharge the duties of a Trustee or the free flow of information among Trustees or between the Fund’s investment adviser and the Board of Trustees:
               (i) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall be at least twenty-one (21) years of age and not older than such age as shall be set forth in a written instrument signed or adopted by not less than two-thirds of the Trustees then in office and not under legal disability;
               (ii) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall, at the time the individual is nominated or seated, serve as a director of no more than 5 companies having securities registered under the Exchange Act or treated as public reporting companies under any comparable regulatory regime (investment companies having the same investment adviser or investment advisers in a control relationship with each other shall all be counted as a single company for this purpose);
               (iii) Except as set forth in this Section 2.3 of this Article II, an individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not be an employee, officer, partner, member, director or record or beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of securities of (A) any investment adviser or person in a control

16


 

relationship with such investment adviser (other than the Fund’s investment adviser or any investment adviser in a control relationship with the Fund’s investment adviser), (B) any collective investment vehicle, including the Fund, primarily engaged in the business of investing in “investment securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) (an “ investment fund ”) (other than by reason of being an employee, officer, partner, member, director or controlling person of the Fund’s investment adviser, any investment adviser in a control relationship with the Fund’s investment adviser or any person in a control relationship with any of the foregoing) or (C) an entity controlling or controlled by any investment adviser (other than the Fund’s investment adviser or any investment adviser in a control relationship with the Fund’s investment adviser or any person in a control relationship with any of the foregoing) or investment fund;
               (iv) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not have been charged (unless such charges were dismissed or the individual was otherwise exonerated) with a criminal offense involving moral turpitude, dishonesty or breach of trust, or have been convicted or have pled guilty or nolo contendere with respect to a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;
               (v) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not be and shall not have been subject to any censure, order, consent decree (including consent decrees in which the respondent has neither admitted nor denied the findings) or adverse final action of any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority (including self-regulatory organizations), barring or suspending such individual from participation in or association with any investment-related business or restricting such individual’s activities with respect to any investment-related business (collectively, “ Prohibited Conduct ”), nor shall an individual nominated or seated as a Trustee be the subject of any investigation or proceeding that could reasonably be expected to result in an individual nominated or seated as a Trustee failing to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph, nor shall any individual nominated or seated as a Trustee be or have engaged in any conduct which has resulted in, or could have reasonably been expected or would reasonably be expected to result in, the SEC censuring, placing limitations on the activities, functions, or operations of, suspending, or revoking the registration of any investment adviser under Section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
               (vi) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not be and shall not have been the subject of any of the ineligibility provisions contained in Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act that would result in, or could have reasonably been expected or would reasonably be expected to result in such individual or a company of which such individual is an affiliated person (as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) being ineligible, in the absence of an exemptive order under Section 9(c) of the 1940 Act, to serve or act in the capacity of employee, officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser, or depositor of any registered investment company, or principal underwriter for

17


 

any registered investment company, registered unit investment trust, or registered face-amount certificate company;
               (vii) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not be and shall not have been the subject of any of the ineligibility provisions contained in Section 9(b) of the 1940 Act that, in the absence of an exemptive order under Section 9(c) of the 1940 Act, would permit, or could reasonably have been expected or would reasonably be expected to permit the SEC by order to prohibit, conditionally or unconditionally, either permanently or for a period of time, such individual from serving or acting as an employee, officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser or depositor of, or principal underwriter for, a registered investment company or affiliated person (as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) of such investment adviser, depositor, or principal underwriter;
               (viii) An individual nominated or seated as an Independent Trustee shall not be an “interested person,” as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Fund;
               (ix) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not be the beneficial owner of, or be a person party to an agreement, arrangement, understanding or practice for sharing information or decisions concerning shareholder actions or the acquisition, disposition or voting of Shares, who in the aggregate are the beneficial owners of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of Shares of the Fund (each such person other than the Fund’s investment adviser, any investment adviser in a control relationship with the Fund’s investment adviser or any person in a control relationship with any of the foregoing, a “ 5% Holder ”) and shall not have a Disclosure Relationship with a 5% Holder;
               (x) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, be employed or have been employed within the last two full calendar years and current year by, or have, or have had within the last two full calendar years and current year any material commercial or professional relationship with, any 5% Holder or any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert with any 5% Holder;
               (xi) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, have accepted directly or indirectly, during the calendar year of the election for which such individual is nominated or seated or during the immediately preceding calendar year, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from any 5% Holder or from any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert with any 5% Holder;

18


 

               (xii) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, be an officer, director, general partner or managing member (or person performing similar functions) of any 5% Holder or of any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acting in concert with a 5% Holder;
               (xiii) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, be employed or have been employed within the last two full calendar years and the current year by any investment fund or any company or companies controlled by one or more investment funds which in the aggregate beneficially own (A) more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting Shares of the Fund, (B) securities issued by the Fund having an aggregate value in excess of five percent (5%) of the total assets of such investment fund and any company or companies controlled by such investment fund, (C) securities issued by the Fund and by all other investment funds having an aggregate value in excess of ten percent (10%) of the total assets of the investment company making such investment and any company or companies controlled by the investment fund making such investment, or (D) together with other investment funds having the same investment adviser and companies controlled by such investment funds, more than ten percent (10%) of the total outstanding Shares of the Fund (an investment fund making such investment(s) and any company or companies controlled by it in the aggregate owning securities in excess of the amounts set forth in (A), (B), (C) or (D), but excluding any investment fund managed by the Fund’s investment adviser or an investment adviser in a control relationship with the Fund’s investment adviser, being referred to as a “ 12(d) Holder ”), or by any person who controls, is controlled by, under common control with or acts in concert with a 12(d) Holder;
               (xiv) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, have accepted directly or indirectly, during the calendar year of the election for which such individual is nominated or seated, or during the immediately preceding calendar year, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from any 12(d) Holder or from any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert with any 12(d) Holder;
               (xv) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, be an officer, director, partner or managing member (or person performing similar functions) of any 12(d) Holder or of any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or is acting in concert with a 12(d) Holder; and
               (xvi) An individual nominated or seated as a Trustee shall not, and any immediate family member of such nominee shall not, control or act in concert with any 12(d) Holder or any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or is acting in concert with a 12(d) Holder.

19


 

Governance. The Board of Trustees may from time to time require all its members (including any individual nominated to serve as a Trustee) to agree in writing as to matters of corporate governance, business ethics and confidentiality while such persons serve as a Trustee, such agreement to be on the terms and in a form determined satisfactory by the Board of Trustees, as amended and supplemented from time to time in the discretion of the Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
Officers of the Fund. The officers of the Fund shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected or authorized by the Trustees. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that the same person may not be both President and Secretary. No officer of the Fund need be a Trustee.
Election and Tenure. At the initial organization meeting, the Trustees shall elect the President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Fund. Such officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.
Removal of Officers. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees. This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the Chairman, if any, President, or Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chairman, if any, President, or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.
Bonds and Surety. Any officer may be required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.
Chairman, President, and Vice Presidents. The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Trustees. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Fund and, subject to the control of the Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Fund and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. Subject to direction of the Trustees, the President shall each have power in the name and on behalf of the Fund to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents of the Fund. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Trustees, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Fund at any meetings of business organizations in which the Fund holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons. The President shall have such further authorities and

20


 

duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice-Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Trustees or, if more than one and not ranked, the Vice-President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President. Subject to the direction of the Trustees, and of the President, each Vice-President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Fund to execute any and all instruments in writing, and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.
Secretary. The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, shareholders, Trustees and the Executive Committee, if any. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Fund, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so authorized by the Trustees) shall affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Fund which would be sealed by a Delaware business corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Fund. The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.
Treasurer. Except as otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Fund, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally incident to the office. The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Fund or to its order. The Treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Fund in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate. The Treasurer shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Fund as may be ordered by the Trustees or the President. The Treasurer shall keep accurate account of the books of the Fund’s transactions which shall be the property of the Fund, and which together with all other property of the Fund in the Treasurer’s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Trustees. Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Fund and shall also be the principal financial officer of the Fund. The Treasurer shall have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.
Other Officers and Duties. The Trustees may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Fund. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and agent of the Fund shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person by the Trustees or delegated to such person by the President.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
Depositories. The funds of the Fund shall be deposited in such custodians as the Trustees shall designate and shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer, officers,

21


 

agent or agents (including the adviser, administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.
Signatures. All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Fund by its properly authorized officers, agent or agents, as provided in the Declaration or By-Laws or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.
Seal. The Fund is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Fund, may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absence of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.
Disclosure of Holdings. The holders of Shares or other securities of the Fund shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership, control over, holding with power to vote or other beneficial ownership of Shares or other securities of the Fund as the Trustees deem necessary or appropriate.
Governing Law. These By-Laws and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the state in which the Fund was formed, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Trustees hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers.
Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation.
               (a) The provisions of these By-Laws are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of these By-Laws; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these By-Laws or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
               (b) If any provision of these By-Laws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of these By-Laws in any jurisdiction.
ARTICLE V
SHARE TRANSFERS
Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like. As provided in Section 5.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with

22


 

respect to the Shares of the various classes and series, if any, of the Fund as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable. In addition, the Trustees shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.
Transfer of Shares. The Shares of the Fund shall be transferable on the books of the Fund only upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Fund of proper documentation as provided in Section 5.8 of the Declaration. The Fund, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.
Registered Shareholders. The Fund may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.
ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS
Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws. In accordance with Section 3.8 of the Declaration, only the Trustees shall have the power to amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time. Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office. The Trustees shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration, and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Declaration.
Amended by the Board of Trustees on: February 16, 2011

23

Exhibit 99.(k)(1)
Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
Among
Each of the Gabelli Closed End Investment Companies Listed on
Exhibit A Hereto
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
and
Computershare Inc.

 


 

Table of Contents
         
Section 1 Certain Definitions
    3  
 
       
Section 2 Appointment of Agent
    3  
 
       
Section 3 Standard Services
    5  
 
       
Section 4 Dividend Reinvestment Plan Services
    6  
 
       
Section 5 Computershare Dividend Disbursing and Payment Services
    6  
 
       
Section 6 Optional Services
    7  
 
       
Section 7 Fees and Expenses
    7  
 
       
Section 8 Representations and Warranties
    8  
 
       
Section 9 Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
    9  
 
       
Section 10 Damages
    10  
 
       
Section 11 Responsibilities of the Company
    11  
 
       
Section 12 Confidentiality
    11  
 
       
Section 13 Term and Termination
    12  
 
       
Section 14 Assignment
    13  
 
       
Section 15 Unaffiliated Third Parties
    13  
 
       
Section 16 Miscellaneous
    14  

2


 

      AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of January, 2011 by and among each of the Gabelli closed-end investment companies listed on Exhibit A, a corporation, having its principal office and place of business at One Corporate Center, Rye, NY 10580 (the “Company”), and Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company, having its principal office and place of business at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 (collectively, the “Transfer Agent” or individually, “Computershare” and the “Trust Company”, respectively).
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to appoint the Trust Company as sole transfer agent, registrar and administrator of its dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan, and Computershare as dividend disbursing agent and processor of all payments received or made by Company under this Agreement;
      WHEREAS, the Trust Company and Computershare will each separately provide specified services covered by this Agreement and, in addition, the Trust Company may arrange for Computershare to act on behalf of the Trust Company in providing certain of its services covered by this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS, the Trust Company and Computershare desire to accept such respective appointments and perform the services related to such appointments;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS .
1.1 “ Account ” shall mean the account of each Shareholder which holds any full or fractional shares of stock held by such Shareholder, outstanding funds, or reportable tax information.
1.2 “ Agreement ” shall mean this agreement and any and all exhibits or schedules attached hereto and any and all amendments or modifications which may from time to time be executed.
1.3 “ Services ” shall mean all services performed by the Transfer Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
1.4 “ Share ” shall mean Company’s common stock, par value $_____ per share, and Company’s preferred stock, par value $_____ per share, authorized by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, and other classes of Company’s stock to be designated by the Company in writing and which the Transfer Agent agrees to service under this Agreement.
1.5 “Shareholder” shall mean the holder of record of Shares.
1.6 “Shareholder Data” shall mean all information maintained on the records database of the Transfer Agent concerning Shareholders.
1.7 “Plans” shall mean any Dividend Reinvestment, Direct Stock Purchase, or other investment programs administered for the Company.

3


 

2. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT .
2.1 Appointments . The Company hereby appoints the Trust Company to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for all Shares and as administrator of Plans in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and appoints Computershare as the service provider to the Trust Company and as dividend disbursing agent and processor of all payments received or made by or on behalf of the Company under this Agreement, and the Trust Company and Computershare accept the respective appointments.
2.2 Documents . In connection with the appointing of the Trust Company as the transfer agent and registrar for the Company, the Company has provided or will provide the attached appointment and corporate authority documents to the Transfer Agent:
  (a)   Copies of resolutions appointing the Trust Company as the transfer agent;
  (b)   Copies of Registration Statements and amendments thereto, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, for initial public offerings;
  (c)   Specimens of all forms of outstanding stock certificates for Shares, in forms approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, with a certificate of the Secretary of the Company as to such approval;
  (d)   Specimens of the signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign stock certificates and authorized to sign written instructions and requests;
  (e)   An opinion of counsel for the Company addressed to both the Trust Company and Computershare with respect to:
  (i)   The Company’s organization and existence under the laws of its state of organization;
 
  (ii)   The status of all Shares of the Company covered by the appointment under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other applicable federal or state statute; and
 
  (iii)   That all issued Shares are, and all unissued Shares will be, when issued, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;
  (f)   A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company;
  (g)   Copies of all material amendments to the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company made after the date of this Agreement, promptly after such amendments are made; and
  (h)   A certificate of the Company as to the Shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as well as a description of all reserves of unissued Shares relating to the exercise of options.
2.3 Records . Transfer Agent may adopt as part of its records all lists of holders, records of Company’s stock, books, documents and records which have been employed by any former agent of Company for the maintenance of the ledgers for such shares, provided such ledger is certified by an officer of Company or the prior transfer agent to be true, authentic and complete. The Transfer Agent shall keep records relating to the Services, in the form and manner it deems advisable. The Transfer Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the Services are the property of the Company and will be preserved,

4


 

maintained and made available in accordance with the requirements of law, and will be surrendered promptly to the Company on and in accordance with its request.
2.4 Shares . Company shall, if applicable, inform Transfer Agent as to (i) the existence or termination of any restrictions on the transfer of Shares and in the application to or removal from any stock certificate of any legend restricting the transfer of such Shares or the substitution for such certificate of a certificate without such legend, (ii) any authorized but unissued Shares reserved for specific purposes, (iii) any outstanding Shares which are exchangeable for Shares and the basis for exchange, (iv) reserved Shares subject to option and the details of such reservation, and (v) special instructions regarding dividends and information of foreign Shareholders.
2.5 Certificates . Company shall deliver to Transfer Agent an appropriate supply of stock certificates, which certificates shall provide a signature panel for use by an officer of or authorized signor for Transfer Agent to sign as transfer agent and registrar, and which shall state that such certificates are only valid after being countersigned and registered, or provide Transfer Agent with documentation required to print on demand stock certificates, as the case may be.
3. STANDARD SERVICES .
3,1 Share Services . The Transfer Agent shall perform the following Share Services:
  (a)   issue and record the appropriate number of Shares as authorized and hold such Shares in the appropriate Shareholder Account;
 
  (b)   effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof upon receipt of appropriate documentation; and
 
  (c)   Replacement Certificates . The Transfer Agent shall issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and the Company harmless, absent notice to the Company and the Transfer Agent that such certificates have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser. The Transfer Agent may, at its option, issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity. Further, the Transfer Agent may, at its sole option, accept indemnification from the Company to issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed in lieu of an open penalty bond.
3.2 Unclaimed Property and Lost Shareholders . The Transfer Agent shall report unclaimed property to each state in compliance with applicable law and shall comply with Rule 17 Ad-17 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for lost shareholders.
3.3 Computer Services . The Transfer Agent shall provide the following computer Services:
  (a)   Shareholder Internet Services . The Transfer Agent shall provide internet access to Company’s Shareholders through Transfer Agent’s web site, www.computershare.com (“Shareholder Internet Services”), pursuant to its established procedures (“Security Procedures”) and fees, to allow Shareholders to view their Account information and perform certain on-line transactions. The Shareholder Internet Services are provided “as is,” on an “as available” basis, and Transfer Agent hereby specifically disclaims any and all representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding

5


 

      such Services, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose and implied warranties arising from course of dealing or course of performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in providing Shareholder Internet Services, the Transfer Agent will comply with all applicable laws concerning consent to deliver and delivery of documents electronically.
 
  (b)   Issuer Online . Transfer Agent shall provide Company with access to Shareholder Data maintained on the Transfer Agent’s databases and computer system through the Internet (“Issuer Online”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and pursuant to the Transfer Agent’s established procedures, to be provided to the Company.
 
  (c)   Proprietary Information . The Company acknowledges that the databases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Company by Transfer Agent as part of Issuer Online, or otherwise, is under the control and ownership of the Transfer Agent or other third party (including its affiliates) and constitutes copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) of substantial value to the Transfer Agent or other third party. In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Shareholder Data. The Company agrees to treat all Proprietary Information as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 of this Agreement.
 
  (d)   Third Party Content . Organizations from which the Transfer Agent may obtain certain data included in the Services are solely responsible for the contents of such data and the Company agrees to make no claim against the Transfer Agent arising out of the contents of such third party data, including, but not limited to, the accuracy thereof.
 
  (e)   Employees and Agents . Each party shall take reasonable efforts to advise its employees and agents of their respective obligations pursuant to this Section 3.3.
4. DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN SERVICES .
4.1 The Trust Company shall perform all services under the Plans, as the administrator of such Plans, with the exception of payment processing for which Computershare has been appointed as agent by Company, and certain other services that the Trust Company may subcontract to Computershare as permitted by applicable law (e.g. ministerial services).
4.2 The Transfer Agent shall act as agent for Shareholders pursuant to the Plans in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Plans.
5. DIVIDEND DISBURSING AND PAYMENT SERVICES .
5.1 Declaration of Dividends . Upon receipt of a written notice from the President, any Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of Company declaring the payment of a dividend, Computershare shall disburse such dividend payments provided that in advance of the applicable check mailing date, Company furnishes Computershare with sufficient funds. The payment of such funds to Computershare for the purpose of being available for the payment of dividends from time to time is not intended by Company to confer any rights in such funds on Shareholders whether in trust, contract, or otherwise.

6


 

5.2 Stop Payments . Company hereby authorizes Computershare to stop payment of checks issued in payment of dividends or for sales proceeds, but not presented for payment, when the payees thereof allege either that they have not received the checks or that such checks have been mislaid, lost, stolen, destroyed or, through no fault of theirs, are otherwise beyond their control and cannot be produced by them for presentation and collection, and Computershare shall issue and deliver duplicate checks in replacement thereof, and Company shall indemnify Transfer Agent against any loss or damage resulting from reissuance of the checks.
5.3 Tax Withholding . Company hereby authorizes Computershare to deduct from all dividends declared by Company and disbursed by Computershare, as dividend disbursing agent, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442 and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any federal or state statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary return and payment of such tax in connection therewith.
5.4 Plan Payments . Company hereby authorizes Computershare to receive all payments made to the Company (i.e. optional cash purchases) or the Transfer Agent under the Plans and make all payments required to be made under such Plans, including all payments required to be made to the Company.
5.5 Bank Accounts . The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by Computershare in connection with the Services will be in Computershare’s name and that Computershare may receive investment earnings in connection with the investment at Computershare’s risk and for its benefit of funds held in those accounts from time to time.
6. OPTIONAL SERVICES .
6.1 Optional Services To the extent that Company elects to engage any entity other than the Transfer Agent (“Company Vendor”) to provide any of the services listed below, the Company shall give the Transfer Agent the right of first refusal to provide such services upon the same terms and fees as the Company Vendor:
  (a)   Employee Stock Purchase or Option Plan services; and
 
  (b)   Corporate Actions services (including, inter alia, odd lot buy backs, exchanges, mergers, redemptions, subscriptions, capital reorganizations, coordination of post-merger services and special meetings).
6.2 In the event that the Company Vendor provides the services set forth in Section 6.1, the Company shall pay the Transfer Agent its standard fees and expenses charged by the Transfer Agent for Services rendered to support the above Services rendered by the Company Vendor for the benefit of the Company.
7. FEES AND EXPENSES .
7.1 Fee and Service Schedules . Company agrees to pay Transfer Agent the fees for Services performed pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto and incorporated herein, for the initial term of the Agreement (the “Initial Term”). Sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term (as defined below), whichever is applicable, the parties to this Agreement will agree upon a Fee Schedule for the upcoming Renewal Term. If no new fee schedule is agreed upon, the fees will increase as set forth in the Term Section of the Fee and Service Schedule.
7.2 Out-of-Pocket Expenses . In addition to the fees paid under Section 7.1 above, the Company agrees to reimburse the Transfer Agent for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent as set out in the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto.

7


 

7.3 Conversion Funds . Conversion funding required by any out of proof condition caused by a prior agents’ services shall be advanced to Transfer Agent prior to the commencement of Services.
7.4 Invoices . The Company agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 days of the date of the respective billing notice, except for any fees or expenses that are subject to good faith dispute. In the event of such a dispute, the Company may only withhold that portion of the fee or expense subject to the good faith dispute. The Company shall settle such disputed amounts within five (5) business days of the day on which the parties agree on the amount to be paid by payment of the agreed amount. If no agreement is reached, then such disputed amounts shall be settled as may be required by law or legal process.
7.5 Late Payments .
  (a)   If any undisputed amount in an invoice of the Transfer Agent (for fees or reimbursable expenses) is not paid within 30 days after receipt of such invoice, the Company shall pay the Transfer Agent interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at a per annum rate equal to eighteen percent (18%). Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable provisions of Massachusetts law.
  (b)   The failure by Company to pay an invoice within 90 days after receipt of such invoice or the failure by the Company to timely pay two consecutive invoices shall constitute a material breach pursuant to Section 13.4(a) below. The Transfer Agent may terminate this Agreement for such material breach immediately and shall not be obligated to provide the Company with 30 days to cure such breach.
7.6 Overtime Charges . Overtime charges will be assessed in the event of a late delivery to the Transfer Agent of Company material for mailings to Shareholders, unless the mail date is rescheduled. Such material includes, but is not limited to, proxy statements, quarterly and annual reports and news releases.
8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .
8.1 Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent . The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Company that:
  (a)   Governance . The Trust Company is a federally chartered limited purpose national bank duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the United States and Computershare is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and each has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Transfer Agent has been duly authorized by all necessary action and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Transfer Agent enforceable against Transfer Agent in accordance with its terms;
  (b)   Compliance with Laws . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Transfer Agent will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Transfer Agent is subject, (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory official, body or

8


 

      authority which is applicable to Transfer Agent, (iii) the incorporation documents or by-laws of the Transfer Agent, or (iv) any material agreement to which Transfer Agent is a party;
  (c)   Company’s Agent . Transfer Agent is engaged in an independent business and will perform its obligations under this Agreement as an agent of Company.
8.2 Representations and Warranties of Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Transfer Agent that:
  (a)   Governance . It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and it has full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Company has been duly authorized by all necessary action and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Company enforceable against Company in accordance with its terms;
 
  (b)   Compliance with Laws . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Company will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Company is subject, (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority which is applicable to Company, (iii) the incorporation documents or by-laws of the Company, (iv) any material agreement to which Transfer Agent is a party, or (v) exchange rules; and
 
  (c)   Securities Act of 1933 . A registration statement under the 1933 Act has been filed and is currently effective, or will be effective prior to the sale of any Shares, and will remain so effective, and all appropriate state securities law filings have been made with respect to all the Shares of the Company being offered for sale except for any Shares which are offered in a transaction or series of transactions which are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws; information to the contrary will result in immediate notification to the Transfer Agent by Company.
9. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .
9.1 Company Indemnity . The Company shall indemnify and hold the Transfer Agent harmless from and against, and the Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and expenses, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to:
  (a)   all actions of the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement provided such actions are taken in good faith and without gross negligence or willful misconduct;
  (b)   The Company’s lack of good faith, negligence or willful misconduct or the breach of any representation or warranty of the Company hereunder;
  (c)   The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any information, records, data, and documents which have been prepared and/or maintained by the Company or any other person or firm on behalf of the Company and provided to the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors. Such other person or firm shall include any former transfer agent or

9


 

      former registrar, or co-transfer agent or co-registrar or any current registrar where the Transfer Agent is not the current registrar;
  (d)   The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of (i) any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, including Shareholders, and (ii) electronic instructions from Shareholders submitted through the Shareholder Internet Services, from Company through Issuer Online, or through any other electronic means pursuant to security procedures established by the Transfer Agent;
  (e)   The negotiation and processing of all checks, including checks made payable to Shareholders or prospective shareholders that are tendered to the Transfer Agent for the purchase of Shares (commonly known as “third party checks”); and
  (f)   The recognition, acceptance, or processing by the Transfer Agent of stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of officers of the Company, and the proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.
9.2 Instructions . From time to time, Company may provide Transfer Agent with instructions concerning the Services. In addition, at any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Company for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel for the Transfer Agent or the Company with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and Transfer Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Company for any action taken or omitted by it in reliance upon any Company instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel. The Transfer Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Company.
9.3 Transfer Agent Indemnification/Limitation of Liability . Transfer Agent shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to: (a) Transfer Agent’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, (b) Transfer Agent’s negligence or willful misconduct, or (c) Transfer Agent’s breach of any representation or warranty hereunder, for which Transfer Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; provided, however, that Transfer Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all Services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the amounts paid hereunder by the Company to Transfer Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Transfer Agent is being sought.
9.4 Notice . In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim. The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified party. The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.

10


 

10. DAMAGES .
No party shall be liable for any incidental, indirect, special or consequential damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, loss of anticipated profits, occasioned by a breach of any provision of this Agreement even if apprised of the possibility of such damages.
11. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMPANY .
11.1 The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, documents, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Transfer Agent for the carrying out, or performing by the Transfer Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
11.2 Notification . Company shall notify Transfer Agent as soon as possible in advance of any stock split, stock dividend or similar event which may affect the Shares, and of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Company affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Transfer Agent will have no obligation to perform any Services under this Agreement subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Company affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights unless Transfer Agent receives assurance satisfactory to it that it will receive full payment for such Services.
12. CONFIDENTIALITY .
12.1 Definition . Each party acknowledges and understands that any and all technical, trade secret, or business information, including, without limitation, financial information, business or marketing strategies or plans, product development, Company information, Shareholder information (including any non-public information of such Shareholder), Proprietary Information, or proprietary software (including methods or concepts used therein, sources code, object code, or related technical information) which has been or is disclosed to the other or has been or is otherwise obtained by the other, its affiliates, agents or representatives before or during the term of this Agreement (the “Confidential Information”) is confidential and proprietary, constitutes trade secrets of the owner (or its affiliates), and is of great value and importance to the success of the owner’s (or its affiliates’) business. The parties shall treat the terms and conditions (but not the existence) of this Agreement as the Confidential Information of the other party. Confidential Information shall not include any information that is: (a) already known to the other party or its affiliates at the time of the disclosure; (b) publicly known at the time of the disclosure or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act or failure of the other party; (c) subsequently disclosed to the other party or its affiliates on a non-confidential basis by a third party not having a confidential relationship with the owner and which rightfully acquired such information; or (d) independently developed by one party without access to the Confidential Information of the other.
12.2. Use and Disclosure . All Confidential Information relating to a party will be held in confidence by the other party to the same extent and with at least the same degree of care as such party protects its own confidential or proprietary information of like kind and import, but in no event using less than a reasonable degree of care. Neither party will disclose, duplicate, publish, release, transfer or otherwise make available Confidential Information of the other party in any form to, or for the use or benefit of, any person or entity without the other party’s consent. Each party will, however, be permitted to disclose relevant aspects of the other party’s Confidential Information to its officers, affiliates, agents, subcontractors and employees to the extent that such disclosure is reasonably necessary for the performance of its duties and obligations under this

11


 

Agreement and such disclosure is not prohibited by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (15 U.S.C. 6801 et seq.), as it may be amended from time to time (the “GLB Act”), the regulations promulgated thereunder or other applicable law. Each party will establish commercially reasonable controls to ensure that the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and to ensure that the Confidential Information is not disclosed contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, the GLB Act or any other applicable privacy law. Without limiting the foregoing, each party will implement such physical and other security measures as are necessary to (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of the Confidential Information; (b) protect against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of the Confidential Information; and (c) protect against any unauthorized access to or use of the Confidential Information. To the extent that any duties and responsibilities under this Agreement are delegated to an agent or other subcontractor, the party ensures that such agent and subcontractor are contractually bound to confidentiality terms consistent with the terms of this Section 12.
12.3. Required or Permitted Disclosure . In the event that any requests or demands are made for the disclosure of Confidential Information, other than requests to Computershare for records of Shareholders pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions), the party will notify the other party to secure instructions from an authorized officer of such party as to request and to enable the other party the opportunity to obtain a protective order or other confidential treatment. Each party expressly reserves the right, however, to disclose the Confidential Information to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to disclose such Confidential Information or if required by law or court order.
12.4 Unauthorized Disclosure . As may be required by law and without limiting either party’s rights in respect of a breach of this Section, each party will:
  (a)   promptly notify the other party in writing of any unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information by any person or entity that may become known to such party;
 
  (b)   promptly furnish to the other party full details of the unauthorized possession, use or disclosure; and
 
  (c)   promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a recurrence of any such unauthorized possession, use or disclosure of Confidential Information.
12.5 Costs . Each party will bear the costs it incurs as a result of compliance with this Section 12.
13. TERM AND TERMINATION .
13.1 Term . The Initial Term of this Agreement shall be three (1) year from the date first stated above unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13. This Agreement will renew automatically from year to year (each a “Renewal Term”), unless a terminating party gives written notice to the other party not less than sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, whichever is in effect.
13.2 Early Termination . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, should Company desire to move any of its Services provided by the Transfer Agent hereunder to a successor service provider prior to the expiration of the then current Initial or Renewal Term, or without the required notice period, the Transfer Agent shall make a good faith effort to facilitate the conversion on such prior date, however, there can be no guarantee that the Transfer Agent will be able to facilitate a conversion of Services on such prior date. In connection with the foregoing, should Services be converted to a successor service provider, or if the Company is liquidated or its assets merged or purchased or the like with another entity which

12


 

does not utilize the services of the Transfer Agent, the fees payable to the Transfer Agent shall be calculated as if the Services had remained with the Transfer Agent until the expiration of the then current Initial or Renewal Term and calculated at existing rates on the date notice of termination was given to the Transfer Agent, and the payment of fees to the Transfer Agent as set forth herein shall be accelerated to the date prior to the conversion or termination of Services. This Section 13.2 shall not apply if the Transfer Agent is terminated for cause under Section 13.4(a) of this Agreement. Once this Agreement is terminated, any and all other Services provided by Transfer Agent for the Company will be deemed terminated on said date.
13.3 Expiration or Termination of Term . In the event of the expiration or termination of this Agreement by either party, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Company. Additionally, the Transfer Agent will charge a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate fees incurred by Company during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, provided, however, such fee shall in no event be less than three thousand, seven hundred and fifty ($3,750.00) dollars.
13.4 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following:
  (a)   at any time by any party upon a material breach of a representation, covenant or term of this Agreement by any other unaffiliated party which is not cured within a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after the date of written notice thereof by one of the other parties; and
  (b)   by Transfer Agent, at any time, in the event that during the term of this Agreement, a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is filed by or against Company or a trustee or receiver is appointed for any substantial part of Company’s property (and in a case of involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding, there is entered an order for relief, or order appointing a receiver or some similar order or decree and Company does not succeed in having such order lifted or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of its entry), or Company makes an assignment of all or substantially all of its property for the benefit of creditors or ceases to conduct its operations in the normal course or business.
14. ASSIGNMENT .
14.1 Consent . Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.2 below, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by the Company or the Transfer Agent without the written consent of the other.
14.2 Affiliates . The Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Company, assign any of its rights and obligations hereunto to any affiliated transfer agent registered under Rule 17Ac2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
14.3 Sub-contractors . Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Company, subcontract with any affiliates, or may subcontract with unaffiliated subcontractors for telephone and mailing services, as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that the Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Company for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions.

13


 

15. UNAFFILIATED THIRD PARTIES .
Nothing herein shall impose any duty upon the Transfer Agent in connection with or make the Transfer Agent liable for the actions or omissions to act of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, airborne services, the U.S. mails and telecommunication companies, provided, if the Transfer Agent selected such company, the Transfer Agent shall have exercised due care in selecting the same.
16. MISCELLANEOUS .
16.1 Notices . Any notice or communication by the Transfer Agent or the Company to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address:
     
If to the Company:
  Gabelli Closed-End Funds
 
  One Corporate Center
 
  Rye, NY 10580
 
  Telecopy No.: (914) 921-5118
 
  Attn: Carter Austin
 
   
If to the Transfer Agent:
  Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
 
  c/o Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.
 
  250 Royall Street
 
  Canton, MA 02021
 
  Telecopy No.: (781) 575-4210
 
  Attn: General Counsel
16.2 No Expenditure of Funds . No provision of this Agreement shall require the Transfer Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it shall believe in good faith that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
16.3 Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Transfer Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
16.4 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by the parties hereto and, to the extent required, authorized or approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.
16.5 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provision, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
16.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

14


 

16.7 Force Majeure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.
16.8 Third Party Beneficiaries . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Transfer Agent, the Company and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.
16.9 Survival . All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability and limits thereon, and confidentiality and protection of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
16.10 Priorities . In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.
16.11 Merger of Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.
16.12 No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event any ambiguity or question or intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by all parties hereto, and not presumption or burden or proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
16.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
[The remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

15


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.
             
Computershare Inc. and
Computershare Trust Company, N. A.

    The Gabelli Closed-End Funds
 
On Behalf of Both Entities:        
 
By:      By:   
  Name:      Name:   
  Title:     Title:  

16


 

EXHIBIT A
Gabelli Equity Trust Inc.
Gabelli Dividend & Income Trust
Gabelli Convertible and Income Securities Fund Inc.
Gabelli Global Multimedia Trust
Gabelli Utility Trust
Gabelli Global Utility & Income Trust
Gabelli Convertible and Income Securities 6.00% Series B Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Dividend and Income Trust 5.875% Series A Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Dividend and Income Trust 6.00% Series D Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Equity Trust 5.875% Series D Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Equity Trust 6.20% Series F Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Global Multimedia Trust Inc. 6.00% Series B Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Utility Trust 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Healthcare & Wellness Rx Trust
Gabelli Healthcare & Wellness Rx Trust 5.76% Series A Preferred

17

Exhibit 99.(k)(2)
FEE AND SERVICE SCHEDULE FOR STOCK TRANSFER SERVICES
between
EACH OF THE GABELLI CLOSED-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES
and
COMPUTERSHARE INC.
and
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
This Fee and Service Schedule is by and between, Computershare Inc. (formerly known as Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.) (“Computershare”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trust Company”), (collectively, “Transfer Agent”) or individually “Computershare” and the “Trust Company”, respectively and each of the Gabelli Closed-End Investment Companies the (“Company”), (hereinafter referred to as “the Company”), whereby the Transfer Agent will perform the following services for the Company. This Fee and Service Schedule (“Schedule”) is an attachment to the Agreement. Terms used, but not otherwise defined in this Schedule, shall have the same meaning as those terms in the Agreement.
TERM
The fees set forth in this Schedule shall be effective for a period of three (3) years , commencing from the effective date of January 1, 2011 (the “Initial Term”). Sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term, whichever is applicable, the parties to this Agreement will agree upon a Fee Schedule for the upcoming Renewal Term. If no new fee schedule is agreed upon, provided that service mix and volumes remain constant, the fees listed in the Schedule shall be increased (a) by the accumulated change in the National Employment Cost Index for Service Producing Industries (Finance, Insurance, Real Estate) for the preceding years of the contract, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor; or (b) to the Transfer Agent’s minimum fees then in effect, whichever is greater. Fees will be increased on this basis for each successive Renewal Term.
FEES :
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fee*
$5.00 per open account & $2.00 per closed account (minimum monthly fee of $1,000.00 for each of the
following funds):
Gabelli Equity Trust Inc.
Gabelli Utility Trust
Gabelli Global Multimedia Trust
Gabelli Convertible and Income Securities Fund Inc.
$4,000.00 Per month, Gabelli Healthcare & Wellness Rx Trust
$1,000.00 Per month, for the following funds:
Gabelli Global Utility and Income Trust
Gabelli Dividend and Income Trust
Gabelli Convertible and Income Securities 6.00% Series B Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Dividend and Income Trust 5.875% Series A Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Dividend and Income Trust 6.00% Series D Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Equity Trust 5.875% Series D Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Global Multimedia Trust Inc. 6% Series B Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Utility Trust 5.625% Series A Cumulative Preferred

 


 

$833.33   Per month for the following funds:
Gabelli Equity Trust 6.20% Series F Cumulative Preferred
Gabelli Healthcare & Wellness Rx Trust 5.76% Series A Preferred
$1,000.00*   Per month, for any new fund with monthly dividend payments
$833.33*   Per month, for any new fund with quarterly dividend payments
*Spin-offs will be priced separately at a fee agreed upon by both parties.
DRP AND DTC Fees:
$.75   For each Dividend Reinvestment, per participant
*   If the average volume of transactions, inquiries, or telephone calls significantly increases during the term of this Agreement as a result of outside factors or unforeseen circumstances for which the Transfer Agent is not the proximate cause, the Transfer Agent and the Company shall negotiate an additional fee.
Lost Owner/Shareholder Search Services
  SEC Electronic Database Search $2.00 per account searched
SERVICES (per fund)
    Administrative Services
    Annual administrative services as Transfer Agent and Registrar for the closed-end funds listed above
 
    Assignment of relationship manager
    Account Maintenance
    Maintain registered Shareholder accounts per year, to include the following services:
 
    Create new Shareholder accounts
 
    Post and acknowledge address changes
 
    Process other routine file maintenance adjustments
 
    Post all transactions, including debit and credit certificates, to the Shareholder file
 
    Respond to requests for audit confirmations
 
    Perform OFAC (Office of Foreign Asset Control) and Patriot Act reporting
 
    Obtain tax certifications
    Share Issuance
    Issue, cancel and register Shares
 
    Process all legal transfers as appropriate
 
    Combine certificates into larger and/or smaller denominations
 
    Replace lost, stolen or destroyed certificates in accordance with UCC guidelines and Transfer Agent policy (subject to Shareholder-paid fee and bond premium)
 
    Place, maintain and remove stop-transfer notations
    Shareholder Communications
    Provide Company-specific Shareholder contact number;
 
    Provide IVR 24/7 (subject to system maintenance);
 
    Respond to Shareholder inquiries (written, e-mail and web);
 
    Record all Shareholder calls;
 
    Scan and image incoming correspondence from Shareholders;

Page 2


 

    Direct Registration System (“DRS”)
    Register, issue and transfer DRS book-entry shares
 
    Issue DRS statements of holding
 
    Provide shareholders with the ability to sell shares through the IVR, telephone, mail or Internet, either via a batch order or a market order transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions, including applicable fees, of the DRS Sales Facility
 
    Process sales requests within the appropriate timeframe based on the type of service requested, in accordance with the terms of the DRS sales facility
 
    Coordinate the issuance, payment and reconcilement for any proceeds stemming from the use of the DRS sales facility, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the facility
 
    Coordinate the mailing of advices to shareholders
 
    Accept and deposit certificated shares into a DRS position
    Online Access
    Provide availability to “Issuer Online,” which provides access to Company and Shareholder information administered by Computershare, which permits data management including accessing standard reports such as Top 10 — 200 Shareholder lists, submitting real-time inquiries such as an issued capital query, and reporting by holding range
 
    Provide availability to “Investor Centre,” which provides Shareholder account information, transaction capabilities, and downloadable forms and FAQs
 
    Provide On-Demand Reporting to allow Company to generate non-standard reports 24/7 at Transfer Agent’s standard fee for such reports
    Dividend Services
    Receive full funding one day prior to payable date by 11:00 a.m., Eastern Standard Time via Federal Funds Wire, ACH or Demand Deposit Account debit
 
    Coordinate the mailing of quarterly dividends with an additional enclosure with each dividend check
 
    Prepare and file Federal Information Returns (Form 1099) of dividends paid in a year
 
    Prepare and file State Information Returns of dividends paid in a year to Shareholders resident within such state
 
    Prepare and file annual withholding return (Form 1042) and payments to the government of income taxes withheld from Non-Resident Aliens
 
    Coordinate the mailing of Form 1099 to Shareholders
 
    Coordinate the email notification to Shareholders of the online availability of Form 1099
 
    Replace lost dividend checks
 
    Reconcile paid and outstanding checks
 
    Code “undeliverable” accounts to suppress mailing dividend checks to same
 
    Keep records of accumulated uncashed dividends
 
    Perform the following duties as required by the Interest and Dividend Tax Compliance Act of 1983:
    Withhold tax from Shareholder accounts not in compliance with the provisions of the Act
 
    Reconcile and report taxes withheld, including additional 1099 reporting requirements, to the Internal Revenue Service
 
    Mail to new accounts who have had taxes withheld, to inform them of procedures to be followed to curtail subsequent back-up withholding
 
    Perform Shareholder file adjustments to reflect certification of accounts
    ACH Services
    Review cards for accuracy and completeness and identifying cards with incomplete information
 
    Mail cure letter to Shareholders with incomplete cards
 
    Identify cards received after the cut-off date
 
    Code accounts for ACH and performing pre-note test
 
    Identify rejected ACH transmissions mail dividend check and explanation letter to Shareholders with rejected transmissions

Page 3


 

    Respond to Shareholder inquiries concerning the ACH Program
 
    Code cards received after cut-off date
 
    Calculate on a quarterly basis the Share breakdown for ACH vs. other dividend payments and notifying the Company of funding amount for ACH transmissions and other payable date funds
 
    Credit ACH designated bank accounts automatically on dividend payable date
 
    Maintenance of ACH participant file, including coding new ACH accounts
 
    Process termination requests
 
    Keep adequate records including retention of authorization cards
    Investment Plan Services
    Maintain plan accounts and establish new participant accounts
 
    As requested, invest dividend monies and Optional Cash Purchases per the plan document
 
    Coordinate the mailing of statements and/or transaction advices to Plan participants when activity occurs
 
    Coordinate an email notification to requesting Plan participants of the online availability of their plan statements
 
    Process automatic investments via the ACH purchase facility
 
    Process termination and withdrawal requests
 
    Provide plan participants with the ability to sell shares through the IVR, telephone, mail or Internet, either via a batch order or a market order transaction, in accordance with the terms of the Plan
 
    Process sale requests within the appropriate timeframe based on the type of service requested and the stipulations of the plan
 
    Coordinate the issuance, payment and reconcilement for any proceeds stemming from the use of the plan sales facility, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plan
 
    Issue the proper tax forms and perform the required reporting to the IRS
 
    Accept and deposit certificated shares into the plan’s safekeeping facility
 
    Coordinate the mailing of Form 1099div to participants, including plan participants and perform related filings with the IRS
 
    Supply summary reports for each reinvestment/investment to client if requested
    International Currency Exchange Services
    Allow Shareholders to elect to receive sale proceeds and dividend payments in foreign currencies (subject to certain geographic restrictions) by check or by electronic funds transfer in accordance with Transfer Agent’s guidelines (fees paid by Shareholders)
    Annual Meeting Services
    Prepare a full Shareholder list as of the Annual Meeting Record Date
 
    Address proxy cards for all registered Shareholders
 
    Coordinate the mailing of the proxy card, proxy statement, return envelope and Annual Report to all registered Shareholders
 
    Receive, open and examine returned proxies
 
    Tabulate returned proxies
 
    Provide on-line access to proxy vote status
 
    Attend Annual Meeting as Inspector of Election (travel expenses billed as incurred)
 
    Prepare a final Annual Meeting list reflecting how each account has voted on each proposal
    Additional Annual Meeting Services (SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL FEES)
    Electronic delivery of proxy material
 
    Accept and load other related proxy files, 401K, ESPP and other stock issues not on our recordkeeping system
 
    Match load related proxy files to registered Shareholder base to eliminate duplicate mailings
 
    Provide householding of materials to the same address
 
    Provide Internet and telephone voting

Page 4


 

    Provide services related to notice and access requirements including web hosting of materials, notice only mailings, and mixed mailings.
 
    Provide proxy solicitation services by Georgeson
 
    Broker search and beneficial or “street holder” distribution
 
    Provide financial printing of 10ks, proxy statements and other related documents
    Direct Filing of Abandoned Property
    Coordinate the mailing of due diligence notices to all qualifying Shareholder accounts as defined by the state filing matrix
 
    Process returned Due Diligence notices and remitting property to Shareholders prior to escheatment
 
    Prepare and file Preliminary and Final Abandoned Property Reports
 
    Prepare and file checks for each state covering unclaimed funds as per state requirements
 
    Issue and file stock certificate(s) registered to the applicable state(s) representing returned (RPO) certificates and underlying Share positions
 
    Retain, as required by law or otherwise, records of property escheated to the states and responding, after appropriate research, to Shareholder inquiries relating to same
    Lost Owner/Shareholder Search Services
    Perform electronic database searches in accordance with SEC requirements
 
    Update new addresses provided by search firm
 
    Send verification form to Shareholder to validate address
 
    Reissue abandoned property held to Shareholders upon receipt of signed verification form
Additional Services
Items not included in the fees and services set forth in this Schedule include, but are not limited to, services associated with the payment of a stock dividend, stock split, corporate reorganization, unvested stock program, DWAC services provided to broker dealers, audit services, services provided to a vendor of the Company, or any services associated with a special project, and are to be billed separately, on an appraisal basis.
Services required by legislation or regulatory fiat which become effective after the date of acceptance of this Schedule shall not be a part of the Standard Services and shall be billed by appraisal. All additional services not specifically covered under this Schedule will be billed by appraisal, as applicable.
Billing Definition of Number of Accounts
For billing purposes, the number of accounts will be based on open accounts on file at the beginning of each billing period, plus any new accounts added during that period. An open account shall mean the account of each Shareholder which account shall hold any full or fractional Shares of stock held by such Shareholder, outstanding funds, or reportable tax information.
Out-of-Pocket Expenses
In addition to the fees above, the Company agrees to reimburse the Transfer Agent for out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, forms, telephone, taxes, records storage, exchange and broker fees, or advances incurred by the Transfer Agent for the items set out in Exhibit A attached hereto. In addition, any other expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent at the request or with the consent of the Company, will be reimbursed by the Company.

Page 5


 

ACCEPTANCE
In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Fee and Service Schedule to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly agreed and authorized, as of the effective date of this Fee and Service Schedule.
                             
Computershare Inc.                        
Computershare Trust Company, N. A.       Gabelli Closed-End Investment Companies
 
                           
On Behalf of Both Entities:                        
 
                           
By:
          By:                
 
                           
 
                           
Name:
          Name:                
 
                           
 
                           
Title:
          Title:                
 
                           
This Fee and Service Schedule shall serve as an attachment to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated January 1, 2011.

Page 6


 

Exhibit A
Out of Pocket Expenses
Out of pocket expenses associated with, but not limited to, the following are not included in the fees quoted in this Fee and Service Schedule and are billable as incurred.
    Postage (outgoing and business reply)
 
    Envelopes
 
    Labels
 
    Forms and stationery and proxy cards
 
    Fulfillment (transfer packages, new account packages, DRIP enrollment packages)
 
    Proxy proof set-up
 
    Insurance premiums (mailing certificates)
 
    Delivery and freight charges (including overnight delivery; Airborne Express, FedEx, etc.)
 
    Typesetting (proxy cards, due diligence mailings, etc.)
 
    Printing (proxy cards)
 
    Destruction of excess/obsolete material
 
    Telephone usage and line expenses
 
    Lost Shareholder Program database search
Please Note:
Good funds to cover postage expenses in excess of $10,000 for Shareholder mailings must be received in full by 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the scheduled mailing date. Postage expenses less than $10,000 will be billed as incurred.
Overtime charges will be assessed in the event of a late delivery to the Transfer Agent of Company material for mailings to Shareholders, unless the mail date is rescheduled. Such material includes, but is not limited to, proxy statements, quarterly and annual reports and news releases.

Page 7

Exhibit (r)(i)
Code of Ethics
Gabelli Funds, LLC
GAMCO Asset Management Inc.
Gabelli & Company, Inc.
Teton Advisors, Inc.
Gabelli Fixed Income LLC
Gabelli Securities, Inc.
Each Registered Investment Company
or series thereof (each of which
is considered to be a Company
for this purpose) for which any
of the Companies listed above
presently or hereafter provides
investment advisory or principal
underwriting services, other than a
money market fund or a fund
that does not invest in Securities.
Introduction
This Code of Ethics establishes rules of conduct for persons who are associated with the companies named above or with the registered investment companies for which such companies provide investment advisory or principal underwriter services. The Code governs their personal investment and other investment-related activities.
The basic rule is very simple: we all have a fiduciary duty to put the client’s interests first. In particular, you are reminded that investment opportunities must be offered first to clients before the firm or staff may act on them. This is one of the important objectives that the procedures set forth in this Code are intended to accomplish. The rest of the rules elaborate this principle. Some of the rules are imposed specifically by law. For example, the laws that govern investment advisers specifically prohibit fraudulent activity, making statements that are not true or that are misleading or omit something that is significant in the context and engaging in manipulative practices. These are general words, of course, and over the years the courts, the regulators and investment advisers have interpreted these words and established codes of conduct for their employees and others who have access to their investment decisions and trading activities. Indeed, the rules obligate investment advisers to adopt written rules that are reasonably designed to prevent the illegal activities described above and must follow procedures that will enable them to prevent such activities.
The purpose of this Code is to reinforce and enhance the long-standing commitment of the entire firm to the highest standards of ethical business conduct. Our business depends on our reputation for integrity and principled business conduct, and this reputation, in turn, depends on the day-to-day actions of every staff member. Accordingly, we must avoid conflicts of interest, which may occur when your private interests interfere in any way, or even appear to interfere, with the interests of the firm or its clients. A conflict situation can arise when you take actions or have interests that make it difficult for you to perform your work objectively and effectively. Your obligation to conduct the firm’s business in an ethical manner includes the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and business relationships, including full disclosure of such conflicts. Each staff member is responsible for conducting himself in a lawful, honest and ethical manner at all times, and in accordance with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to our business, including this Code and all other internal policies and procedures adopted by the firm.
This Code is intended to assist the companies in fulfilling their obligations under the law. The first part lays out who the Code applies to, the second part deals with personal investment activities, the third part deals with other sensitive business practices, and subsequent parts deal with reporting and administrative procedures.

 


 

The Code is very important to the Companies and their staff members. Violations can not only cause the Companies embarrassment, loss of business, legal restrictions, fines, and other punishments, but for staff members, can lead to demotion, suspension, firing, ejection from the securities business, and very large fines.
I. Applicability
  A.   The Code applies to each of the following:
  1.   The Companies named or described at the top of page one of the Code and all entities that are under common management with these Companies or otherwise agree to be subject to the Code (“Affiliates”). A listing of the Affiliates, which is periodically updated, is attached as Exhibit A.
 
  2.   Any officer, director or employee of any Company, Affiliate or Fund Client (as defined below) whose job regularly involves him in the investment process. This includes the formulation and making of investment recommendations and decisions, the purchase and sale of securities for clients and the utilization of information about investment recommendations, decisions and trades. Due to the manner in which the Companies and the Affiliates conduct their business, every employee should assume that he is subject to the Code unless the Compliance Officer specifies otherwise.
 
  3.   With respect to all of the Companies, Affiliates and Fund Clients except Gabelli & Company, Inc., any natural person who controls any of the Companies, Affiliates or Fund Clients and who obtains information regarding the Companies’ or the Affiliates’ investment recommendations or decisions. However, a person whose control arises only as a result of his official position with such entity is excluded. Disinterested directors of Fund Clients and Independent Directors, for example, are excluded from coverage under this item.
 
  4.   With respect to all of the Companies and Fund Clients except Gabelli & Company, Inc., any director, officer, general partner or person performing a similar function even if he has no knowledge of and is not involved in the investment process. Interested and disinterested directors of Fund Clients and Independent Directors are included in coverage under this item.
 
  5.   As an exception, the Code does not apply to any director, officer or employee of any Fund Client (such as certain of The Gabelli Westwood Funds) with respect to which the Companies’ services do not involve the formulation or making of investment recommendations or decisions or the execution of portfolio transactions if that person is also a director, officer or employee of any entity that does perform such services (such as Westwood Management Corp.). These individuals are covered by codes of ethics adopted by such entities.
  B.   Definitions
  1.   Access Persons . The Companies and the persons described in items (A)2 and (A)3 above other than those excluded by item (A)5 above.
 
  2.   Access Person Account . Includes all advisory, brokerage, trust or other accounts or forms of direct beneficial ownership in which one or more Access Persons and/or one or more members of an Access Person’s immediate family have a substantial proportionate economic interest. Immediate family includes an Access Person’s spouse and minor children living with the Access Person. A substantial proportionate economic interest will generally be 10% of the equity in the account in the case of any single Access Person and 25% of the equity in the account in the case of all Access Persons in the aggregate, whichever is first applicable. Investment partnerships and similar indirect means of ownership other than registered open-end investment companies are also treated as accounts.
 
      As an exception, accounts in which one or more Access Persons and/or their immediate family have a substantial proportionate interest which are maintained with persons who have no affiliation with the Companies and with respect to which no Access Person has, in the judgment of the Compliance Officer after reviewing the terms and circumstances, any direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or portfolio execution process are not Access Person Accounts.
 
      As a further exception, subject to the provisions of Article II(I)7, bona fide market making accounts of

- 2 -


 

      Gabelli & Company, Inc. are not Access Person Accounts.
 
      As a further exception, subject to the provisions of Article II(I)7, bona fide error accounts of the Companies and the Affiliates are not Access Person Accounts.
 
  3.   Affiliated Mutual Funds . Registered open-end investment companies or series thereof advised or sub-advised by any of the Companies or their Affiliates.
 
  4.   Associate Portfolio Managers . Access Persons who are engaged in securities research and analysis for designated Clients or are responsible for investment recommendations for designated Clients but who are not principally responsible for investment decisions with respect to any Client accounts.
 
  5.   Clients . Investment advisory accounts maintained with any of the Companies or Affiliates by any person, other than Access Person Accounts. However, Fund Clients covered by item (A)(5) above are considered Client accounts only with respect to employees specifically identified by the Compliance Officer as having regular information regarding investment recommendations or decisions or portfolio transactions for such Fund Clients.
 
  6.   Companies . The companies named or described at the top of page one of the Code.
 
  7.   Compliance Officer . The persons designated as the compliance officers of the Companies.
 
  8.   Covered Persons . The Companies, the Access Persons and the persons described in item (A)4 above.
 
  9.   Fund Clients . Clients that are registered investment companies or series thereof.
 
  10.   Independent Directors . A director of any of the Companies or Affiliates, other than an investment advisor to a Fund Client, who would not be an “interested person” of any of such entities under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 but for the fact that he serves as such a director and may own beneficially securities of any such entity constituting less than 5% of the voting securities thereof and may be an associated person of or own securities in a broker-dealer or parent company thereof and who does not have any involvement in the day-to-day activities of any of the Companies or Fund Clients.
 
  11.   Portfolio Managers . Access Persons who are principally responsible for investment decisions with respect to any Client accounts.
 
  12.   Security . Any financial instrument treated as a security for investment purposes and any related instrument such as a futures, forward or swap contract entered into with respect to one or more securities, a basket of or an index of securities or components of securities. However, the term security does not include securities issued by the Government of the United States, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements, or shares of registered open-end investment companies. Shares of affiliated registered open-end investment companies are not securities but are subject to special rules under this Code.
II. Restrictions on Personal Investing Activities
  A.   Basic Restriction on Investing Activities
 
      If a purchase or sale order is pending or under active consideration for any Client account by any Company or Affiliate, neither the same Security nor any related Security (such as an option, warrant or convertible security) may be bought or sold for any Access Person Account.
 
  B.   Initial Public Offerings
 
      No Security or related Security may be acquired in an initial public offering for any Access Person Account.
 
  C.   Blackout Period
 
      No Security or related Security may be bought or sold for the account of any Portfolio Manager or Associate

- 3 -


 

      Portfolio Manager during the period commencing seven (7) days prior to and ending seven (7) calendar days after the purchase or sale (or entry of an order for the purchase or sale) of that Security or any related Security for the account of any Client with respect to which such person has been designated a Portfolio Manager or Associate Portfolio Manager, unless the Client account receives at least as good a price as the account of the Portfolio Manager or Associate Portfolio Manager and the Compliance Officer determines under the circumstances that the Client account has not been adversely affected (including with respect to the amount of such Security able to be bought by the Client account) by the transaction for the account of the Portfolio Manager or Associate Portfolio Manager.
 
  D.   Short-term Trading and Affiliated Mutual Funds
 
      No Security or related Security may, within a 60-day period, be bought and sold or sold and bought at a profit for any Access Person Account if the Security or related Security was held at any time during that period in any Client account. No Affiliated Mutual Fund, other than money market mutual funds, may be bought and sold within a 60-day period (measured on a last in first out basis). However, shares of Affiliated Mutual Funds held in 401(k) accounts administered by Ascensus (formerly BISYS) will not be subject to the 60-day holding period where the shares were purchased under the following circumstances:
    Shares purchased by reinvestment of dividends or capital gain distributions;
 
    Shares purchased in rollover transactions;
 
    Shares purchased for automatic contribution election; and
 
    Shares purchased for automated account rebalance.
  E.   Exempt Transactions
 
      Participation on an ongoing basis in an issuer’s dividend reinvestment or stock purchase plan, participation in any transaction over which no Access Person had any direct or indirect influence or control and involuntary transactions (such as mergers, inheritances, gifts, etc.) are exempt from the restrictions set forth in paragraphs (A), (C) and (D) above without case by case pre-clearance under paragraph (G) below.
 
  F.   Permitted Exceptions
 
      Purchases and sales of the following Securities for Access Person Accounts are exempt from the restrictions set forth in paragraphs (A), (C) and the first sentence of paragraph (D) above if such purchases and sales comply with the pre-clearance requirements of paragraph (G) below:
  1.   Publicly traded non-convertible fixed income Securities rated at least “A”;
 
  2.   Publicly traded equity Securities of a class having a market capitalization in excess of $1.0 billion;
 
  3.   Publicly traded equity Securities of a class having a market capitalization in excess of $500 million if the transaction in question and the aggregate amount of such Securities and any related Securities purchased and sold for the Access Person Account in question during the preceding 60 days does not exceed 100 shares;
 
  4.   Municipal Securities; and
 
  5.   Securities transactions that the Compliance Officer concludes are being effected for federal, state or local income tax purposes.
      In addition, the exercise of rights that were received pro rata with other security holders is exempt.
 
  G.   Pre-Clearance of Personal Securities Transactions
 
      No Security may be bought or sold for an Access Person Account unless: (i) the Access Person obtains prior approval from the Compliance Officer or, in the absence of the Compliance Officer, from the General

- 4 -


 

      Counsel of GAMCO Investors, Inc. or a designee; (ii) the approved transaction is completed on the same day approval is received; and (iii) the Compliance Officer or the General Counsel or designee does not rescind such approval prior to execution of the transaction (See paragraph I below for details of the Pre-Clearance Process.)
 
  H.   Private Placements
 
      The Compliance Officer will not approve purchases or sales of Securities that are not publicly traded, unless the Access Person provides full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of such person’s activities on behalf of any Client) and the Compliance Officer concludes, after consultation with one or more of the relevant Portfolio Managers, that the Companies would have no foreseeable interest in investing in such Security or any related Security for the account of any Client.
  I.   Pre-Clearance Process
  1.   No Securities may be purchased or sold for any Access Person Account unless the particular transaction has been approved in writing by the Compliance Officer or, in his absence, the General Counsel of GAMCO Investors, Inc. or their designees. The Compliance Officer or a designee shall review not less frequently than weekly reports from the trading desk (or, if applicable, confirmations from brokers) to assure that all transactions effected for Access Person Accounts are effected in compliance with this Code.
 
  2.   No Securities may be purchased or sold for any Access Person Account other than through the trading desk of Gabelli & Company, Inc., unless express permission is granted by the Compliance Officer. Such permission may be granted only on the condition that the third party broker supply the Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of all personal Securities transactions for such Access Person in the accounts maintained with such third party broker and copies of periodic statements for all such accounts.
 
  3.   A Trading Approval Form, attached as Exhibit B, must be completed and submitted to the Compliance Officer or a designee for approval prior to entry of an order.
 
  4.   After reviewing the proposed trade, the level of potential investment interest on behalf of Clients in the Security in question and the Companies’ restricted lists, the Compliance Officer shall approve (or disapprove) a trading order on behalf of an Access Person as expeditiously as possible. The Compliance Officer will generally approve transactions described in paragraph (F) above unless the Security in question or a related security is on the Restricted List or the Compliance Officer believes for any other reason that the Access Person Account should not trade in such Security at such time.
 
  5.   Once an Access Person’s Trading Approval Form is approved, the form must be forwarded to the trading desk (or, if a third party broker is permitted, to the Compliance Officer) for execution on the same day. If the Access Person’s trading order request is not approved, or is not executed on the same day it is approved, the clearance lapses although such trading order request may be resubmitted at a later date.
 
  6.   In the absence of the Compliance Officer, an Access Person may submit his or her Trading Approval Form to the General Counsel of GAMCO Investors, Inc or a designee. Trading approval for the Compliance Officer must be obtained from the General Counsel, and trading approval for the General Counsel must be obtained from the Compliance Officer or a designee. In no case will the Trading Desk accept an order for an Access Person Account unless it is accompanied by a signed Trading Approval Form.
 
  7.   The Compliance Officer shall review all Trading Approval Forms, all initial, quarterly and annual disclosure certifications and the trading activities on behalf of all Client accounts with a view to ensuring that all Covered Persons are complying with the spirit as well as the detailed requirements of this Code. The Compliance Officer will review all transactions in the market making accounts of Gabelli & Company, Inc. and the error accounts of the Companies and the Affiliates in order to ensure that such transactions are bona fide market making or error transactions or are conducted in accordance with the

- 5 -


 

    requirements of this Article II.
III. Other Investment-Related Restrictions
  A.   Gifts
 
      No Access Person shall accept any gift or other item of more than $100 in value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of any Client.
 
  B.   Service As a Director
 
      No Access Person shall commence service on the Board of Directors of a publicly traded company or any company in which any Client account has an interest without prior authorization from the Compliance Committee based upon a determination that the Board service would not be inconsistent with the interests of the Clients. The Compliance Committee shall include the senior Compliance Officer of GAMCO Investors, Inc., the General Counsel of GAMCO Investors, Inc. and at least two of the senior executives from among the Companies.
IV. Reports and Additional Compliance Procedures
  A.   Every Covered Person must submit a report (a form of which is appended as Exhibit C) containing the information set forth in paragraph (B) below with respect to transactions in any Security or Affiliated Mutual Fund in which such Covered Person has or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Exhibit D) in the Security, or Affiliated Mutual Fund and with respect to any account established by the Covered Person in which any Securities or Affiliated Mutual Funds were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person; provided , however , that:
  1.   a Covered Person who is required to make reports only because he is a director of one of the Fund Clients and who is a “disinterested” director thereof or who is an Independent Director need not make a report with respect to any transactions other than those where he knew or should have known in the course of his duties as a director that any Fund Client has made or makes a purchase or sale of the same or a related Security, or the investment adviser of any such Fund Client has considered causing any Fund Client to purchase or sell the same or a related Security, within 15 days before or after the purchase or sale of such Security or related Security by such director.
 
  2.   a Covered Person need not make a report with respect to any transaction effected for, and Securities and Affiliated Mutual Funds held in, any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control; and
 
  3.   a Covered Person will be deemed to have complied with the requirements of this Article IV insofar as the Compliance Officer receives in a timely fashion duplicate monthly or quarterly brokerage statements or transaction confirmations on which all transactions required to be reported hereunder are described.
  B.   A Covered Person must submit the report required by this Article to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction or account to which the report relates was effected or established, and the report must contain the date that the report is submitted.
  1.   This report must contain the following information with respect to transactions:
  a.   The date of the transaction, the title and number of shares and the principal amount of each Security and Affiliated Mutual Fund involved;
 
  b.   The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
  c.   The price at which the transaction was effected; and
 
  d.   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.

- 6 -


 

  2.   This report must contain the following information with respect to accounts established:
 
      The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the account was established; and
 
      The date the account was established.
  C.   Any report submitted to comply with the requirements of this Article IV may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Security or Affiliated Mutual Fund to which the report relates. A person need not make any report under this Article IV with respect to transactions effected for, and Securities, and Affiliated Mutual Funds held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
 
  D.   No later than 10 days after beginning employment with any of the Companies or Affiliates or otherwise becoming a Covered Person, each Covered Person (except for a “disinterested” director of the Fund Client or an Independent Director who is required to submit reports under this Article IV solely by reason of being such a director) must submit a report, which must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of beginning employment, containing the following information:
  1.   The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security and Affiliated Mutual Fund in which the Covered Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became a Covered Person;
 
  2.   The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Covered Person maintained an account in which any Securities and Affiliated Mutual Fund were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person as of the date the person became a Covered Person; and
 
  3.   The date that the report is submitted.
      The form of such report is attached as Exhibit E.
 
  E.   Annually each Covered Person must certify that he has read and understood the Code and recognizes that he is subject to such Code. In addition, annually each Covered Person must certify that he has disclosed or reported all personal Securities and Affiliated Mutual Fund transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code and that he is not subject to any regulatory disability described in the annual certification form. Furthermore, each Covered Person (except for a “disinterested” director of the Fund Client or an Independent Director who is required to submit reports under this Article IV solely by reason of being such a director) annually must submit a report containing the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):
  1.   The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security and Affiliated Mutual Fund in which the Covered Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
  2.   The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Covered Person maintains an account in which any Securities and Affiliated Mutual Funds are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person; and
 
  3.   The date that the report is submitted.
      The form of such certification and report is attached as Exhibit F.
 
  F.   At least annually (or quarterly in the case of Items 4 and 5 below), each of the Companies that has a Fund Client or that provides principal underwriting services for a Fund Client shall, together with each Fund Client, furnish a written report to the Board of Directors of the Fund Client that:
  1.   Describes any issues arising under the Code since the last report.
 
  2.   Certifies that the Companies have developed procedures concerning Covered

- 7 -


 

      Persons’ personal trading activities and reporting requirements relevant to such Fund Clients that are reasonably necessary to prevent violations of the Code;
 
  3.   Recommends changes, if any, to the Fund Clients’ or the Companies’ Codes of Ethics or procedures;
 
  4.   Provides a summary of any material or substantive violations of this Code by Covered Persons with respect to such Fund Clients which occurred during the past quarter and the nature of any remedial action taken; and
 
  5.   Describes any material or significant exceptions to any provisions of this Code of Ethics as determined under Article VI below.
  G.   The Compliance Officer shall notify each employee of any of the Companies or Affiliates as to whether such person is considered to be an Access Person or Covered Person and shall notify each other person that is considered to be an Access Person or Covered Person.
V.   Sanctions
 
    The Compliance Officer or his designee will review all Trading Approval Forms, all initial, quarterly and annual disclosure certifications and the trading activities on behalf of all client accounts with a view to ensuring that all Covered Persons are complying with the spirit as well as the detailed requirements of the Code.
 
    All violations of the Code must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer for the appropriate registered investment adviser. In addition, if a staff member becomes aware of or suspects a violation of the Code by any other staff member, the violation or suspected violation must be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or the General Counsel. Staff members may make such reports anonymously, and will not be retaliated against by the firm for reporting conduct that may constitute a violation of the Code.
 
    Upon discovering that a Covered Person has not complied with the requirements of this Code, the Chief Compliance Officer or the General Counsel will advise the Board of Directors of the relevant Company or of the relevant Fund Client. whichever is most appropriate under the circumstances, which may impose on that person whatever sanctions the Board deems appropriate, including, among other things, disgorgement of profit, censure, suspension or termination of employment. Material violations of requirements of this Code by employees of Covered Persons and any sanctions imposed in connection therewith shall be reported not less frequently than quarterly to the Board of Directors of any relevant Company or Fund Client, as applicable.
 
    The General Counsel will ensure that the Fund Clients and each Gabelli entity that has a Fund Client, furnish a written report to the Board of Directors of each Fund Client, annually or quarterly as required by the Code, containing the information set forth in Section IV(F) of the Code.
VI.   Exceptions
 
    The Compliance Committee of the Companies reserves the right to decide, on a case-by-case basis, exceptions to any provisions under this Code. Any exceptions made hereunder will be maintained in writing by the Compliance Committee and presented to the Board of Directors of any relevant Fund Client at its next scheduled meeting.
 
VII.   Preservation of Documents
 
    This Code, a copy of each report by a Covered Person, any written report made hereunder by the Companies or the Compliance Officer, lists of all persons required to make reports, a list of any exceptions, and the reasons therefore, with respect to Article II.B, and any records under Article II.G with respect to purchases pursuant to Article II.H above, shall be preserved with the records of the relevant Company and any relevant Fund Client for the period required by Rule 17j-1.
 
    In accordance with the Investment Advisers Act, the following documents also will be preserved:
  A.   Records of all violations of the Code and any action taken as a result of such violation;

- 8 -


 

  B.   Records of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code for all Access Persons for a five-year period;
 
  C.   A list of all staff members who are or have been Access Persons during the past five years; and
 
  D.   Records of any decision and supporting reasons for approving the acquisition of securities by Access Persons in limited offerings.
VIII. Other Laws, Rules and Statements of Policy
    Nothing contained in this Code shall be interpreted as relieving any Covered Person from acting in accordance with the provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation or any other statement of policy or procedure governing the conduct of such person adopted by the Companies, the Affiliates or the Fund Clients.
 
IX.   Further Information
 
    If any person has any question with regard to the applicability of the provisions of this Code generally or with regard to any Securities transaction or transactions, he /she should consult the Compliance Officer.

- 9 -


 

EXHIBIT A
LIST OF AFFILIATES OF THE COMPANIES
ALCE Partners, L.P.
Darien Associates LLC
GAMCO Investors, Inc.
Gabelli Arbitrage Holdings LLC
GAMCO Asset Management (UK) Limited
Gabelli Associates Fund
Gabelli Associates Fund II
Gabelli Associates Limited
Gabelli Capital Structure Arbitrate, LP
Gabelli Capital Structure Arbitrage, Ltd.
Gabelli Direct Inc.
Gabelli Fixed Income Distributors, Inc.
Gabelli Fixed Income, Inc.
Gabelli Intermediate Credit Fund LP
Gabelli International Gold Fund Limited
Gabelli International Limited
Gabelli Multimedia Partners, L.P.
Gabelli Performance Partnership L.P.
GGCP, Inc.
Gemini Global Partners, L.P.
Gabelli Global Partners, Ltd.
Gabelli Fund, LDC
Gabelli Japanese Value Partners, LP
Gabelli Japanese Value Partners, Ltd.
Gabelli & Partners, LLC
GAMA Select Energy Plus Fund, LP
Gabelli Trading Holdings LLC
GAMCO Acquisitions LLC
GAMCO Asset Management (Singapore) PTE. LTD.
GAMCO International Partners LLC
GAMCO SRI Partners, Ltd
GAMCO Medical Opportunities, L.P.
GAMCO Long/Short Equity Fund, L.P.
MJG Associates, Inc.
New Century Capital Partners, L.P.

- 10 -


 

EXHIBIT B
PRE-CLEARANCE TRADING APPROVAL FORM
I,                                           (name), am an Access Person or authorized officer thereof and seek pre-clearance to engage in the transaction described below for the benefit of myself or another Access Person:
Acquisition or Disposition (circle one)
Name of Account:
 
Account Number:
 
Date of Request:
 
Security:
 
Amount or # of Shares:
 
Broker:
 
If the transaction involves a Security that is not publicly traded, a description of proposed transaction, source of investment opportunity and any potential conflicts of interest:
I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the transaction described herein is not prohibited by the Code of Ethics and that the opportunity to engage in the transaction did not arise by virtue of my activities on behalf of any Client.
             
Signature:
      Print Name:    
 
           
Approved or Disapproved (Circle One)
         
Date of Approval:
       
 
 
 
   
             
Signature:
      Print Name:    
 
           
If approval is granted, please forward this form to the trading desk (or if a third party broker is permitted, to the Compliance Officer) for immediate execution.

- 11 -


 

EXHIBIT C
TRANSACTION REPORT
     
Report submitted by:
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
This transaction report (the “Report”) is submitted pursuant to Section IV (B) of the Code of Ethics of the Companies and supplies information with respect to transactions in any Security or Affiliated Mutual Fund in which you may be deemed to have, or by reason of such transaction acquire, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest, and with respect to accounts established by you in which any Securities or Affiliated Mutual Funds were held for your direct or indirect benefit, for the period specified below. If you were not employed by or affiliated with us during this entire period, amend the dates specified below to cover your period of employment or affiliation.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in the Report shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Code of Ethics.
If you have no reportable transactions or new accounts, sign and return this page only. If you have reportable transactions or new accounts, complete, sign and return and any attachments.
I HAD NO REPORTABLE SECURITIES OR AFFILIATED MUTUAL FUND TRANSACTIONS OR ACCOUNTS ESTABLISHED DURING THE PREVIOUS CALENDER QUARTER. I CERTIFY THAT I AM FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS AND THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, THE INFORMATION FURNISHED IN THIS REPORT IS TRUE AND CORRECT.
Signature:
 
Position:
 
Date:
 

- 12 -


 

Page 2
TRANSACTION REPORT
     
Report submitted by:
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
The following tables supply the information required by Section IV (B) of the Code of Ethics for the period specified below. Transactions reported on brokerage statements or duplicate confirmations actually received by the Compliance Officer do not have to be listed although it is your responsibility to make sure that such statements or confirmations are complete and have been received in a timely fashion. Include all transactions in Affiliated Mutual Funds.
                                                 
TRANSACTIONS  
                Whether Purchase,                              
                Sale,                              
                Short Sale or Other                     Name of Broker/Dealer        
Securities             Type of Disposition                     with or through Whom     Nature of  
(Name and     Date of     or     Quantity of     Price per Share or     the Transaction     Ownership of  
Symbol)     Transaction     Acquisition     Securities     Other Unit     was Effected     Securities  
                 
NEW ACCOUNTS ESTABLISHED  
Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank     Account Number     Date Account Established  
 
*   To the extent specified above, I hereby disclaim beneficial ownership of any securities listed in this Report or brokerage statements or transaction confirmations provided by me.
I CERTIFY THAT I AM FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS AND THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, THE INFORMATION IN THIS REPORT IS TRUE AND CORRECT FOR THE PREVIOUS CALENDER QUARTER.
             
Signature
          Date
 
 
           
 
           
Position
 
 
       

- 13 -


 

EXHIBIT D
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
For purposes of the attached Code of Ethics, “beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, except the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities that a Covered Person has or acquires. The term “beneficial ownership” of securities would include not only ownership of securities held be a Covered Person for his own benefit, whether in bearer form or registered in his name or otherwise, but also ownership of securities held for his benefit by others (regardless of whether or how they are registered) such as custodians, brokers, executors, administrators, or trustees (including trusts in which he has only a remainder interest), and securities held for his account by pledges, securities owned by a partnership in which he is a member if he may exercise a controlling influence over the purchase, sale of voting of such securities, and securities owned by any corporation or similar entry in which he owns securities if the shareholder is a controlling shareholder of the entity and has or shares investment control over the entity’s portfolio.
Ordinarily, this term would not include securities held by executors or administrators in estates in which a Covered Person is a legatee or beneficiary unless there is a specified legacy to such person of such securities or such person is the sole legatee or beneficiary and there are other assets in the estate sufficient to pay debts ranking ahead of such legacy, or the securities are held in the estate more than a year after the decedent’s death.
Securities held in the name of another should be considered as beneficially owned by a Covered Person where such person enjoys “financial benefits substantially equivalent to ownership.” The Securities and Exchange Commission has said that, although the final determination of beneficial ownership is a question to be determined in the light of the facts of the particular case, generally a person is regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the name of his or her spouse and their minor children. Absent special circumstances such relationship ordinarily results in such person obtaining financial benefits substantially equivalent to ownership, e.g. , application of the income derived from such securities to maintain a common home, or to meet expenses that such person otherwise would meet from other sources, or the ability to exercises a controlling influence over the purchase, sale or voting of such securities.
A Covered Person also may be regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the name of another person, if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement, or other agreement, he obtains therefrom financial benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.
A Covered Person also is regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in the name of a spouse, minor children or other person, even though he does not obtain therefrom the aforementioned benefits of ownership, if he can vest or revest title in himself at once or at some future time.

- 14 -


 

EXHIBIT E
INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT
     
Report submitted by:
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
This initial holdings report (the “Report”) is submitted pursuant to Section IV (D) of the Code of Ethics of the Companies and supplies information with respect to any Security and Affiliated Mutual Fund in which you may be deemed to have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest and any accounts established by you in which any Securities or Affiliated Mutual Funds were held for your direct or indirect benefit, as of a date no more than 45 days ago.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used in the Report shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Code of Ethics.
If you have no reportable Securities, Affiliated Mutual Funds, or accounts, sign and return this page only. If you have reportable Securities, Affiliated Mutual Funds, or accounts, complete, sign and return Page 2 and any attachments.
I HAVE NO REPORTABLE SECURITIES OR AFFILIATED MUTUAL FUND ACCOUNTS AS OF. I CERTIFY THAT I AM FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS AND THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, THE INFORMATION FURNISHED IN THIS REPORT IS TRUE AND CORRECT.
Signature
 
Position
 
Date
 

- 15 -


 

Page 2
INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT
     
Report submitted by:
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
The following tables supply the information required by Section IV (D) of the Code of Ethics as of the date you became subject to the Code. Include all holdings of Affiliated Mutual Funds.
                         
SECURITIES HOLDINGS  
                Name of        
Securities (Name             Broker/Dealer Where     Nature of Ownership of  
and Symbol)     Quantity of Securities     Securities Are Held     Securities  
         
ACCOUNTS  
Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank     Account Number  
 
I CERTIFY THAT I AM FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS AND THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, THE INFORMATION IN THIS REPORT IS TRUE AND CORRECT AS OF                      .
             
Signature
      Date    
 
           
 
           
Position
           
 
           

- 16 -


 

EXHIBIT F
ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF CODE OF ETHICS
A.   I (a Covered Person) hereby certify that I have read and understood the Code of Ethics, and recognize that I am subject to its provisions. In addition, I hereby certify that I have disclosed or reported all personal transactions in Securities and Affiliated Mutual Funds required to be disclosed or reported under the Code of Ethics;
 
B.   Within the last ten years there have been no complaints or disciplinary actions filed against me by any regulated securities or commodities exchange, any self-regulatory securities or commodities organization, any attorney general, or any governmental office or agency regulating insurance, securities, commodities or financial transactions in the United States, in any state of the United States, or in any other country;
 
C.   I have not within the last ten years been convicted of or acknowledged commission of any felony or misdemeanor arising out of my conduct as an employee, salesperson, officer, director, insurance agent, broker, dealer, underwriter, investment manager or investment advisor; and
 
D.   I have not been denied permission or otherwise enjoined by order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, regulated securities or commodities exchange, self-regulatory securities or commodities organization or other federal or state regulatory authority from acting as an investment advisor, securities or commodities broker or dealer, commodity pool operator or trading advisor or as an affiliated person or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company or commodity broker, dealer, pool operator or trading advisor, or from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity or the purchase or sale of any security.
 
E.   Unless I am exempt from filing an Annual Holdings Report (as a “disinterested” director of a Fund Client or an Independent Director of an Affiliate), I have attached a completed Annual Holdings Report which is accurate as of a date no more than 45 days ago.
Print Name:
 
Signature:
 
Date:
 

- 17 -


 

Page 2
ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT
     
Report submitted by:
   
 
   
 
  Print Name
The following tables supply the information required by Section IV (E) of the Code of Ethics as of a date no more than 45 days before this report is submitted. If you have no reportable Securities or Affiliated Mutual Fund holdings or accounts, write “None” in the space provided.
                         
SECURITIES HOLDINGS  
                Name of        
        Quantity of     Broker/Dealer Where     Nature of Ownership  
Securities (Name and Symbol)     Securities     Securities Are Held     of Securities  
         
ACCOUNTS  
Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank     Account Number  
             
Signature
      Date    
 
           
 
           
Position
           
 
           

- 18 -

Exhibit r(ii)
GAMCO INVESTORS, INC. and AFFILIATES
 
Joint Code of Ethics for Chief Executive
And Senior Financial Officers of the Gabelli Funds
 
          Each affiliated registered investment company (each a “ Company ”) is committed to conducting business in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the highest standards of business ethics, and to full and accurate disclosure — financial and otherwise — in compliance with applicable law. This Code of Ethics, applicable to each Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (or persons performing similar functions) (together, “ Senior Officers ”), sets forth policies to guide you in the performance of your duties.
          As a Senior Officer, you must comply with applicable law. You also have a responsibility to conduct yourself in an honest and ethical manner. You have leadership responsibilities that include creating a culture of high ethical standards and a commitment to compliance, maintaining a work environment that encourages the internal reporting of compliance concerns and promptly addressing compliance concerns.
          This Code of Ethics recognizes that the Senior Officers are subject to certain conflicts of interest inherent in the operation of investment companies, because the Senior Officers currently or may in the future serve as Senior Officers of each of the Companies, as officers or employees of the investment advisor to the Companies or service providers thereof (the “ Advisor ”) and/or affiliates of the Advisor (the “Advisory Group”) and as officers or trustees/directors of other registered investment companies and unregistered investment funds advised by the Advisory Group. This Code of Ethics also recognizes that certain laws and regulations applicable to, and certain policies and procedures adopted by, the Companies or the Advisory Group govern your conduct in connection with many of the conflict of interest situations that arise in connection with the operations of the Companies, including:
    the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules and regulation promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ 1940 Act ”);
 
    the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Advisers Act ”);
 
    the Code of Ethics adopted by each Company pursuant to Rule 17j-1(c) under the 1940 Act (collectively, the “ Trust’s 1940 Act Code of Ethics ”);
 
    one or more codes of ethics adopted by the Advisory Group that have been reviewed and approved by those trustees/directors (the “ Directors ”) of each Company that are not “interested persons” of such Company (the “ Independent Directors ”) within the meaning of the 1940 Act (the “Advisory Group’s 1940 Act Code of Ethics ” and, together with such Company’s 1940 Act Code of Ethics, the “ 1940 Act Codes of Ethics ”);
 
    the policies and procedures adopted by each Company to address conflict of interest situations, such as procedures under Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-7 and Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act (collectively, the “ Conflict Policies ”); and
 
    the Advisory Group’s policies and procedures to address, among other things, conflict of interest situations and related matters (collectively, the “ Advisory Policies ”).


 

The provisions of the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Codes of Ethics, the Conflict Policies and the Advisory Policies are referred to herein collectively as the “ Additional Conflict Rules ”.
          This Code of Ethics is different from, and is intended to supplement, the Additional Conflict Rules. Accordingly, a violation of the Additional Conflict Rules by a Senior Officer is hereby deemed not to be a violation of this Code of Ethics, unless and until the Directors shall determine that any such violation of the Additional Conflict Rules is also a violation of this Code of Ethics.
Senior Officers Should Act Honestly and Candidly
          Each Senior Officer has a responsibility to each Company to act with integrity. Integrity requires, among other things, being honest and candid. Deceit and subordination of principle are inconsistent with integrity.
          Each Senior Officer must:
    act with integrity, including being honest and candid while still maintaining the confidentiality of information where required by law or the Additional Conflict Rules;
 
    comply with the laws, rules and regulations that govern the conduct of each Company’s operations and report any suspected violations thereof in accordance with the section below entitled “Compliance With Code Of Ethics”; and
 
    adhere to a high standard of business ethics.
Conflicts Of Interest
          A conflict of interest for the purpose of this Code of Ethics occurs when your private interests interfere in any way, or even appear to interfere, with the interests of a Company.
          Senior Officers are expected to use objective and unbiased standards when making decisions that affect each Company, keeping in mind that Senior Officers are subject to certain inherent conflicts of interest because Senior Officers of a Company also are or may be officers of other Companies and/or the Advisory Group (as a result of which it is incumbent upon you to be familiar with and to seek to comply with the Additional Conflict Rules).
          You are required to conduct the business of each Company in an honest and ethical manner, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and business relationships. When making any investment, accepting any position or benefits, participating in any transaction or business arrangement or otherwise acting in a manner that creates or appears to create a conflict of interest with respect to each Company where you are receiving a personal benefit, you should act in accordance with the letter and spirit of this Code of Ethics.
          If you are in doubt as to the application or interpretation of this Code of Ethics to you as a Senior Officer of a Company, you should make full disclosure of all relevant facts and circumstances to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisory Group (the “CCO”) and obtain the approval of the CCO prior to taking action.
          Some conflict of interest situations that should always be approved by the CCO, if material, include the following:
    the receipt of any entertainment or non-nominal gift by the Senior Officer, or a member of his or her family, from any company with which a Company has current or prospective business dealings (other than the Advisory Group), unless such entertainment or gift is business related, reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time and place, and not so frequent as to raise any question of impropriety;

2


 

    any ownership interest in, or any consulting or employment relationship with, of any of the Companies’ service providers, other than the Advisory Group; or
 
    a direct or indirect financial interest in commissions, transaction charges or spreads paid by a Company for effecting portfolio transactions or for selling or redeeming shares other than an interest arising from the Senior Officer’s employment by the Advisory Group, such as compensation or equity ownership.
Disclosures
          It is the policy of each Company to make full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations in all reports and documents that such Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission or a national securities exchange and in all other public communications made by such Company. As a Senior Officer, you are required to promote compliance with this policy and to abide by such Company’s standards, policies and procedures designed to promote compliance with this policy.
          Each Senior Officer must:
    familiarize himself or herself with the disclosure requirements applicable to each Company as well as the business and financial operations of each Company; and
 
    not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about any Company to others, including to the Directors, such Company’s independent auditors, such Company’s counsel, any counsel to the Independent Directors, governmental regulators or self-regulatory organizations.
Compliance With Code Of Ethics
          If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code of Ethics or other laws, regulations, policies or procedures applicable to the Trust, you must report that information on a timely basis to the CCO or report it anonymously by following the “whistle blower” policies adopted by the Advisory Group from time to time. No one will be subject to retaliation because of a good faith report of a suspected violation .
          Each Company will follow these procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code of Ethics, and in reporting on this Code of Ethics:
    the CCO will take all appropriate action to investigate any actual or potential violations reported to him or her;
 
    violations and potential violations will be reported to the Board of Directors of each affected Company after such investigation;
 
    if the Board of Directors determines that a violation has occurred, it will take all appropriate disciplinary or preventive action; and
 
    appropriate disciplinary or preventive action may include a letter of censure, suspension, dismissal or, in the event of criminal or other serious violations of law, notification of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other appropriate law enforcement authorities.
Waivers Of Code Of Ethics
          Except as otherwise provided in this Code of Ethics, the CCO is responsible for applying this Code of Ethics to specific situations in which questions are presented to the CCO and has the authority to interpret this Code of Ethics in any particular situation. The CCO shall take all action he or she considers appropriate to investigate any actual or potential violations reported under this Code of Ethics.

3


 

The CCO is authorized to consult, as appropriate, with the chair of the Governance Committee and with counsel to the affected Company, the Advisory Group or the Independent Directors, and is encouraged to do so.
          The Board of Directors, the affected Company is responsible for granting waivers of this Code of Ethics, as appropriate. Any changes to or waivers of this Code of Ethics will, to the extent required, be disclosed on Form N-CSR, or otherwise, as provided by Securities and Exchange Commission rules.
Recordkeeping
     Each Company will maintain and preserve for a period of not less than six (6) years from the date an action is taken, the first two (2) years in an easily accessible place, a copy of the information or materials supplied to the Boards of Directors pursuant to this Code of Ethics:
    that provided the basis for any amendment or waiver to this Code of Ethics; and
 
    relating to any violation of this Code of Ethics and sanctions imposed for such violation, together with a written record of the approval or action taken by the relevant Board of Directors.
Confidentiality
          All reports and records prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code of Ethics shall be considered confidential and shall be maintained and protected accordingly. Except as otherwise required by law or this Code of Ethics, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone other than the Independent Trustees and their counsel, the Companies and their counsel, the Advisory Group and its counsel and any other advisors, consultants or counsel retained by the Directors, the Independent Directors or any committee of Directors.
Amendments
          This Code of Ethics may not be amended as to any Company except in written form, which is specifically approved by a majority vote of the affected Company’s Directors, including a majority of its Independent Directors.
No Rights Created
          This Code of Ethics is a statement of certain fundamental principles, policies and procedures that govern each of the Senior Officers in the conduct of the Companies’ business. It is not intended to and does not create any rights in any employee, investor, supplier, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity.

4


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
I have received and read the Joint Code of Ethics for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers, and I understand its contents. I agree to comply fully with the standards contained in the Code of Ethics and the Company’s related policies and procedures. I understand that I have an obligation to report any suspected violations of the Code of Ethics on a timely basis to the Chief Compliance Officer or report it anonymously by following the “whistle blower” policies adopted by the Advisory Group from time to time.
     
 
 
 
   
 
  Printed Name
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
 
   
 
  Date

5